<![CDATA[ Latest from TechRadar in Nintendo ]]> https://www.techradar.com/gaming/consoles-pc/nintendo Sat, 12 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000 en <![CDATA[ ICYMI: the 7 biggest tech stories of the week, from Apple's iPhone Duo debut to Sonos' best compact speaker yet ]]> This week, Apple announced its iPhone 18 Pro and something entirely new: the first iPhone foldable in the incredible iPhone Duo.

There was plenty more to catch up on this week, including not one but two Nintendo Directs, and an LG privacy scandal.

To catch up on all this and more, scroll down. But before you read about the news, you might want to try your hand at our quiz on the biggest events of the week.

7. LG TVs were in the privacy doghouse again

Best gaming TV with LG C5 on a Green background

(Image credit: Future)

LG isn’t exactly a stranger to privacy storms, and it found itself in the middle of another big one this week thanks to a new report that made some big accusations about its TVs.

An investigation by Gamers Nexus and independent security researchers claimed that LG TVs can capture audio even when the screens are off and also monitor your entire home. These findings didn’t exactly sit well with clips of LG executives pitching to advertisers by saying “we own the glass” in reference to its TVs.

LG hit back at the claims, telling us in a statement that “the claims made in the recently published video are not true”. Still, the accusations may leave a bad taste for some, particularly as they come a month after claims (also refuted by LG) that its monitors were installing adware on PCs.

6. A new ‘brain wearable’ arrived to track our stress

Atlas 1.0 Pioneer Edition

(Image credit: Atlas)

What if you could track your brain and thoughts in the same way that fitness trackers log your heart rate? That’s what a new wave of wearables is promising — and another ‘brain pattern monitor’ arrived this week, before quickly selling out its first batch.

The Atlas 1.0 sits behind your ear and tracks things like your attention span, stress levels and energy burn. In theory, the benefit of understanding these brain patterns is that the Atlas can then connect them to certain triggers — for example, revealing that social media is actually stressing you out rather than relaxing you.

We haven’t tried out this particular brain wearable yet, but our Senior Fitness & Wearables Editor Matt Evans did electrocute his own vagus nerve for a week with Nurosym’s gadget, so we’d certainly be up for the challenge when the Atlas 1.0 is back in stock.

5. Sonos debuted an Ultra soundbar

The Sonos Beam Ultra soundbar underneath a TV

(Image credit: Sonos)

Matt Bolton got to hear the new and upgraded Sonos Beam Ultra soundbar, which sits above the Sonos Beam (Gen 2) in Sonos’ range, but is more affordable than the Sonos Arc Ultra. It promises a 7.1.2 Dolby Atmos sound system from nine built-in speakers, including two upfiring speakers, that’s much bigger, wider and more immersive than Sonos’ existing small soundbar… and based on Matt’s experience so far, it comfortably delivers.

Matt said the way the sound is disconnected from the soundbar is seriously impressive for such a compact box, with sound effects coming from way over at the sides of the room, and voices coming through really clearly, and emanating from the screen, not the box. The bass handling was great as well, despite the lack of a dedicated sub. Is this now the ultimate small soundbar option?

4. Nintendo doubled up Directs

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

(Image credit: Nintendo)

Nintendo treated us to not one, but two Direct livestreams this week — and both caused quite a stir.

The first was devoted to the Legend of Zelda series’s 40th anniversary and gave us our first real look at the upcoming Ocarina of Time remake. Unfortunately, its visuals were immediately divisive, with some online commenters comparing the more “realistic” direction to Nvidia’s widely mocked DLSS 5.

On a more positive note, a new Nintendo Switch 2 model inspired by the franchise was also revealed, and it already seems like it’s going to be a big hit with pre-orders flying off digital shelves.

The second Direct came one day later and focused on more general Switch and Switch 2 software news. Major announcements included the reveal of a new Metroid game, tantalizingly titled Metroid Ravenous, and free updates for Star Fox and Mario Kart World that introduce new content delighting fans.

3. Apple announced more than iPhones

Apple Watch Series 10

(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)

Apple’s iPhones may have taken center stage, but some other gadgets also featured in its showcase: two new Apple Watches and the AirPods 5.

Apple’s earbuds were a fairly standard affair. The company promises better noise cancellation, a more comfortable fit, and the premium pair that comes with a wireless charging case also boasts on-AirPods volume controls — because, of course, a standard feature on other wireless earbuds is sold at a markup.

As for the Watches (Series 12 and Ultra 4), any upgrades were overshadowed by some new Siri tools. Conversation rewind will let you read a recap of the last 15 seconds of conversation, and it’s being billed as useful accessibility for folks who are hard of hearing. Meanwhile, Siri Recaps will see your Watch listen in on your day’s conversations to create a recap at the very end of the key details you heard in a quick summary. Apple has promised there are plenty of privacy protections, and that no recordings are stored, but it has some worried the ongoing wearable privacy debate is going in the wrong direction.

Read the full story: Thanks to Siri Recaps, your Apple Watch is always listening as you go about your day

2. Apple’s iPhone 18 Pro landed

Apple iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max Hands-On

(Image credit: Jacob Krol/Future)

The iPhone 18 Pro boasts many of the expected changes we’ve come to expect: an improved (A20 Pro) chipset, enhanced AI capabilities, a longer 36-hour battery life, and a few new color options (Silver returns, but it also comes in Black, Glacier, and Burgundy).

Our favorite new feature, however, is the arrival of variable aperture. Most phones boast a set aperture size, which determines how much light the lens can receive, and it usually has to compromise between maximizing nighttime quality (which wants a more open aperture) and depth of field (which wants a more closed aperture). Software trickery can help, but Apple’s mechanical approach means your iPhone 18 Pro can automatically swap to the setting that’s best for the current conditions and your photo needs — and pros can also manually control the setting if they want.

As expected based on leaks, but perhaps surprising to the non-Apple-obsessed, there was no iPhone 18. Instead, all of Apple’s older iPhone 17-series devices got a price hike.

1. We unfolded the iPhone Duo

The iPhone Duo on a light colored background

(Image credit: Apple / Future)

Let’s round things off with a tech story you definitely didn’t miss this week: the debut of Apple’s first foldable iPhone, the iPhone Duo.

Originally thought to be called the iPhone Ultra, the Duo boasts a similar passport-style shape to the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8, but it’s a distinct foldable product in a few key ways. Two of its corners are rounded, meaning the phone’s 7.6-inch inner screen unfolds into an almost iPad mini-like shape; Apple opted to use Touch ID rather than Face ID, so there’s no visible inner-display camera; it sports a Galaxy-beating IP68 durability rating; and there’s a gorgeous open and close animation that passes across the screen when you’re switching between folded and unfolded states.

Of course, there are question marks. The Duo only packs two rear cameras; it’s both thicker and heavier than the Z Fold 8; and, of course, it’s the most expensive iPhone ever released. But, in recent memory, it’s hard to think of a more hype-inducing consumer tech product than this. We’ve been hands-on with the iPhone Duo, and our full review is coming soon.

]]> https://www.techradar.com/tech/icymi-the-7-biggest-tech-stories-of-the-week-from-apples-iphone-duo-debut-to-sonos-best-compact-speaker-yet GcyVTF2rtrFuLgXjWYLLYa Sat, 12 Sep 2026 08:00:00 +0000 false false false

This week, Apple announced its iPhone 18 Pro and something entirely new: the first iPhone foldable in the incredible iPhone Duo.

There was plenty more to catch up on this week, including not one but two Nintendo Directs, and an LG privacy scandal.

To catch up on all this and more, scroll down. But before you read about the news, you might want to try your hand at our quiz on the biggest events of the week.

7. LG TVs were in the privacy doghouse again

Best gaming TV with LG C5 on a Green background

(Image credit: Future)

LG isn’t exactly a stranger to privacy storms, and it found itself in the middle of another big one this week thanks to a new report that made some big accusations about its TVs.

An investigation by Gamers Nexus and independent security researchers claimed that LG TVs can capture audio even when the screens are off and also monitor your entire home. These findings didn’t exactly sit well with clips of LG executives pitching to advertisers by saying “we own the glass” in reference to its TVs.

LG hit back at the claims, telling us in a statement that “the claims made in the recently published video are not true”. Still, the accusations may leave a bad taste for some, particularly as they come a month after claims (also refuted by LG) that its monitors were installing adware on PCs.

6. A new ‘brain wearable’ arrived to track our stress

Atlas 1.0 Pioneer Edition

(Image credit: Atlas)

What if you could track your brain and thoughts in the same way that fitness trackers log your heart rate? That’s what a new wave of wearables is promising — and another ‘brain pattern monitor’ arrived this week, before quickly selling out its first batch.

The Atlas 1.0 sits behind your ear and tracks things like your attention span, stress levels and energy burn. In theory, the benefit of understanding these brain patterns is that the Atlas can then connect them to certain triggers — for example, revealing that social media is actually stressing you out rather than relaxing you.

We haven’t tried out this particular brain wearable yet, but our Senior Fitness & Wearables Editor Matt Evans did electrocute his own vagus nerve for a week with Nurosym’s gadget, so we’d certainly be up for the challenge when the Atlas 1.0 is back in stock.

5. Sonos debuted an Ultra soundbar

The Sonos Beam Ultra soundbar underneath a TV

(Image credit: Sonos)

Matt Bolton got to hear the new and upgraded Sonos Beam Ultra soundbar, which sits above the Sonos Beam (Gen 2) in Sonos’ range, but is more affordable than the Sonos Arc Ultra. It promises a 7.1.2 Dolby Atmos sound system from nine built-in speakers, including two upfiring speakers, that’s much bigger, wider and more immersive than Sonos’ existing small soundbar… and based on Matt’s experience so far, it comfortably delivers.

Matt said the way the sound is disconnected from the soundbar is seriously impressive for such a compact box, with sound effects coming from way over at the sides of the room, and voices coming through really clearly, and emanating from the screen, not the box. The bass handling was great as well, despite the lack of a dedicated sub. Is this now the ultimate small soundbar option?

4. Nintendo doubled up Directs

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

(Image credit: Nintendo)

Nintendo treated us to not one, but two Direct livestreams this week — and both caused quite a stir.

The first was devoted to the Legend of Zelda series’s 40th anniversary and gave us our first real look at the upcoming Ocarina of Time remake. Unfortunately, its visuals were immediately divisive, with some online commenters comparing the more “realistic” direction to Nvidia’s widely mocked DLSS 5.

On a more positive note, a new Nintendo Switch 2 model inspired by the franchise was also revealed, and it already seems like it’s going to be a big hit with pre-orders flying off digital shelves.

The second Direct came one day later and focused on more general Switch and Switch 2 software news. Major announcements included the reveal of a new Metroid game, tantalizingly titled Metroid Ravenous, and free updates for Star Fox and Mario Kart World that introduce new content delighting fans.

3. Apple announced more than iPhones

Apple Watch Series 10

(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)

Apple’s iPhones may have taken center stage, but some other gadgets also featured in its showcase: two new Apple Watches and the AirPods 5.

Apple’s earbuds were a fairly standard affair. The company promises better noise cancellation, a more comfortable fit, and the premium pair that comes with a wireless charging case also boasts on-AirPods volume controls — because, of course, a standard feature on other wireless earbuds is sold at a markup.

As for the Watches (Series 12 and Ultra 4), any upgrades were overshadowed by some new Siri tools. Conversation rewind will let you read a recap of the last 15 seconds of conversation, and it’s being billed as useful accessibility for folks who are hard of hearing. Meanwhile, Siri Recaps will see your Watch listen in on your day’s conversations to create a recap at the very end of the key details you heard in a quick summary. Apple has promised there are plenty of privacy protections, and that no recordings are stored, but it has some worried the ongoing wearable privacy debate is going in the wrong direction.

Read the full story: Thanks to Siri Recaps, your Apple Watch is always listening as you go about your day

2. Apple’s iPhone 18 Pro landed

Apple iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max Hands-On

(Image credit: Jacob Krol/Future)

The iPhone 18 Pro boasts many of the expected changes we’ve come to expect: an improved (A20 Pro) chipset, enhanced AI capabilities, a longer 36-hour battery life, and a few new color options (Silver returns, but it also comes in Black, Glacier, and Burgundy).

Our favorite new feature, however, is the arrival of variable aperture. Most phones boast a set aperture size, which determines how much light the lens can receive, and it usually has to compromise between maximizing nighttime quality (which wants a more open aperture) and depth of field (which wants a more closed aperture). Software trickery can help, but Apple’s mechanical approach means your iPhone 18 Pro can automatically swap to the setting that’s best for the current conditions and your photo needs — and pros can also manually control the setting if they want.

As expected based on leaks, but perhaps surprising to the non-Apple-obsessed, there was no iPhone 18. Instead, all of Apple’s older iPhone 17-series devices got a price hike.

1. We unfolded the iPhone Duo

The iPhone Duo on a light colored background

(Image credit: Apple / Future)

Let’s round things off with a tech story you definitely didn’t miss this week: the debut of Apple’s first foldable iPhone, the iPhone Duo.

Originally thought to be called the iPhone Ultra, the Duo boasts a similar passport-style shape to the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8, but it’s a distinct foldable product in a few key ways. Two of its corners are rounded, meaning the phone’s 7.6-inch inner screen unfolds into an almost iPad mini-like shape; Apple opted to use Touch ID rather than Face ID, so there’s no visible inner-display camera; it sports a Galaxy-beating IP68 durability rating; and there’s a gorgeous open and close animation that passes across the screen when you’re switching between folded and unfolded states.

Of course, there are question marks. The Duo only packs two rear cameras; it’s both thicker and heavier than the Z Fold 8; and, of course, it’s the most expensive iPhone ever released. But, in recent memory, it’s hard to think of a more hype-inducing consumer tech product than this. We’ve been hands-on with the iPhone Duo, and our full review is coming soon.

]]> <![CDATA[ The Switch 2 is finally getting VRR in docked mode for smoother performance with compatible TVs and monitors — but there's a classic Nintendo wrinkle ]]>
  • Docked VRR finally arrives more than a year after Nintendo announced and then unannounced it
  • Requires a system update to both console and Dock
  • It seems to work on a title-by-title basis and will require games to update to use it

    • Nintendo's latest system update for the Switch 2 is here and delivers a much-wanted new feature: VRR support in Docked mode. But there's a catch: a the moment, it only works on one game, and we're not sure how many more will follow, because it's reported to work on a "whitelist" system.

    When the Switch 2 launched, VRR (variable refresh rate) was only supported when using the console in handheld mode. Having the same feature available in Docked mode means your display's refresh rate and the game's frame rate can be synchronized to get rid of any screen tearing or judder when you're playing on one of the best gaming TVs or the best gaming monitors that supports VRR.

    Unfortunately, the new VRR support in System Update 23.0.0 only appears to be available on a title-by-title basis, unlike the way that the PS5 can force VRR support at the system level on games that don't natively have it.

    The big concern here is that Digital Foundry reports that "the feature appears to operate on a whitelist, so only games that developers have flagged as supporting docked VRR will activate it" — and what's unclear is whether the whitelist will require a slow certification process by Nintendo, or whether developers can just quickly roll out an update with support.

    It means that, at the time of writing, the list of titles with docked VRR support only includes Nintendo's Switch 2 Welcome Tour, which has just been updated to add the feature. That's it. We at least assumed Nintendo would be ready with updates for all its own games.

    What's new in the Switch 2 update

    In the release notes Nintendo says: "VRR output is now supported in TV mode. When both the software and the TV support it, the video will be output at a refresh rate that matches the game's processing speed."

    We've known for a while that the Switch 2 Dock supports docked VRR, because Nintendo told us on its US website before removing the text last year. So it's nice to see the feature finally being implemented, even if it'll take a while for the appropriate game patches to arrive.

    In addition to VRR the Switch 2 software update gives you the ability to make a complete data transfer from one Switch 2 to another. There's a new toggle for Switch 2 Boost saving you a trip into System Settings, improved accessibility support, background music in the Mii editor (which you can turn off if you don't want it) and the usual interface tweaks, unspecified bug fixes and optimizations.

    Nintendo's support page for the new system update is here.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/the-switch-2-is-finally-getting-vrr-in-docked-mode-for-smoother-performance-with-compatible-tvs-and-monitors-but-theres-a-classic-nintendo-wrinkle 9eEp2XBPQMdNMNUUemhvYU Thu, 10 Sep 2026 16:05:07 +0000 false false false
    • Docked VRR finally arrives more than a year after Nintendo announced and then unannounced it
    • Requires a system update to both console and Dock
    • It seems to work on a title-by-title basis and will require games to update to use it

    Nintendo's latest system update for the Switch 2 is here and delivers a much-wanted new feature: VRR support in Docked mode. But there's a catch: a the moment, it only works on one game, and we're not sure how many more will follow, because it's reported to work on a "whitelist" system.

    When the Switch 2 launched, VRR (variable refresh rate) was only supported when using the console in handheld mode. Having the same feature available in Docked mode means your display's refresh rate and the game's frame rate can be synchronized to get rid of any screen tearing or judder when you're playing on one of the best gaming TVs or the best gaming monitors that supports VRR.

    Unfortunately, the new VRR support in System Update 23.0.0 only appears to be available on a title-by-title basis, unlike the way that the PS5 can force VRR support at the system level on games that don't natively have it.

    The big concern here is that Digital Foundry reports that "the feature appears to operate on a whitelist, so only games that developers have flagged as supporting docked VRR will activate it" — and what's unclear is whether the whitelist will require a slow certification process by Nintendo, or whether developers can just quickly roll out an update with support.

    It means that, at the time of writing, the list of titles with docked VRR support only includes Nintendo's Switch 2 Welcome Tour, which has just been updated to add the feature. That's it. We at least assumed Nintendo would be ready with updates for all its own games.

    What's new in the Switch 2 update

    In the release notes Nintendo says: "VRR output is now supported in TV mode. When both the software and the TV support it, the video will be output at a refresh rate that matches the game's processing speed."

    We've known for a while that the Switch 2 Dock supports docked VRR, because Nintendo told us on its US website before removing the text last year. So it's nice to see the feature finally being implemented, even if it'll take a while for the appropriate game patches to arrive.

    In addition to VRR the Switch 2 software update gives you the ability to make a complete data transfer from one Switch 2 to another. There's a new toggle for Switch 2 Boost saving you a trip into System Settings, improved accessibility support, background music in the Mii editor (which you can turn off if you don't want it) and the usual interface tweaks, unspecified bug fixes and optimizations.

    Nintendo's support page for the new system update is here.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Everything announced at today's Nintendo Direct — from a new 2D Metroid game to a surprise Mario Kart World update, and massive Kirby reveal ]]> The latest Nintendo Direct has concluded, and what a cracker of a show!

    It delivered a huge number of titles for Nintendo Switch and Nintendo Switch 2 owners to look forward to, with some big new entries in major franchises like Kirby and Metroid.

    There were also plenty of exciting ports, like three new Resident Evil ports, two Far Cry games, and more. Lots of existing titles also got big upgrades in the form of new Switch 2 Editions or free updates.

    There are more maps coming to Mario Kart World later today, for example, and Pikmin 4 is getting a comprehensive Switch 2 upgrade.

    If you didn't manage to catch the show, you can see a bullet point list of all the announcements in the order that they happened below.

    Everything announced at Nintendo Direct – 09/09/2026

    • Monster Hunter Wilds Nintendo Switch 2 port shown, includes all updates — launches on December 4
      • Ascendance expansion is also coming in 2027
    • Final Fantasy 7 Revelation trailer shown — launches on April 8, with pre-orders beginning later today
    • Crisis Core Final Fantasy 7 Reunion launches on Nintendo Switch 2 later today
    • Hyrule Warriors Age of Calamity Definitive Edition coming to Nintendo Switch 2 with visual upgrades and new modes — out February 25
    • Viral hit Meccha Chamelon is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 later today
    • Pokémon Pokopia Expansion Pass DLC is adding some cute new accessories later this year
    • Star Fox is getting a free update with four split-screen players in battle mode, plus three new stages
    • Star Fox Adventures from the Nintendo GameCube is coming to Nintendo Classics later today
    • Some Nintendo Switch 2 The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt - Remastered footage shown — out September 29
      • Songs of the Past expansion also shown — coming in 2027
    • Kingdom Come: Deliverance 2 Royal Edition is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 in 2027
    • Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave new trailer shown — game still set to launch on September 17
    • Professor Layton and the New World of Steam finally gets a new trailer showing puzzle gameplay — set to have the biggest number of puzzles yet when it arrives on December 10
    • New Yokai Watch game revealed — Yokai Watch 2 Haunted Domain currently in development
    • Nintendo Switch 2 Edition version of Pikmin 4 confirmed — adds voice commands, new mode, and more when it comes out
    • Onyx The Dead Grip — new horror game from Bloober Team launches as a Switch 2 exclusive next year, can only be played in handheld mode
    • New sizzle reel for Xenoblade Chronicles 3 Nintendo Switch 2 Edition
    • Stage Fright, a new spooky game from the developers of Overcooked shown — comes to Switch and Switch 2 next year
    • Disney Dreamlight Valley: The Keepsake Sea — the game's next paid expansion with underwater areas
    • Ondeh Ondeh Kaya's Tasty Tale — a charming rhythm adventure out in 2027
    • Lego Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight finally releasing for Switch 2 on September 18
    • New Kirby Air Riders amiibo will launch on November 12
    • Cairn port arriving in early 2027, with demo out today
    • Resident Evil 2 Deluxe Edition, Resident Evil 3, and Resident Evil 4 Gold Edition all coming on October 16
    • Tomb Raider Legacy of Atlantis Switch 2 trailer shown — out February 12, 2027
    • New Nintendo Switch Sports Resort trailer showing free island exploration — Switch 2 exclusive coming October 22
    • New 2D Metroid title revealed — Metroid Ravenous, out January 28, 2027
    • Big free update with ten new courses, plus two new knockout tour routes, is coming to Mario Kart World today
    • Mega Man: Dual Override gameplay trailer shows off Proto Man
      • New Mega Man and Proto Man amiibo also revealed
    • New RPG Eternal Anima shown — comes to Switch 2 on March 4, 2027
    • Danganronpa 2x2 port revealed with new 'Slayhem' mode out on January 14, 2027, for Switch and Switch 2
    • Fatal Fury: City of the Wolves port is on the way in October
    • Metal Slug Ultimate Collection revealed with loads of games — out for Switch and Switch 2 next year
    • Yo-Gi-Oh! Tag Force GX port revealed for Switch and Switch 2 — launches February 16, 2027
    • Romance Saga 3: Destinies United remake for Switch and Switch 2 also out February 16, 2027
    • 007 First Light is actually launching at some point this year, apparently
    • Far Cry 3 Classic Edition coming to Switch in 2027
    • Far Cry Blood Dragon Classic Edition on the way too
    • The Crew Motorfest Switch 2 port shown in the sizzle reel
    • The Apothecary Diaries: The First Imperial Brother out in early 2027
    • House Flipper 2 out October 15
    • Sonic Pico Park spin dashing on to Switch and Switch 2 on November 12
    • Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World out on December 3
    • Torneko's Mystery Dungeon Classic HD is available later today
    • Hela port launching on December 1
    • Criksholm The Stolen Dream is coming to Switch 2 on December 3
    • Stellar Blade Complete Edition shown with Bayonetta crossover costume
    • The Ascent Complete Edition is out in December
    • It Takes Two comes out on October 15 for Switch 2
    • Palia Nintendo Switch 2 Edition out in December
    • Bluey's Happy Snaps — brief bit of new footage shown
    • Hot Wheels Infinite Rush dropping on September 10
    • Fading Echo out on September 17 — demo later today
    • Hell is Us port shown, out October 8
    • Marvel Guardians of the Galaxy Encore Edition dropping on November 5 — pre-order today
    • Surprise Persona 4 Revival trailer shows off loads of new gameplay
    • Persona 6 logo shown on screen
    • The final announcement is a new Kirby game that looks almost open-world — called Kirby and the World Beyond and out in Spring 2027

    VOD

    You can also catch up with the video on demand (VOD) version of the stream via YouTube below.

    What did you think?

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/everything-announced-at-todays-nintendo-direct-from-a-new-2d-metroid-game-to-a-surprise-mario-kart-world-update-and-massive-kirby-reveal G4zWK8boKHccyJDWeRB2LG Wed, 09 Sep 2026 14:51:58 +0000 Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:38:47 +0000 false false false

    The latest Nintendo Direct has concluded, and what a cracker of a show!

    It delivered a huge number of titles for Nintendo Switch and Nintendo Switch 2 owners to look forward to, with some big new entries in major franchises like Kirby and Metroid.

    There were also plenty of exciting ports, like three new Resident Evil ports, two Far Cry games, and more. Lots of existing titles also got big upgrades in the form of new Switch 2 Editions or free updates.

    There are more maps coming to Mario Kart World later today, for example, and Pikmin 4 is getting a comprehensive Switch 2 upgrade.

    If you didn't manage to catch the show, you can see a bullet point list of all the announcements in the order that they happened below.

    Everything announced at Nintendo Direct – 09/09/2026

    • Monster Hunter Wilds Nintendo Switch 2 port shown, includes all updates — launches on December 4
      • Ascendance expansion is also coming in 2027
    • Final Fantasy 7 Revelation trailer shown — launches on April 8, with pre-orders beginning later today
    • Crisis Core Final Fantasy 7 Reunion launches on Nintendo Switch 2 later today
    • Hyrule Warriors Age of Calamity Definitive Edition coming to Nintendo Switch 2 with visual upgrades and new modes — out February 25
    • Viral hit Meccha Chamelon is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 later today
    • Pokémon Pokopia Expansion Pass DLC is adding some cute new accessories later this year
    • Star Fox is getting a free update with four split-screen players in battle mode, plus three new stages
    • Star Fox Adventures from the Nintendo GameCube is coming to Nintendo Classics later today
    • Some Nintendo Switch 2 The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt - Remastered footage shown — out September 29
      • Songs of the Past expansion also shown — coming in 2027
    • Kingdom Come: Deliverance 2 Royal Edition is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 in 2027
    • Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave new trailer shown — game still set to launch on September 17
    • Professor Layton and the New World of Steam finally gets a new trailer showing puzzle gameplay — set to have the biggest number of puzzles yet when it arrives on December 10
    • New Yokai Watch game revealed — Yokai Watch 2 Haunted Domain currently in development
    • Nintendo Switch 2 Edition version of Pikmin 4 confirmed — adds voice commands, new mode, and more when it comes out
    • Onyx The Dead Grip — new horror game from Bloober Team launches as a Switch 2 exclusive next year, can only be played in handheld mode
    • New sizzle reel for Xenoblade Chronicles 3 Nintendo Switch 2 Edition
    • Stage Fright, a new spooky game from the developers of Overcooked shown — comes to Switch and Switch 2 next year
    • Disney Dreamlight Valley: The Keepsake Sea — the game's next paid expansion with underwater areas
    • Ondeh Ondeh Kaya's Tasty Tale — a charming rhythm adventure out in 2027
    • Lego Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight finally releasing for Switch 2 on September 18
    • New Kirby Air Riders amiibo will launch on November 12
    • Cairn port arriving in early 2027, with demo out today
    • Resident Evil 2 Deluxe Edition, Resident Evil 3, and Resident Evil 4 Gold Edition all coming on October 16
    • Tomb Raider Legacy of Atlantis Switch 2 trailer shown — out February 12, 2027
    • New Nintendo Switch Sports Resort trailer showing free island exploration — Switch 2 exclusive coming October 22
    • New 2D Metroid title revealed — Metroid Ravenous, out January 28, 2027
    • Big free update with ten new courses, plus two new knockout tour routes, is coming to Mario Kart World today
    • Mega Man: Dual Override gameplay trailer shows off Proto Man
      • New Mega Man and Proto Man amiibo also revealed
    • New RPG Eternal Anima shown — comes to Switch 2 on March 4, 2027
    • Danganronpa 2x2 port revealed with new 'Slayhem' mode out on January 14, 2027, for Switch and Switch 2
    • Fatal Fury: City of the Wolves port is on the way in October
    • Metal Slug Ultimate Collection revealed with loads of games — out for Switch and Switch 2 next year
    • Yo-Gi-Oh! Tag Force GX port revealed for Switch and Switch 2 — launches February 16, 2027
    • Romance Saga 3: Destinies United remake for Switch and Switch 2 also out February 16, 2027
    • 007 First Light is actually launching at some point this year, apparently
    • Far Cry 3 Classic Edition coming to Switch in 2027
    • Far Cry Blood Dragon Classic Edition on the way too
    • The Crew Motorfest Switch 2 port shown in the sizzle reel
    • The Apothecary Diaries: The First Imperial Brother out in early 2027
    • House Flipper 2 out October 15
    • Sonic Pico Park spin dashing on to Switch and Switch 2 on November 12
    • Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World out on December 3
    • Torneko's Mystery Dungeon Classic HD is available later today
    • Hela port launching on December 1
    • Criksholm The Stolen Dream is coming to Switch 2 on December 3
    • Stellar Blade Complete Edition shown with Bayonetta crossover costume
    • The Ascent Complete Edition is out in December
    • It Takes Two comes out on October 15 for Switch 2
    • Palia Nintendo Switch 2 Edition out in December
    • Bluey's Happy Snaps — brief bit of new footage shown
    • Hot Wheels Infinite Rush dropping on September 10
    • Fading Echo out on September 17 — demo later today
    • Hell is Us port shown, out October 8
    • Marvel Guardians of the Galaxy Encore Edition dropping on November 5 — pre-order today
    • Surprise Persona 4 Revival trailer shows off loads of new gameplay
    • Persona 6 logo shown on screen
    • The final announcement is a new Kirby game that looks almost open-world — called Kirby and the World Beyond and out in Spring 2027

    VOD

    You can also catch up with the video on demand (VOD) version of the stream via YouTube below.

    What did you think?

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition Switch 2 console and controller pre-orders are live — here's where you can grab them along with the Ocarina remake ]]> The Legend of Zelda fans rejoice! The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Celebration stream gave us a deluge of announcements all about the iconic action-adventure series, including the reveal of a shiny special edition Nintendo Switch 2 console.

    Latest availability

    We anticipate the console to be in extremely high demand, not only as the first proper special edition Nintendo Switch 2 to hit the market but also thanks to its status as a tie-in with one of Nintendo's biggest franchises.

    It's also an absolute stunner, with special green Joy-Con 2 controllers, a gold and black dock, and loads of little details sure to delight Zelda fans.

    The Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition system officially launches on October 29, 2026, and pre-orders have been live at various retailers for some time now — and it's already selling out at most stores.

    Still, we've put this page together to help you get your hands on the console with any restock and availability updates — plus links to pick up the matching Nintendo Switch 2 Controller and the upcoming The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake to go alongside it.

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — US

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition controller preorders — US

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — UK

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — Australia

    Miss the anniversary live stream?

    You can check out the video-on-demand version below or keep scrolling for some top questions answered.

    FAQ

    Does Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition come with a game?

    No, the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system does not come with a game. If you want a copy of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time, you will need to buy it seperately.

    Is the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system worth it?

    Whether any special edition Nintendo system is worth it comes down to two key factors: if you already own the system, and if you're a huge fan of the property the special edition is tying in with.

    In this instance, if you don't have a Nintendo Switch 2 and want to get one anyway, then this The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition is likely a good choice. If you like how it looks and don't mind paying a little bit more for that, then there's no real reason not to pick it up instead of the regular one.

    If you already have a Nintendo Switch 2, on the other hand, it becomes a much more difficult question. If you're a massive Zelda fan, then I can see a situation where you would be willing to buy a whole new Switch 2 just for the tie-in. Given that the Switch 2 was released relatively recently, you could probably claw back a chunk of change selling your non-special edition system on the second-hand market, too.

    However, if you're not big on Zelda and already have a Switch 2, then I would sit this one out.

    How limited is the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system

    Nintendo hasn't actually clarified whether the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition is going to be produced in limited quantities. This is likely intentional, as it gives them some breathing room to produce plenty of units if it proves to be a smash hit.

    Price comparison

    Here are the latest prices for the regular Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch 2 Pro controller for the purposes of price comparison.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/the-zelda-40th-anniversary-edition-switch-2-console-and-controller-pre-orders-are-now-going-live-heres-where-you-can-grab-them-along-with-the-ocarina-remake VP8ApQoyhBHczNCCgsmLhc Tue, 08 Sep 2026 18:15:48 +0000 Fri, 11 Sep 2026 15:02:08 +0000 false false false

    The Legend of Zelda fans rejoice! The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Celebration stream gave us a deluge of announcements all about the iconic action-adventure series, including the reveal of a shiny special edition Nintendo Switch 2 console.

    Latest availability

    We anticipate the console to be in extremely high demand, not only as the first proper special edition Nintendo Switch 2 to hit the market but also thanks to its status as a tie-in with one of Nintendo's biggest franchises.

    It's also an absolute stunner, with special green Joy-Con 2 controllers, a gold and black dock, and loads of little details sure to delight Zelda fans.

    The Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition system officially launches on October 29, 2026, and pre-orders have been live at various retailers for some time now — and it's already selling out at most stores.

    Still, we've put this page together to help you get your hands on the console with any restock and availability updates — plus links to pick up the matching Nintendo Switch 2 Controller and the upcoming The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake to go alongside it.

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — US

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition controller preorders — US

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — UK

    The Legend of Zelda: 40th Anniversary Edition console preorders — Australia

    Miss the anniversary live stream?

    You can check out the video-on-demand version below or keep scrolling for some top questions answered.

    FAQ

    Does Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition come with a game?

    No, the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system does not come with a game. If you want a copy of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time, you will need to buy it seperately.

    Is the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system worth it?

    Whether any special edition Nintendo system is worth it comes down to two key factors: if you already own the system, and if you're a huge fan of the property the special edition is tying in with.

    In this instance, if you don't have a Nintendo Switch 2 and want to get one anyway, then this The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition is likely a good choice. If you like how it looks and don't mind paying a little bit more for that, then there's no real reason not to pick it up instead of the regular one.

    If you already have a Nintendo Switch 2, on the other hand, it becomes a much more difficult question. If you're a massive Zelda fan, then I can see a situation where you would be willing to buy a whole new Switch 2 just for the tie-in. Given that the Switch 2 was released relatively recently, you could probably claw back a chunk of change selling your non-special edition system on the second-hand market, too.

    However, if you're not big on Zelda and already have a Switch 2, then I would sit this one out.

    How limited is the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition system

    Nintendo hasn't actually clarified whether the Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda – 40th Anniversary Edition is going to be produced in limited quantities. This is likely intentional, as it gives them some breathing room to produce plenty of units if it proves to be a smash hit.

    Price comparison

    Here are the latest prices for the regular Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch 2 Pro controller for the purposes of price comparison.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The physical edition of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time on Nintendo Switch 2 is getting limited-time 'textured foil packaging' — here's where to preorder now ]]>
  • The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time launches for Switch 2 on November 5
  • The first print run is getting 'special textured foil packaging'
  • Preorders have opened at the Nintendo Store and other retailers

    • Nintendo just gave us a closer look at the upcoming Switch 2 remake of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time in a special presentation to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the series, and at the same time, confirmed the release date.

    The big news for collectors, though, is that the first run of the physical edition will feature special textured foil packaging, so here's where you can secure your sparkly copy with a preorder ahead of release on November 5.

    Looking for console and controller preorders?

    We've got a dedicated page for all the latest on stock updates for the Nintendo Switch 2 The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition right here, including the latest availability on Amazon US.

    The official store opened up preorders first in all regions, and now several other retailers also have them available. Incredibly, physical copies are starting to sell out in some places, so I'm keeping an eye on other stores now and will add them as soon as I spot any more availability.

    And while it's extremely unlikely that it will completely sell out ahead of launch, given that the special cover is limited to this initial print run, it's best to be safe if you want to add a copy to your collection.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — US quick links

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — UK quick links

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — AU quick links

    As for the limited-edition Nintendo Switch 2 console and Pro Controller that were announced during the livestream, preorders for both of those have now started as well, ahead of the launch on October 29. Stick with our coverage through the link above for live updates on availability, as those products are selling out super-fast.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/the-physical-edition-of-the-legend-of-zelda-ocarina-of-time-on-nintendo-switch-2-is-getting-limited-textured-foil-packaging-heres-where-to-preorder-now nKUexXgHXkguywPf6y5JoQ Tue, 08 Sep 2026 16:13:15 +0000 Fri, 11 Sep 2026 14:35:13 +0000 false false false
    • The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time launches for Switch 2 on November 5
    • The first print run is getting 'special textured foil packaging'
    • Preorders have opened at the Nintendo Store and other retailers

    Nintendo just gave us a closer look at the upcoming Switch 2 remake of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time in a special presentation to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the series, and at the same time, confirmed the release date.

    The big news for collectors, though, is that the first run of the physical edition will feature special textured foil packaging, so here's where you can secure your sparkly copy with a preorder ahead of release on November 5.

    Looking for console and controller preorders?

    We've got a dedicated page for all the latest on stock updates for the Nintendo Switch 2 The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition right here, including the latest availability on Amazon US.

    The official store opened up preorders first in all regions, and now several other retailers also have them available. Incredibly, physical copies are starting to sell out in some places, so I'm keeping an eye on other stores now and will add them as soon as I spot any more availability.

    And while it's extremely unlikely that it will completely sell out ahead of launch, given that the special cover is limited to this initial print run, it's best to be safe if you want to add a copy to your collection.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — US quick links

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — UK quick links

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time preorders — AU quick links

    As for the limited-edition Nintendo Switch 2 console and Pro Controller that were announced during the livestream, preorders for both of those have now started as well, ahead of the launch on October 29. Stick with our coverage through the link above for live updates on availability, as those products are selling out super-fast.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ 'Why does this look like it was run through DLSS 5?' — The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake's new graphics and modernized controls are dividing fans ]]>
  • A The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time trailer and gameplay demo have been shown
  • Many fans are praising the presentation and love the remake's new look, which Nintendo calls a "faithful interpretation using modern technologies"
  • Others suggest the style is too "realistic" and have compared it to DLSS 5

    • The first look at The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake has been released, showcasing all-new realistic graphics, updated systems, and modernized controls.

    It looks very different from the original, with Zelda series producer Eiji Aonuma calling the game a "faithful interpretation using modern technologies" and saying it has a "different appeal" from other games like Breath of the Wild.

    The majority of the fanbase seems pretty hyped, with many saying it looks "absolutely incredible" and "They remade this beautifully" in the trailer's comments.

    "This is an important showcase of how realistic graphics can still have a distinct art style," another fan said. "Just pure realism can be boring at times, especially if the setting isn’t just the modern day."

    A different user wrote, "Every environment just looks so vibrant and brimming with whimsy. It’s very hard to recapture the magic of the original game, but this remake might just be able to do it."

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    "I've said it a million times and I'll say it again. Nintendo is great at making me pay for the same thing over and over and over and over and over and over again," a redditor said.

    One replied, "I thought the gameplay from the direct today was absolutely stunning & I am beyond psyched. Even though its a 'faithful' remake (which I was always fine with), they did mention it isn't totally 1:1 and they have expanded out things that were previously unreachable in the backgrounds. Overall it looks stellar."

    During the gameplay presentation, Aonuma explained that the development team had "many discussions about what visual style we should use for this game," and "decided that if Link's adventure took place in a world that has both been remade yet felt somewhat nostalgic, he would look like this."

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Aonuma added, "But we didn't just aim for realistic graphics. We were particularly focused on reimagining them in a way that invokes nostalgia for the original game."

    "Looks like the Unreal Engine concepts people have made for years," someone else said on X, referring to the viral CGI tribute videos of Majora's Mask on YouTube.

    I'm inclined to agree, but it's unclear whether the videos influenced the remake's style.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Everything from the character models to hair textures, environments, and even grass and water effects has been updated to give that "modern" look that we see in many games today, while still retaining the Zelda charm.

    However, while many fans of the beloved classic are excited about the trailer and gameplay demo, some suggest Nintendo has gone a bit far trying to accomplish that "realistic" look.

    Comparisons to Nvidia's DLSS 5 upscaling technology have been made, suggesting Ocarina of Time's style is similar to AI.

    "Okay but why does this look like it was run through DLSS 5?" one X user said.

    "Holy realism jumpscare," another user said in the trailer comments.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Nintendo also confirmed that The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake will launch on November 5 for Switch 2, with many fans joking about how close the game is to releasing to the biggest game launch of all time, Grand Theft Auto 6.

    "This is my GTA 6," one fan said, while another wrote, "OoT Remake and GTA VI in a two-week span…. I used to pray for times like this."

    If you missed it, a Nintendo Switch 2 specially designed for The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary is also launching on October 29, along with a special Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller and carrying case.

    We'll keep you updated on when pre-orders go live.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/why-does-this-look-like-it-was-run-through-dlss-5-the-legend-of-zelda-ocarina-of-time-remakes-new-graphics-and-modernized-controls-are-dividing-fans MjkUbsrvAELAGVR6vBwVMk Tue, 08 Sep 2026 15:47:55 +0000 false false false
    • A The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time trailer and gameplay demo have been shown
    • Many fans are praising the presentation and love the remake's new look, which Nintendo calls a "faithful interpretation using modern technologies"
    • Others suggest the style is too "realistic" and have compared it to DLSS 5

    The first look at The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake has been released, showcasing all-new realistic graphics, updated systems, and modernized controls.

    It looks very different from the original, with Zelda series producer Eiji Aonuma calling the game a "faithful interpretation using modern technologies" and saying it has a "different appeal" from other games like Breath of the Wild.

    The majority of the fanbase seems pretty hyped, with many saying it looks "absolutely incredible" and "They remade this beautifully" in the trailer's comments.

    "This is an important showcase of how realistic graphics can still have a distinct art style," another fan said. "Just pure realism can be boring at times, especially if the setting isn’t just the modern day."

    A different user wrote, "Every environment just looks so vibrant and brimming with whimsy. It’s very hard to recapture the magic of the original game, but this remake might just be able to do it."

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    "I've said it a million times and I'll say it again. Nintendo is great at making me pay for the same thing over and over and over and over and over and over again," a redditor said.

    One replied, "I thought the gameplay from the direct today was absolutely stunning & I am beyond psyched. Even though its a 'faithful' remake (which I was always fine with), they did mention it isn't totally 1:1 and they have expanded out things that were previously unreachable in the backgrounds. Overall it looks stellar."

    During the gameplay presentation, Aonuma explained that the development team had "many discussions about what visual style we should use for this game," and "decided that if Link's adventure took place in a world that has both been remade yet felt somewhat nostalgic, he would look like this."

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Aonuma added, "But we didn't just aim for realistic graphics. We were particularly focused on reimagining them in a way that invokes nostalgia for the original game."

    "Looks like the Unreal Engine concepts people have made for years," someone else said on X, referring to the viral CGI tribute videos of Majora's Mask on YouTube.

    I'm inclined to agree, but it's unclear whether the videos influenced the remake's style.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Everything from the character models to hair textures, environments, and even grass and water effects has been updated to give that "modern" look that we see in many games today, while still retaining the Zelda charm.

    However, while many fans of the beloved classic are excited about the trailer and gameplay demo, some suggest Nintendo has gone a bit far trying to accomplish that "realistic" look.

    Comparisons to Nvidia's DLSS 5 upscaling technology have been made, suggesting Ocarina of Time's style is similar to AI.

    "Okay but why does this look like it was run through DLSS 5?" one X user said.

    "Holy realism jumpscare," another user said in the trailer comments.

    The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Nintendo also confirmed that The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake will launch on November 5 for Switch 2, with many fans joking about how close the game is to releasing to the biggest game launch of all time, Grand Theft Auto 6.

    "This is my GTA 6," one fan said, while another wrote, "OoT Remake and GTA VI in a two-week span…. I used to pray for times like this."

    If you missed it, a Nintendo Switch 2 specially designed for The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary is also launching on October 29, along with a special Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller and carrying case.

    We'll keep you updated on when pre-orders go live.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Best of Gamescom 2026 — The 15 top devices and games we saw at this year’s show ]]> Gamescom 2026 was chock-full of the latest and greatest in video games and gaming hardware, and we saw an awful lot of it while on the ground in Cologne, Germany.

    We went hands-on with games, played with some yet-to-be-released gaming devices, and carried out a boatload of interviews. We’ll be publishing a host of content based on all of that in due course, but we also saw lots that we want to shout about now. Our Best of Gamescom 2026 awards give us the chance to celebrate some of the best of the show.

    There aren’t any categories; instead, each of the winners deserved general recognition for being what made up the Best of Gamescom 2026 in our opinion. Find all our picks below, in no particular order, and keep your eyes peeled on this page in the future, as there are even some things we can't quite talk about yet…

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Asus ROG Ally X20

    The Asus ROG Ally X20 with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Asus)

    The new version of the official Xbox-x-Asus gaming handheld is something I was really surprised to like so much at this year’s Gamescom. Many will argue over the actual efficacy and importance of the upgrades it offers over its predecessor — the Ally X — but as a piece of new gaming hardware, I found it to be excellent.

    The OLED screen is punchy and vibrant, and the new larger-than-before size of it works very nicely in the hands too. The ergonomic design is comfortable, while the buttons are satisfying and responsive in their actuation, and it’s overall not too heavy in the hands despite the bigger screen. I messed around with the likes of Forza Horizon 6 for a while with the X20 and was successfully and totally immersed in the action to the point I didn’t want to put the handheld down.

    Its translucent design and gold accents make for an incredibly cool aesthetic too, and as a quality handheld gaming PC for your Xbox games as well as your PC library, this is a very slick, attractive, and quality bit of kit that impressed me.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Razer Prio

    The Razer Prio controller with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Razer)

    A suspiciously simple mobile controller solution, but one that still features some Razer-isms and design flair, the Prio mobile controller was one of the most innovative and different things I saw at Gamescom.

    With the ability to fold up to the size of something akin to a card wallet or earbud pillbox, the Prio is a foldable mobile gaming controller that will offer gamers a convenient and easy way to quickly jump into a game while on the go.

    Despite its diminutive size and foldable form, it still features all you need to game, like dual shoulder buttons, satisfying face buttons, and thumbsticks featuring the latest in capacitive tech. It’ll work with Android and Apple phones, works with cases easily, and there’s also no need to charge it.

    It’s a fascinating new addition to the mobile gaming controller market and could make quite the splash.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Beyerdynamic MMX 130 wireless gaming headset

    The Beyerdynamic MMX 130 Wireless with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Beyerdynamic)

    The MMX 130 is an open-back gaming headset that channels all the excellence of the audio brand’s pedigree while embracing the benefits of an open-back design. And the results are fantastic, with a gaming headset that sounds full-bodied, clear and detailed, round and spacious, and overall brilliant — even in the short time I had with it at Gamescom.

    Despite the design’s popularity in the headphone and audio-fi space, there aren’t that many open-back gaming headsets on the market, so Beyerdynamic is pushing the envelope a bit and challenging what we expect of gaming headsets a little too.

    The open-back design enables the MMX 130 to offer a rounder, more spacious soundscape, and one that players of single-player, immersive, maybe open-world games will be incredibly well served by, who are looking for awesome, detailed audio and not something geared toward online or competitive play like dozens of other headsets.

    I’m really looking forward to testing and adding this gaming headset to my ranks when it launches later this year in October.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Rainbow Six Tactics

    A screenshot from Rainbow Six Tactics with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Ubisoft)

    I am not normally one for XCOM-like strategy or turn-based games, but Rainbow Six Tactics well and truly got its hooks into me at Gamescom, and has me yearning to see more and, frankly, play it as soon as I can.

    The game perfectly captures the vibes and ambience of Rainbow Six, with the settings of missions, aesthetics, operatives, and action making a pretty seamless jump over to the turn-based strategy genre; breaching through walls, the chatter among operatives, and the use of tools such as the drone are some of the most notable and obvious successes of this in my time with the game, for example.

    Likewise, the idiosyncrasies of the turn-based genre manifest excellently in the Rainbow Six aesthetic, with slow-mo actions and operators carrying out gunfire or actions particularly pleasing, as well as carefully plotting multiple, sequential actions to ensure you have a chance for victory — or seeing it all fall apart in front of your eyes.

    There looks to be great depth to Tactics too, which I can’t wait to get into. Matching up a favorite roster of operators, upgrading said operators to my preferences and for particular scenarios, hoovering up intel from incapacitated enemies in order to get bonuses for future missions, and plotting out all the stages of the game’s Breach mode to ensure an impactful and full-blooded commencement of attacks all play their own part. The whole tactical strategic loop feels like the perfect blend of genre and series.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    MOZA × MotoGP Sim Racing Handlebar

    The Moza x MotoGP handlebars with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Moza)

    One of the most original, cool, and exciting hardware products I saw at Gamescom was easily Moza’s new Sim Racing Handlebar, officially licensed by MotoGP.

    While surprising and eyebrow-raising on one hand, after investigating it further, it really did suddenly dawn on me: why shouldn’t MotoGP video game players have access to the same kind of specific controllers that players of racing games, truck games, and even farming games have?

    And now they do, with the terrific MOZA × MotoGP Sim Racing Handlebar, which should comprehensively serve that market when it releases fully (launch is still to be confirmed, however). And it’s a seriously awesome bit of kit that features all you need to fully immerse yourself in the latest game.

    The handlebar controller will attach to MOZA’s own wheelbases, feature controls inspired by real MotoGP handlebars, and offer enough customisation options in terms of adjustment and button mapping to give it incredible flexibility. It’s niche, perhaps, but we can’t wait to test the excellently cool bit of gaming hardware out.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Fable

    A screenshot from Fable with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Xbox/Playground Games)

    Playground Games' upcoming release in the long-standing fantasy series continues to massively impress us. While our first look at the game at Summer Game Fest 2026 showed us a glimpse of the reputation system, our time with the Gamescom preview gave us a proper hands-on look at combat, and it’s utterly fantastic.

    Playing a sliver of the game with two builds revealed the elegance with which the game blends melee and ranged combat with magic and spellcasting. The hand-to-hand combat is weighty and feels excellent to carry out, offensively or defensively, with a perfectly timed parry.

    The ranged weaponry is very effective, and one rapid-fire crossbow weapon had me grinning from ear to ear. However, the magic is a real stand-out for me, offering loads of options for not only effective combat but also comedic theatre. The amount of gleeful satisfaction I got out of raising up some silly undead enemies, only to then slam them down and turn them into chickens was glorious.

    Combine all this with the brilliance in writing and acting that our demo had, as well as a hugely impressive graphical presentation of the world, and I really think we’re in for a treat when Fable releases, and it was easily one of the best games on show at Gamescom.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons

    Screenshot of the upcoming Dungeons & Dragons game Warlock with TechRadar Gaming's Best of Gamescom badge on top

    (Image credit: Future/Invoke Studios/Wizards of the Coast)

    2027 looks set to bless us with not only one brilliant fantasy adventure game in Fable, but two, with Warlock really catching my eye at Gamescom in a fascinating and intriguing preview.

    As well as a captivating land to explore and a story and narrative which seem deeply compelling already, the role of deep and raw magic and the creative ways in which the game’s protagonist, Kaatri, can use it caught my eye particularly. For example, each spell or cast doesn’t seem to be a one-and-done trick, or you can use subsequent spells and casts one after another to solve puzzles, take down enemies, and explore the world in satisfying and creative ways.

    What’s more, it’s all put together very slickly and sharply too, with combat looking fluid and responsive, the array of spells at your disposal vast and varied, the world and its secrets yearning to be discovered, mysteries to solve, Kaatri’s sort-of-helpful companion adding some good banter, and a style that will please those familiar with D&D, and those not.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    SteelSeries Aeon Pro Controller

    The SteelSeries Aeon Pro controller with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/SteelSeries)

    It’s been a while since SteelSeries gave a proper go in the controller market, and some of the brand’s mobile offerings have raised an eyebrow, but as soon as I saw the Aeon Pro controller, I knew the brand was on to something.

    Built around the traditional Xbox controller design — akin to the Elite Series 2 controller in many ways — the Aeon Pro is a premium pad with a few exciting features up its sleeve. Chief among these is the OLED mini screen on the front-top part of the pad, which is tidily done; it’s not intrusive or gimmicky and feels like it will be genuinely useful for players looking to have easy access to profiles and some controller information while the pad is in play.

    It also has an excellent infinite power and battery supply system built into its dock that’s heavily inspired by the Nova Pro headset series and can charge a spare battery while you use another.

    Targeting those on PC or Xbox — and those with both, particularly — the Aeon Pro will also offer an excellent grippy texture on its wings, remappable buttons, and interchangeable thumbsticks to provide multiple options for players looking for a one-and-done premium controller solution.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Turtle Beach Command Series MC7 Mouse

    The Turtle Beach MC7 Wireless mouse with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Turtle Beach)

    While this mouse from Turtle Beach massively raised eyebrows when first announced, having now seen it in the flesh and understood how it can be used, the Command Series MC7 Mouse is both a quality addition to the market and a worthy winner of one of our awards.

    The 2.25” touchscreen on the side of the mouse is the star of the show, of course, and its ability to house touchscreen controls and clearly visible features seems like it could well add a layer of functionality to a gaming mouse not really seen before. You can load an extensive range of controls onto the screen too, from OBS to apps, PC information, and loads more — it may even provide a worthy service to streamers alongside the likes of a Stream Deck.

    And the inclusion of the screen doesn’t compromise quality elsewhere either: you’re still getting the two buttons on the side for your thumb, and there’s true 8K wireless ultra-low latency, Turtle Beach’s Owl-Eye 30K sensor, and an excellent external dock that houses the USB dongle, as well as a second battery for the mouse that charges while you’re using the mouse, ensuring you’ll never be out of juice.

    It might not be for everyone, sure, but props to Turtle Beach for having the guts to try something totally different with a mouse and give it a proper go.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    The Witcher 3: Songs of the Past

    A screenshot from The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Songs of the Past with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/CD Projekt Red)

    One thing I vividly remember noticing during my long preview of The Witcher 3: Songs of the Past was that everyone in the session — a few dozen members of the press, at least — was absolutely, totally, deathly silent and utterly gripped by the quest we were being shown on screen. The allure, pull, and attention that this game still demands, all these years later, even with brand new content, is as strong as it’s ever been.

    Seeing Geralt and Roach ride across the lands of The Continent once more, in that familiar older-looking engine brushed up anew, was a true highlight of Gamescom for Witcher fans, but with Songs of the Past, it already feels like we’re in for one more absolutely thrilling and deep expansion from CD Projekt Red that will finally round out the game’s narrative and complete the story.

    Focusing on Dandelion and the new area of Letten, Songs of the Past already looks to have the makings of a Blood and Wine-esque expansion, filled with brilliantly written quests, a fascinating main storyline, and a host of different places to discover and see.

    It also makes The Witcher 3 look better than ever (thanks in part to enhancements offered by the Remastered upgrade coming later this year), with luscious vegetation covering the land, sun-soaked vistas across lakes and forests, as far as the eye can see, and expect more of the brilliantly acted and realised NPCs going about their daily lives.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Total War: Warhammer 40,000

    An image from Total War: Warhammer 40,000 with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Creative Assemble/Sega)

    The epic strategy game series finally comes to the epic and grimdark fantasy universe, and the results are absolutely belting. Offering up perhaps what was my favorite game preview of the entire Gamescom, Total War: Warhammer 40,000 is the perfect combination of the PC game and the grimdark galaxy.

    Playing a bit of an onboarding intro, as well as some of the interplanetary campaign and a climactic, testing, and epic battle as the Space Marines, I devoured and soaked up every tiny detail of Creative Assembly’s creation at Gamescom.

    The epic battle at the end, utilising a wide variety of unit types, terrain factors, reinforcements, and abilities, was a true highlight of the show for me, and gave me that excellent mix of confidence when plans were going well, panic when it looked like the tide was turning, and relief crossed with triumph when I clawed my way to victory.

    Playing it all in the studio’s new Warcore engine was an absolute blast too, with projectiles filling the skies, blood covering the ground, and environmental effects like dust and so on adding to the brilliant visuals on offer.

    I’m deeply intrigued by how the diplomacy, trade, and other non-battle-focused elements of Total War games will manifest in this 40K version, but if what I’ve played is anything to go by, fans need not be worried; only incredibly excited and hyped.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Thrustmaster SimTask Truck-40 Add-On Kit

    The Thrustmaster SimTask Truck-40 Add-on Kit with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Thrustmaster)

    Another niche but excellent hardware offering at Gamescom 2026 was Thrustmaster’s SimTask Truck-40 Add-On Kit, a large steering wheel designed specifically for truck and heavy-vehicle simulation.

    It’s a simple affair in its design, but it has that Thrustmaster quality running through its veins, with a robust design, a pleasing aesthetic, and a strong feature set.

    There are 22 action buttons, four different heights, and a 30-degree tilt angle achieved with its bespoke mount, and it looks set to be a welcome addition to the market for both PC and console users, working with all of the brand’s wheelbases too.

    What’s more promising is that it might well offer the only wheel specifically designed for games like Euro Truck Simulator 2 and American Truck Simulator that console users will have access to, earning it a huge thumbs-up from us for serving a dedicated community of players.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Nvidia RTX Spark

    An HP RTX Spark laptop with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/HP/Nvidia)

    Among a few things that the hardware giant had to show, what stood out to me most was the new and upcoming RTX Spark. In case you missed it, this is Nvidia’s new ARM-based chip, specifically designed for slim and lightweight Windows laptops, with Nvidia AI and RTX graphics ready to be utilized.

    The latter means laptops using the superchip are fully capable of playing numerous triple-A games at high frame rates, and that’s exactly what I both witnessed and played. The likes of 007 First Light, Borderlands 4, and Arc Raiders perform nearly flawlessly on the RTX Spark laptops on show.

    Team Green has essentially opened up the possibilities for manufacturers to design slim desktop or laptop PCs, or even handheld gaming PCs — and Nvidia noted that it's more than happy for brands to reach out to use the superchip for handhelds. As a fan of gaming on the go on lightweight systems, I’m more than happy to give Nvidia credit where it’s due with this one.

    Isaiah Williams, Staff Writer, Computing

    JBL Quantum Engine advancements

    The JBL Quantum Engine software with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/JBL)

    JBL continued its push into the world of gaming headsets at this year's Gamescom with the announcement of three new headsets, which build upon the stellar work already shown off in last year's range. And while these light, comfortable, powerful, and sustainable headsets should be lauded, it's the development of its Quantum Engine software that caught my attention at this year's trade show.

    The JBL Quantum Engine starts simple enough, with an array of customisable features and EQs that you might expect from a piece of audio software. These settings adapt to the specific genre or game that you're playing, with the intention of emphasising the important sounds such as footsteps or making your experience more immersive, taking full advantage of the 50mm carbon dynamic drivers found in the Quantum headset range. It can also cleverly block out background noise from especially clacky keyboards.

    And there are now more features to come in Q4 2026. Most notable of all is the increased interconnectivity between the app and the games you play. One feature shown off to me will be of particular interest to racing game fans. The app can receive information from the game to transform into your speedometer and heads-up display, giving you features and details you might expect from a premium racing wheel, but beamed to the app on your phone or tablet. It's a cool idea that builds on the manufacturer's audio nous to create an all-in-one solution for gaming.

    James Pickard, Senior Deals Editor

    And one more thing we can't talk about yet...

    Image by Arek Socha from Pixabay

    Sometimes we're shown games or products at Gamescom that we can't talk about for even weeks after the event has finished, and one of our award winners is exactly one of those things.

    Check back here in a few weeks time when we can reveal our last Best of Gamescom 2026 winner!

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/techradar-gaming-best-of-gamescom-2026-awards jYKQuAMRV8j9cN9fnJXHgG Tue, 08 Sep 2026 15:45:14 +0000 Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:23:26 +0000 false false false

    Gamescom 2026 was chock-full of the latest and greatest in video games and gaming hardware, and we saw an awful lot of it while on the ground in Cologne, Germany.

    We went hands-on with games, played with some yet-to-be-released gaming devices, and carried out a boatload of interviews. We’ll be publishing a host of content based on all of that in due course, but we also saw lots that we want to shout about now. Our Best of Gamescom 2026 awards give us the chance to celebrate some of the best of the show.

    There aren’t any categories; instead, each of the winners deserved general recognition for being what made up the Best of Gamescom 2026 in our opinion. Find all our picks below, in no particular order, and keep your eyes peeled on this page in the future, as there are even some things we can't quite talk about yet…

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Asus ROG Ally X20

    The Asus ROG Ally X20 with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Asus)

    The new version of the official Xbox-x-Asus gaming handheld is something I was really surprised to like so much at this year’s Gamescom. Many will argue over the actual efficacy and importance of the upgrades it offers over its predecessor — the Ally X — but as a piece of new gaming hardware, I found it to be excellent.

    The OLED screen is punchy and vibrant, and the new larger-than-before size of it works very nicely in the hands too. The ergonomic design is comfortable, while the buttons are satisfying and responsive in their actuation, and it’s overall not too heavy in the hands despite the bigger screen. I messed around with the likes of Forza Horizon 6 for a while with the X20 and was successfully and totally immersed in the action to the point I didn’t want to put the handheld down.

    Its translucent design and gold accents make for an incredibly cool aesthetic too, and as a quality handheld gaming PC for your Xbox games as well as your PC library, this is a very slick, attractive, and quality bit of kit that impressed me.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Razer Prio

    The Razer Prio controller with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Razer)

    A suspiciously simple mobile controller solution, but one that still features some Razer-isms and design flair, the Prio mobile controller was one of the most innovative and different things I saw at Gamescom.

    With the ability to fold up to the size of something akin to a card wallet or earbud pillbox, the Prio is a foldable mobile gaming controller that will offer gamers a convenient and easy way to quickly jump into a game while on the go.

    Despite its diminutive size and foldable form, it still features all you need to game, like dual shoulder buttons, satisfying face buttons, and thumbsticks featuring the latest in capacitive tech. It’ll work with Android and Apple phones, works with cases easily, and there’s also no need to charge it.

    It’s a fascinating new addition to the mobile gaming controller market and could make quite the splash.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Beyerdynamic MMX 130 wireless gaming headset

    The Beyerdynamic MMX 130 Wireless with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Beyerdynamic)

    The MMX 130 is an open-back gaming headset that channels all the excellence of the audio brand’s pedigree while embracing the benefits of an open-back design. And the results are fantastic, with a gaming headset that sounds full-bodied, clear and detailed, round and spacious, and overall brilliant — even in the short time I had with it at Gamescom.

    Despite the design’s popularity in the headphone and audio-fi space, there aren’t that many open-back gaming headsets on the market, so Beyerdynamic is pushing the envelope a bit and challenging what we expect of gaming headsets a little too.

    The open-back design enables the MMX 130 to offer a rounder, more spacious soundscape, and one that players of single-player, immersive, maybe open-world games will be incredibly well served by, who are looking for awesome, detailed audio and not something geared toward online or competitive play like dozens of other headsets.

    I’m really looking forward to testing and adding this gaming headset to my ranks when it launches later this year in October.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Rainbow Six Tactics

    A screenshot from Rainbow Six Tactics with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Ubisoft)

    I am not normally one for XCOM-like strategy or turn-based games, but Rainbow Six Tactics well and truly got its hooks into me at Gamescom, and has me yearning to see more and, frankly, play it as soon as I can.

    The game perfectly captures the vibes and ambience of Rainbow Six, with the settings of missions, aesthetics, operatives, and action making a pretty seamless jump over to the turn-based strategy genre; breaching through walls, the chatter among operatives, and the use of tools such as the drone are some of the most notable and obvious successes of this in my time with the game, for example.

    Likewise, the idiosyncrasies of the turn-based genre manifest excellently in the Rainbow Six aesthetic, with slow-mo actions and operators carrying out gunfire or actions particularly pleasing, as well as carefully plotting multiple, sequential actions to ensure you have a chance for victory — or seeing it all fall apart in front of your eyes.

    There looks to be great depth to Tactics too, which I can’t wait to get into. Matching up a favorite roster of operators, upgrading said operators to my preferences and for particular scenarios, hoovering up intel from incapacitated enemies in order to get bonuses for future missions, and plotting out all the stages of the game’s Breach mode to ensure an impactful and full-blooded commencement of attacks all play their own part. The whole tactical strategic loop feels like the perfect blend of genre and series.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    MOZA × MotoGP Sim Racing Handlebar

    The Moza x MotoGP handlebars with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Moza)

    One of the most original, cool, and exciting hardware products I saw at Gamescom was easily Moza’s new Sim Racing Handlebar, officially licensed by MotoGP.

    While surprising and eyebrow-raising on one hand, after investigating it further, it really did suddenly dawn on me: why shouldn’t MotoGP video game players have access to the same kind of specific controllers that players of racing games, truck games, and even farming games have?

    And now they do, with the terrific MOZA × MotoGP Sim Racing Handlebar, which should comprehensively serve that market when it releases fully (launch is still to be confirmed, however). And it’s a seriously awesome bit of kit that features all you need to fully immerse yourself in the latest game.

    The handlebar controller will attach to MOZA’s own wheelbases, feature controls inspired by real MotoGP handlebars, and offer enough customisation options in terms of adjustment and button mapping to give it incredible flexibility. It’s niche, perhaps, but we can’t wait to test the excellently cool bit of gaming hardware out.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Fable

    A screenshot from Fable with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Xbox/Playground Games)

    Playground Games' upcoming release in the long-standing fantasy series continues to massively impress us. While our first look at the game at Summer Game Fest 2026 showed us a glimpse of the reputation system, our time with the Gamescom preview gave us a proper hands-on look at combat, and it’s utterly fantastic.

    Playing a sliver of the game with two builds revealed the elegance with which the game blends melee and ranged combat with magic and spellcasting. The hand-to-hand combat is weighty and feels excellent to carry out, offensively or defensively, with a perfectly timed parry.

    The ranged weaponry is very effective, and one rapid-fire crossbow weapon had me grinning from ear to ear. However, the magic is a real stand-out for me, offering loads of options for not only effective combat but also comedic theatre. The amount of gleeful satisfaction I got out of raising up some silly undead enemies, only to then slam them down and turn them into chickens was glorious.

    Combine all this with the brilliance in writing and acting that our demo had, as well as a hugely impressive graphical presentation of the world, and I really think we’re in for a treat when Fable releases, and it was easily one of the best games on show at Gamescom.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons

    Screenshot of the upcoming Dungeons & Dragons game Warlock with TechRadar Gaming's Best of Gamescom badge on top

    (Image credit: Future/Invoke Studios/Wizards of the Coast)

    2027 looks set to bless us with not only one brilliant fantasy adventure game in Fable, but two, with Warlock really catching my eye at Gamescom in a fascinating and intriguing preview.

    As well as a captivating land to explore and a story and narrative which seem deeply compelling already, the role of deep and raw magic and the creative ways in which the game’s protagonist, Kaatri, can use it caught my eye particularly. For example, each spell or cast doesn’t seem to be a one-and-done trick, or you can use subsequent spells and casts one after another to solve puzzles, take down enemies, and explore the world in satisfying and creative ways.

    What’s more, it’s all put together very slickly and sharply too, with combat looking fluid and responsive, the array of spells at your disposal vast and varied, the world and its secrets yearning to be discovered, mysteries to solve, Kaatri’s sort-of-helpful companion adding some good banter, and a style that will please those familiar with D&D, and those not.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    SteelSeries Aeon Pro Controller

    The SteelSeries Aeon Pro controller with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/SteelSeries)

    It’s been a while since SteelSeries gave a proper go in the controller market, and some of the brand’s mobile offerings have raised an eyebrow, but as soon as I saw the Aeon Pro controller, I knew the brand was on to something.

    Built around the traditional Xbox controller design — akin to the Elite Series 2 controller in many ways — the Aeon Pro is a premium pad with a few exciting features up its sleeve. Chief among these is the OLED mini screen on the front-top part of the pad, which is tidily done; it’s not intrusive or gimmicky and feels like it will be genuinely useful for players looking to have easy access to profiles and some controller information while the pad is in play.

    It also has an excellent infinite power and battery supply system built into its dock that’s heavily inspired by the Nova Pro headset series and can charge a spare battery while you use another.

    Targeting those on PC or Xbox — and those with both, particularly — the Aeon Pro will also offer an excellent grippy texture on its wings, remappable buttons, and interchangeable thumbsticks to provide multiple options for players looking for a one-and-done premium controller solution.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Turtle Beach Command Series MC7 Mouse

    The Turtle Beach MC7 Wireless mouse with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Turtle Beach)

    While this mouse from Turtle Beach massively raised eyebrows when first announced, having now seen it in the flesh and understood how it can be used, the Command Series MC7 Mouse is both a quality addition to the market and a worthy winner of one of our awards.

    The 2.25” touchscreen on the side of the mouse is the star of the show, of course, and its ability to house touchscreen controls and clearly visible features seems like it could well add a layer of functionality to a gaming mouse not really seen before. You can load an extensive range of controls onto the screen too, from OBS to apps, PC information, and loads more — it may even provide a worthy service to streamers alongside the likes of a Stream Deck.

    And the inclusion of the screen doesn’t compromise quality elsewhere either: you’re still getting the two buttons on the side for your thumb, and there’s true 8K wireless ultra-low latency, Turtle Beach’s Owl-Eye 30K sensor, and an excellent external dock that houses the USB dongle, as well as a second battery for the mouse that charges while you’re using the mouse, ensuring you’ll never be out of juice.

    It might not be for everyone, sure, but props to Turtle Beach for having the guts to try something totally different with a mouse and give it a proper go.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    The Witcher 3: Songs of the Past

    A screenshot from The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Songs of the Past with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/CD Projekt Red)

    One thing I vividly remember noticing during my long preview of The Witcher 3: Songs of the Past was that everyone in the session — a few dozen members of the press, at least — was absolutely, totally, deathly silent and utterly gripped by the quest we were being shown on screen. The allure, pull, and attention that this game still demands, all these years later, even with brand new content, is as strong as it’s ever been.

    Seeing Geralt and Roach ride across the lands of The Continent once more, in that familiar older-looking engine brushed up anew, was a true highlight of Gamescom for Witcher fans, but with Songs of the Past, it already feels like we’re in for one more absolutely thrilling and deep expansion from CD Projekt Red that will finally round out the game’s narrative and complete the story.

    Focusing on Dandelion and the new area of Letten, Songs of the Past already looks to have the makings of a Blood and Wine-esque expansion, filled with brilliantly written quests, a fascinating main storyline, and a host of different places to discover and see.

    It also makes The Witcher 3 look better than ever (thanks in part to enhancements offered by the Remastered upgrade coming later this year), with luscious vegetation covering the land, sun-soaked vistas across lakes and forests, as far as the eye can see, and expect more of the brilliantly acted and realised NPCs going about their daily lives.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Total War: Warhammer 40,000

    An image from Total War: Warhammer 40,000 with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Creative Assemble/Sega)

    The epic strategy game series finally comes to the epic and grimdark fantasy universe, and the results are absolutely belting. Offering up perhaps what was my favorite game preview of the entire Gamescom, Total War: Warhammer 40,000 is the perfect combination of the PC game and the grimdark galaxy.

    Playing a bit of an onboarding intro, as well as some of the interplanetary campaign and a climactic, testing, and epic battle as the Space Marines, I devoured and soaked up every tiny detail of Creative Assembly’s creation at Gamescom.

    The epic battle at the end, utilising a wide variety of unit types, terrain factors, reinforcements, and abilities, was a true highlight of the show for me, and gave me that excellent mix of confidence when plans were going well, panic when it looked like the tide was turning, and relief crossed with triumph when I clawed my way to victory.

    Playing it all in the studio’s new Warcore engine was an absolute blast too, with projectiles filling the skies, blood covering the ground, and environmental effects like dust and so on adding to the brilliant visuals on offer.

    I’m deeply intrigued by how the diplomacy, trade, and other non-battle-focused elements of Total War games will manifest in this 40K version, but if what I’ve played is anything to go by, fans need not be worried; only incredibly excited and hyped.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Thrustmaster SimTask Truck-40 Add-On Kit

    The Thrustmaster SimTask Truck-40 Add-on Kit with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/Thrustmaster)

    Another niche but excellent hardware offering at Gamescom 2026 was Thrustmaster’s SimTask Truck-40 Add-On Kit, a large steering wheel designed specifically for truck and heavy-vehicle simulation.

    It’s a simple affair in its design, but it has that Thrustmaster quality running through its veins, with a robust design, a pleasing aesthetic, and a strong feature set.

    There are 22 action buttons, four different heights, and a 30-degree tilt angle achieved with its bespoke mount, and it looks set to be a welcome addition to the market for both PC and console users, working with all of the brand’s wheelbases too.

    What’s more promising is that it might well offer the only wheel specifically designed for games like Euro Truck Simulator 2 and American Truck Simulator that console users will have access to, earning it a huge thumbs-up from us for serving a dedicated community of players.

    Rob Dwiar, Managing Editor, TechRadar Gaming and Streaming

    Nvidia RTX Spark

    An HP RTX Spark laptop with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/HP/Nvidia)

    Among a few things that the hardware giant had to show, what stood out to me most was the new and upcoming RTX Spark. In case you missed it, this is Nvidia’s new ARM-based chip, specifically designed for slim and lightweight Windows laptops, with Nvidia AI and RTX graphics ready to be utilized.

    The latter means laptops using the superchip are fully capable of playing numerous triple-A games at high frame rates, and that’s exactly what I both witnessed and played. The likes of 007 First Light, Borderlands 4, and Arc Raiders perform nearly flawlessly on the RTX Spark laptops on show.

    Team Green has essentially opened up the possibilities for manufacturers to design slim desktop or laptop PCs, or even handheld gaming PCs — and Nvidia noted that it's more than happy for brands to reach out to use the superchip for handhelds. As a fan of gaming on the go on lightweight systems, I’m more than happy to give Nvidia credit where it’s due with this one.

    Isaiah Williams, Staff Writer, Computing

    JBL Quantum Engine advancements

    The JBL Quantum Engine software with the TechRadar Gaming Best of Gamescom 2026 badge

    (Image credit: Future/JBL)

    JBL continued its push into the world of gaming headsets at this year's Gamescom with the announcement of three new headsets, which build upon the stellar work already shown off in last year's range. And while these light, comfortable, powerful, and sustainable headsets should be lauded, it's the development of its Quantum Engine software that caught my attention at this year's trade show.

    The JBL Quantum Engine starts simple enough, with an array of customisable features and EQs that you might expect from a piece of audio software. These settings adapt to the specific genre or game that you're playing, with the intention of emphasising the important sounds such as footsteps or making your experience more immersive, taking full advantage of the 50mm carbon dynamic drivers found in the Quantum headset range. It can also cleverly block out background noise from especially clacky keyboards.

    And there are now more features to come in Q4 2026. Most notable of all is the increased interconnectivity between the app and the games you play. One feature shown off to me will be of particular interest to racing game fans. The app can receive information from the game to transform into your speedometer and heads-up display, giving you features and details you might expect from a premium racing wheel, but beamed to the app on your phone or tablet. It's a cool idea that builds on the manufacturer's audio nous to create an all-in-one solution for gaming.

    James Pickard, Senior Deals Editor

    And one more thing we can't talk about yet...

    Image by Arek Socha from Pixabay

    Sometimes we're shown games or products at Gamescom that we can't talk about for even weeks after the event has finished, and one of our award winners is exactly one of those things.

    Check back here in a few weeks time when we can reveal our last Best of Gamescom 2026 winner!

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The Legend of Zelda Movie is about to end a 40-year tradition for the beloved Nintendo game series — and Shigeru Miyamoto says we'll 'understand why' when it's released ]]>
  • The Legend of Zelda Movie's full title has been revealed
  • It was announced during September 2026's Zelda-dedicated Nintendo Direct
  • Its name ends a long-standing tradition for the iconic videogame franchise

    • The Legend of Zelda Movie's official title has been revealed — and it breaks a long-standing tradition for the incredibly popular Nintendo video game series.

    Announced today (September 8) during the September 2026 Nintendo Direct, the forthcoming film's full name is — drumroll, please — The Legend of Zelda.

    The Legend of Zelda Movie's title in metallic gold ink set against a black background

    One name to (Hy)rule them all... (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Okay, so Nintendo and film studio partner Sony Pictures won't be winning any creativity awards for that name. That said, it's a clean, subtitle-less name that's not only fitting for the game franchise's forthcoming big-screen debut, but also an homage to the series' first-ever entry — that being, the identically-titled 1986 game The Legend of Zelda.

    The movie adaptation's title is even more appropriate when you consider that the beloved game series is celebrating its 40th anniversary this year, too. The aforementioned game is the only one that doesn't have a subheading, either, so it makes sense why Nintendo would want to honor one of its longest-running series by giving it the same name as the game that started it all.

    As much as I was hoping for an actual teaser and/or more official cast reveals — right now, Benjamin Evan Ainsworth's Link and Bo Bragason's Zelda are the only characters confirmed to appear — I might not have to wait too long for those wishes to be granted.

    Indeed, speaking during today's dedicated Legend of Zelda Direct, Nintendo President Shigeru Miyamoto said "We'll share more details at a later date". Hopefully, there'll be another Nintendo Direct before the end of 2026 that lifts the lid on its cast and plot, and finally gives us some footage to pore over.

    A close up of Bo Bragason's Zelda in The Legend of Zelda movie

    Bo Bragason will play the titular Hyrulian princess in next year's Legend of Zelda flick (Image credit: Nintendo/Sony Pictures)

    It's been a while since Nintendo revealed anything new about this flick. Apart from Ainsworth and Bragason's casting in May 2025, the release of The Legend of Zelda Movie's first official images last September, and confirmation of The Legend of Zelda Movie's revised release date in May, the Japanese video game titan has been tight-lipped on its next film offering for some time.

    That's not to say there haven't been leaks. Just last month, reports emerged that The Legend of Zelda Movie had found its Ganondorf and Impa, with the former being played by an unlikely choice. Meanwhile, the late Sam Neill is also seemingly set for one final big-screen outing — the Jurassic Park star and Yvonne Strahovski being linked with supporting roles in one of 2027's most anticipated new movies. Let's hope Nintendo has the courage and wisdom to tell us more shortly.

    The Legend of Zelda Movie will launch in theaters worldwide on April 30, 2027. In the meantime, find out everything else we know so far about The Legend of Zelda Movie.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/streaming/entertainment/the-legend-of-zelda-movie-is-about-to-end-a-40-year-tradition-for-the-beloved-nintendo-game-series-and-shigeru-miyamoto-says-well-understand-why-when-its-released Z9nohro93TZxWH5tCzZwwn Tue, 08 Sep 2026 14:46:14 +0000 Wed, 09 Sep 2026 10:16:49 +0000 false false false
    • The Legend of Zelda Movie's full title has been revealed
    • It was announced during September 2026's Zelda-dedicated Nintendo Direct
    • Its name ends a long-standing tradition for the iconic videogame franchise

    The Legend of Zelda Movie's official title has been revealed — and it breaks a long-standing tradition for the incredibly popular Nintendo video game series.

    Announced today (September 8) during the September 2026 Nintendo Direct, the forthcoming film's full name is — drumroll, please — The Legend of Zelda.

    The Legend of Zelda Movie's title in metallic gold ink set against a black background

    One name to (Hy)rule them all... (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Okay, so Nintendo and film studio partner Sony Pictures won't be winning any creativity awards for that name. That said, it's a clean, subtitle-less name that's not only fitting for the game franchise's forthcoming big-screen debut, but also an homage to the series' first-ever entry — that being, the identically-titled 1986 game The Legend of Zelda.

    The movie adaptation's title is even more appropriate when you consider that the beloved game series is celebrating its 40th anniversary this year, too. The aforementioned game is the only one that doesn't have a subheading, either, so it makes sense why Nintendo would want to honor one of its longest-running series by giving it the same name as the game that started it all.

    As much as I was hoping for an actual teaser and/or more official cast reveals — right now, Benjamin Evan Ainsworth's Link and Bo Bragason's Zelda are the only characters confirmed to appear — I might not have to wait too long for those wishes to be granted.

    Indeed, speaking during today's dedicated Legend of Zelda Direct, Nintendo President Shigeru Miyamoto said "We'll share more details at a later date". Hopefully, there'll be another Nintendo Direct before the end of 2026 that lifts the lid on its cast and plot, and finally gives us some footage to pore over.

    A close up of Bo Bragason's Zelda in The Legend of Zelda movie

    Bo Bragason will play the titular Hyrulian princess in next year's Legend of Zelda flick (Image credit: Nintendo/Sony Pictures)

    It's been a while since Nintendo revealed anything new about this flick. Apart from Ainsworth and Bragason's casting in May 2025, the release of The Legend of Zelda Movie's first official images last September, and confirmation of The Legend of Zelda Movie's revised release date in May, the Japanese video game titan has been tight-lipped on its next film offering for some time.

    That's not to say there haven't been leaks. Just last month, reports emerged that The Legend of Zelda Movie had found its Ganondorf and Impa, with the former being played by an unlikely choice. Meanwhile, the late Sam Neill is also seemingly set for one final big-screen outing — the Jurassic Park star and Yvonne Strahovski being linked with supporting roles in one of 2027's most anticipated new movies. Let's hope Nintendo has the courage and wisdom to tell us more shortly.

    The Legend of Zelda Movie will launch in theaters worldwide on April 30, 2027. In the meantime, find out everything else we know so far about The Legend of Zelda Movie.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The wait for The Wolf Among Us 2 has been a long one — but its Gamescom 2026 preview has me more hyped than ever ]]> The Wolf Among Us 2 has been in development hell for years, to say the least, since its 2017 announcement. After a studio closure, a sudden revival, engine changes, and further creative conflicts between Telltale Games (its main developer) and co-developer AdHoc Studio, the long-awaited sequel is finally arriving in 2027.

    I had a chance to see what Telltale Games has been cooking behind closed doors, with a short preview of The Wolf Among Us 2 at Gamescom 2026, and I walked away intrigued and hyped for its launch. The Bigby fans loved in the first entry is back, and just as entertaining as ever.

    This sequel takes place six months after the events of the first game; we follow Bigby Wolf, who has been temporarily removed from his duties as Fabletown's sheriff. Bigby's job is to uncover a mysterious string of murders happening, working behind the curtain to save a city "consumed by corruption, vengeance, and fear".

    Right off the bat, I noticed Telltale Games leading The Wolf Among Us 2 in a different direction in terms of gameplay. Instead of the fixed camera angles present in the first game, and frankly, most of Telltale Games' entries (notably The Walking Dead), players will now be able to control Bigby in a third-person over-the-shoulder camera perspective.

    The dialogue between characters is still as strong as ever, and decisions within those sequences matter in both shaping the story and the relationships Bigby has with others. In classic Telltale fashion, one sequence left me with a choice to lie to a new character, Faye, who Bigby meets early on, about whether the ongoing case involved magic or not, as she suspects a Fable (characters that include Snow White, Bigby Wolf, Mr Toad, etc.) is the murder suspect.

    I quickly learned that your choice may come back to bite you or aid you later on, via the 'X will remember that' notification — but sometimes, silence is the best answer.

    The Wolf Among Us 2 exterior

    (Image credit: Telltale Games)

    Sitting down with The Wolf Among Us 2's design director, Jessica Hara Campbell, and principal scene coordinator, Leslie Harwood, I raved about the camera perspective change, as it offers a more immersive experience than I've ever seen in any Telltale entry before — and it very much reminded me of Capcom's switch to third-person action in its Resident Evil series, via Resident Evil 4.

    Unsurprisingly, both Campbell and Harwood highlighted that the switch was made to push "further immersion", as players control Bigby going on a long run of investigations. It's possibly the best choice the team has made with the sequel, and perhaps a camera switch all future Telltale and other episodic narrative-driven games should make.

    It's also worth noting that The Wolf Among Us 2 features a new dynamic style of examining areas or objects during investigations. Players are no longer expected to examine every single item or area, nor will there be constant hints during puzzles if players don't want them.

    If the player is already a step ahead in an investigation, you won't be pulled back to step one, as the game is designed to respect players' detective work, as Campbell stressed.

    Bigby investigating scene in The Wolf Among Us 2

    (Image credit: Telltale Games)

    While The Wolf Among Us 2 has some new design choices, Campbell emphasized that Telltale has its eye on maintaining what fans know and love about the series.

    "What we are looking at in a lot of our gameplay systems is keeping the core of what was built," Campbell says. "For our fan base, there's a very specific feeling of nostalgia, but the core of that is the noir detective piece that we don't want to reinvent the wheel on.

    "It's about making sure the game still feels like Wolf [first entry], and with returning players, they feel like they're kind of coming along."

    The Wolf Among Us 2 is expected to launch in 2027, but there is currently no specific timeline for which quarter it'll arrive in. My only hope is that the launch is successful without any further delays, as I'm quite excited to see what the team at Telltale has been working hard to deliver.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/the-wait-for-the-wolf-among-us-2-has-been-a-long-one-but-its-gamescom-2026-preview-has-me-more-hyped-than-ever cgLSgZLDV4AmSz3L4QfBQb Tue, 08 Sep 2026 01:00:00 +0000 false false false

    The Wolf Among Us 2 has been in development hell for years, to say the least, since its 2017 announcement. After a studio closure, a sudden revival, engine changes, and further creative conflicts between Telltale Games (its main developer) and co-developer AdHoc Studio, the long-awaited sequel is finally arriving in 2027.

    I had a chance to see what Telltale Games has been cooking behind closed doors, with a short preview of The Wolf Among Us 2 at Gamescom 2026, and I walked away intrigued and hyped for its launch. The Bigby fans loved in the first entry is back, and just as entertaining as ever.

    This sequel takes place six months after the events of the first game; we follow Bigby Wolf, who has been temporarily removed from his duties as Fabletown's sheriff. Bigby's job is to uncover a mysterious string of murders happening, working behind the curtain to save a city "consumed by corruption, vengeance, and fear".

    Right off the bat, I noticed Telltale Games leading The Wolf Among Us 2 in a different direction in terms of gameplay. Instead of the fixed camera angles present in the first game, and frankly, most of Telltale Games' entries (notably The Walking Dead), players will now be able to control Bigby in a third-person over-the-shoulder camera perspective.

    The dialogue between characters is still as strong as ever, and decisions within those sequences matter in both shaping the story and the relationships Bigby has with others. In classic Telltale fashion, one sequence left me with a choice to lie to a new character, Faye, who Bigby meets early on, about whether the ongoing case involved magic or not, as she suspects a Fable (characters that include Snow White, Bigby Wolf, Mr Toad, etc.) is the murder suspect.

    I quickly learned that your choice may come back to bite you or aid you later on, via the 'X will remember that' notification — but sometimes, silence is the best answer.

    The Wolf Among Us 2 exterior

    (Image credit: Telltale Games)

    Sitting down with The Wolf Among Us 2's design director, Jessica Hara Campbell, and principal scene coordinator, Leslie Harwood, I raved about the camera perspective change, as it offers a more immersive experience than I've ever seen in any Telltale entry before — and it very much reminded me of Capcom's switch to third-person action in its Resident Evil series, via Resident Evil 4.

    Unsurprisingly, both Campbell and Harwood highlighted that the switch was made to push "further immersion", as players control Bigby going on a long run of investigations. It's possibly the best choice the team has made with the sequel, and perhaps a camera switch all future Telltale and other episodic narrative-driven games should make.

    It's also worth noting that The Wolf Among Us 2 features a new dynamic style of examining areas or objects during investigations. Players are no longer expected to examine every single item or area, nor will there be constant hints during puzzles if players don't want them.

    If the player is already a step ahead in an investigation, you won't be pulled back to step one, as the game is designed to respect players' detective work, as Campbell stressed.

    Bigby investigating scene in The Wolf Among Us 2

    (Image credit: Telltale Games)

    While The Wolf Among Us 2 has some new design choices, Campbell emphasized that Telltale has its eye on maintaining what fans know and love about the series.

    "What we are looking at in a lot of our gameplay systems is keeping the core of what was built," Campbell says. "For our fan base, there's a very specific feeling of nostalgia, but the core of that is the noir detective piece that we don't want to reinvent the wheel on.

    "It's about making sure the game still feels like Wolf [first entry], and with returning players, they feel like they're kind of coming along."

    The Wolf Among Us 2 is expected to launch in 2027, but there is currently no specific timeline for which quarter it'll arrive in. My only hope is that the launch is successful without any further delays, as I'm quite excited to see what the team at Telltale has been working hard to deliver.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I played Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition, and 'Middling-Earth' best describes this average action RPG revamp ]]> The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition (henceforth known as WITN) is a new version of the old action role-playing game (RPG) with a few quality-of-life fixes, tweaks, and improvements.

    It ends up being diverting fun and well-priced for what it is, and gamers who loved the original (or perhaps loved games like it, such as Dragon Age: Origins) will enjoy the return to this sort of simple-but-satisfying gameplay loop of hitting orcs, looting gear, and upgrading your characters so they can hit orcs harder, faster, and for longer without falling over.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch
    Available on: PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch
    Release date: 11 August (PS5, Xbox, PC), 18 August (Nintendo)

    But while much of the game is fine, if not spectacular, it's a shame there are a few technical problems and deeper issues. Swapping between characters on-the-fly is novel, and there has been an effort to incorporate this into all aspects of gameplay. However, hot-swapping is obviously not quite what the original game intended, so there is some awkwardness here, while glitches and bugs sometimes mar the game at key points.

    What about second Fellowship?

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    If you never played the old version, the basis of the game is this: as the Fellowship of the Ring embarks on their quest for Mount Doom, you play an adjacent, original party consisting of Eradan, a Dunedain ranger with all the skills of Aragorn; Farin, a dwarf warrior from the Lonely Mountain who looks an awful lot like Gimli with the serial numbers filed off; and Andriel, a Loremaster elf from Rivendell who can create magical blasts and forcefields.

    Together, the 'other' Fellowship party chats with old friends like Aragorn, Arwen and Gandalf, visits familiar and new locations (book-readers will get a kick out of delving into the Barrow-Downs and fighting the famous Wights), and slices through hordes of orcs led by an evil man called Agandaûr, a fallen Numenorean like the Mouth of Sauron. Agandaûr is one of Sauron's trusted servants, one we've never heard of before or since.

    So yes, it's all a bit fan-fictionesque, and it plays a lot like other action RPGs set in fantasy worlds, only this one takes the basic fantasy character set and plops them straight into Middle-Earth rather than a parallel-but-similar setting of elves, dwarves and dragons. It's even funnier when you get hold of special character weapon options, and you're controlling a random dwarf running around with legendary gear like Anduril or Sting. Dedicated Tolkien enthusiasts might find it a bit egregious, but it's all in the name of good fun and enabling the sort of repetitive hack-and-slash gameplay the genre is best at.

    If you've played any other Lord Of The Rings games, whether the PlayStation 2's Return of the King or a more recent title like Middle-earth: Shadow of War, you'll be used to LOTR games taking these sorts of creative liberties. As a result, it works for what it is, and even as a die-hard hobbit-enjoyer I had fun scything through the dark lord's evil hordes and meeting characters never adapted like Elladan and Elrohir, Elrond's twin ranger sons.

    Old game, new tactics

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    If you've played any action RPG, you'll know what to expect: you and your party are taking on wave after wave of mooks, weapons swinging with basic attacks, but you'll also trigger powerful maneuvers and spells that require cooldowns and replenishing a power meter, so tactical implementation of these moves is vital. Playing as Eradan, I would be skirting low on health and could use my disappearing skill, so I could make a break for it unharmed to Andriel's side, who can create a protective healing field. I'd quickly swap to Farin to unleash War Cry to up my party's health and durability.

    It's this sort of synergy that creates tactical play beyond mashing light and heavy attacks until you see the 'Finish Him!' yellow triangle that pops up over an enemy's head. The ability to swap characters allows the quick-of-thumb to set up these combos without the use of the AI characters, who are otherwise competent enough to look after themselves and augment the main player. But you do need to be nimble, as the controls to do this are awkward on Switch: even ten hours in, I was accidentally drinking potions when I was trying to swap from elf to dwarf. Co-operative gameplay is available on most platforms (both online, in which you drop into someone else's game, and couch), but not on the original Switch.

    There's a surprisingly steep learning curve once you learn the ropes: enemies come from all sides thick and fast, in numerous varieties, forcing you to switch from attack to defence, and then to ranged as explosive enemies approach, and implement your powers carefully.

    You level up quickly too, and loot is plentiful, so there are plenty of regular rewards encouraging you to persevere through the samey waves of orcs and goblins, as PCs, enemies and environments begin to blend into various overlapping shades of brown and grey. I began the game thinking carefully about upgrading stats at each level, but after a while, I just pumped Stamina to keep myself alive while concentrating on that character's main attack stat, and that strategy seemed to work just fine too. I'm honestly not sure how much difference these RPG elements made.

    Feeling thin, sort of stretched...

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    While a simple-but-satisfying gameplay loop, it's still very much of its time, and parts haven't aged well. The target lock-on can get tricky, and you'll occasionally find your character engaged in a long, sluggish animation, swinging their weapon at empty air while you cringe as you watch orcs running at you from behind.

    Despite the hot-swapping feature and inclusion of each character's unique secret-finding ability (the dwarf, for example, can detect treasure hidden behind stone walls), the game is clearly still geared for a single-character experience. Ammo drops are still linked to the character you're playing at the time, so you might find you swap to a character without any ranged capacity. You'll also need to visit shops with each character in turn to do a proper gear comparison before buying new equipment, which is tedious.

    Your health and power replenish slowly on their own, but once you've cleared an encounter, you're under no pressure to carry on. Occasionally, I found myself putting the controller down unpaused, heading off to make a cup of tea, and returning with my beverage to a rested, unmolested party at full health.

    There's no sheathing weapons, so you'll occasionally be wandering around Bree or Rivendell, incongruously with swords drawn ready for action. There's also no jumping, which is fine on its own, but the frustration of encountering a chest-high wall and having to find a set of stairs is a sensation I've almost forgotten about, a relic of level design marred by the technology of the time.

    Worst of all are the bugs, Aspyr's revamp of the game delivering fresh technical glitches alongside the improvements. These are quite common complaints on threads about WITN, and my experience was no different: from flashing inventory tiles to small areas of the map that caused my entire screen to flip to solid green. At one stage I was fighting blind, looking at chequered green flashes, while I could still hear Eradan's shouts of 'You face a Dunedan now!'

    Others report platform-specific glitches, such as an 0KB save file problem on PlayStation 5.

    The North Remembers

    I think you already know if you want this game: you're either a Tolkien fiend who likes the idea of exploring and interacting with lesser-known locations and characters in an original story, a fantasy action RPG junkie, or you played the original and remember loving it. At the reduced price it's selling for, it's worth getting if you fit two out of three of the above criteria.

    Personally, even though I'm as Tolkien-mad as they come and I've got no shortage of love for the RPG genre, I think The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition is... fine. Serviceable. Enjoyable at times, but without much to set it apart from all the other games in the space, even back when it was first released, other than its LOTR wrapper and nostalgia goggles.

    I liked my experience with the game, but I can't see myself going back to it once done. It's a poor man's bite of lembas compared to the previous generation's excellent Return of the King hack 'em up.

    Should you play The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition?

    Play it if...

    You love The Lord of the Rings
    You're a Tolkien fiend who likes the idea of exploring and interacting with lesser-known locations and characters in an original story,

    You love action RPGs
    You're a fantasy action junkie who loves nothing more than fiddling with different armors in menus.

    You played the original
    Liked the old experience and jazzed about the concept of autosaves, better framerates and on-the-fly character switching? It's worth the buy.

    Don't play it if...

    You hate repetitive hack 'n' slash gameplay
    However you slice it, War in the North will have you performing the same few attacks against wave after wave of similar enemies.

    Accessibility

    WITN has limited accessibility features. Available languages are English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese, and Polish. Four difficulty levels are available: Easy, Normal, Heroic and Legendary.

    How I reviewed Lord of the Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition

    Andriel kicks an Uruk in War In The North

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    I played Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition on my Nintendo Switch (generation 1) for 15 hours, trying each character's various combinations and progressing through the story mode. I used the Switch both in handheld mode and on my LG OLED TV. When I encountered glitches, I examined community pages and threads for similar reports.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/the-lord-of-the-rings-war-in-the-north-legacy-edition-review oS3QGSFSyjTufTHFQhHp2m Sun, 06 Sep 2026 15:00:00 +0000 Mon, 07 Sep 2026 08:48:47 +0000 false false false

    The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition (henceforth known as WITN) is a new version of the old action role-playing game (RPG) with a few quality-of-life fixes, tweaks, and improvements.

    It ends up being diverting fun and well-priced for what it is, and gamers who loved the original (or perhaps loved games like it, such as Dragon Age: Origins) will enjoy the return to this sort of simple-but-satisfying gameplay loop of hitting orcs, looting gear, and upgrading your characters so they can hit orcs harder, faster, and for longer without falling over.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch
    Available on: PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch
    Release date: 11 August (PS5, Xbox, PC), 18 August (Nintendo)

    But while much of the game is fine, if not spectacular, it's a shame there are a few technical problems and deeper issues. Swapping between characters on-the-fly is novel, and there has been an effort to incorporate this into all aspects of gameplay. However, hot-swapping is obviously not quite what the original game intended, so there is some awkwardness here, while glitches and bugs sometimes mar the game at key points.

    What about second Fellowship?

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    If you never played the old version, the basis of the game is this: as the Fellowship of the Ring embarks on their quest for Mount Doom, you play an adjacent, original party consisting of Eradan, a Dunedain ranger with all the skills of Aragorn; Farin, a dwarf warrior from the Lonely Mountain who looks an awful lot like Gimli with the serial numbers filed off; and Andriel, a Loremaster elf from Rivendell who can create magical blasts and forcefields.

    Together, the 'other' Fellowship party chats with old friends like Aragorn, Arwen and Gandalf, visits familiar and new locations (book-readers will get a kick out of delving into the Barrow-Downs and fighting the famous Wights), and slices through hordes of orcs led by an evil man called Agandaûr, a fallen Numenorean like the Mouth of Sauron. Agandaûr is one of Sauron's trusted servants, one we've never heard of before or since.

    So yes, it's all a bit fan-fictionesque, and it plays a lot like other action RPGs set in fantasy worlds, only this one takes the basic fantasy character set and plops them straight into Middle-Earth rather than a parallel-but-similar setting of elves, dwarves and dragons. It's even funnier when you get hold of special character weapon options, and you're controlling a random dwarf running around with legendary gear like Anduril or Sting. Dedicated Tolkien enthusiasts might find it a bit egregious, but it's all in the name of good fun and enabling the sort of repetitive hack-and-slash gameplay the genre is best at.

    If you've played any other Lord Of The Rings games, whether the PlayStation 2's Return of the King or a more recent title like Middle-earth: Shadow of War, you'll be used to LOTR games taking these sorts of creative liberties. As a result, it works for what it is, and even as a die-hard hobbit-enjoyer I had fun scything through the dark lord's evil hordes and meeting characters never adapted like Elladan and Elrohir, Elrond's twin ranger sons.

    Old game, new tactics

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    If you've played any action RPG, you'll know what to expect: you and your party are taking on wave after wave of mooks, weapons swinging with basic attacks, but you'll also trigger powerful maneuvers and spells that require cooldowns and replenishing a power meter, so tactical implementation of these moves is vital. Playing as Eradan, I would be skirting low on health and could use my disappearing skill, so I could make a break for it unharmed to Andriel's side, who can create a protective healing field. I'd quickly swap to Farin to unleash War Cry to up my party's health and durability.

    It's this sort of synergy that creates tactical play beyond mashing light and heavy attacks until you see the 'Finish Him!' yellow triangle that pops up over an enemy's head. The ability to swap characters allows the quick-of-thumb to set up these combos without the use of the AI characters, who are otherwise competent enough to look after themselves and augment the main player. But you do need to be nimble, as the controls to do this are awkward on Switch: even ten hours in, I was accidentally drinking potions when I was trying to swap from elf to dwarf. Co-operative gameplay is available on most platforms (both online, in which you drop into someone else's game, and couch), but not on the original Switch.

    There's a surprisingly steep learning curve once you learn the ropes: enemies come from all sides thick and fast, in numerous varieties, forcing you to switch from attack to defence, and then to ranged as explosive enemies approach, and implement your powers carefully.

    You level up quickly too, and loot is plentiful, so there are plenty of regular rewards encouraging you to persevere through the samey waves of orcs and goblins, as PCs, enemies and environments begin to blend into various overlapping shades of brown and grey. I began the game thinking carefully about upgrading stats at each level, but after a while, I just pumped Stamina to keep myself alive while concentrating on that character's main attack stat, and that strategy seemed to work just fine too. I'm honestly not sure how much difference these RPG elements made.

    Feeling thin, sort of stretched...

    Lord of the Rings: War in the North Legacy Edition

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    While a simple-but-satisfying gameplay loop, it's still very much of its time, and parts haven't aged well. The target lock-on can get tricky, and you'll occasionally find your character engaged in a long, sluggish animation, swinging their weapon at empty air while you cringe as you watch orcs running at you from behind.

    Despite the hot-swapping feature and inclusion of each character's unique secret-finding ability (the dwarf, for example, can detect treasure hidden behind stone walls), the game is clearly still geared for a single-character experience. Ammo drops are still linked to the character you're playing at the time, so you might find you swap to a character without any ranged capacity. You'll also need to visit shops with each character in turn to do a proper gear comparison before buying new equipment, which is tedious.

    Your health and power replenish slowly on their own, but once you've cleared an encounter, you're under no pressure to carry on. Occasionally, I found myself putting the controller down unpaused, heading off to make a cup of tea, and returning with my beverage to a rested, unmolested party at full health.

    There's no sheathing weapons, so you'll occasionally be wandering around Bree or Rivendell, incongruously with swords drawn ready for action. There's also no jumping, which is fine on its own, but the frustration of encountering a chest-high wall and having to find a set of stairs is a sensation I've almost forgotten about, a relic of level design marred by the technology of the time.

    Worst of all are the bugs, Aspyr's revamp of the game delivering fresh technical glitches alongside the improvements. These are quite common complaints on threads about WITN, and my experience was no different: from flashing inventory tiles to small areas of the map that caused my entire screen to flip to solid green. At one stage I was fighting blind, looking at chequered green flashes, while I could still hear Eradan's shouts of 'You face a Dunedan now!'

    Others report platform-specific glitches, such as an 0KB save file problem on PlayStation 5.

    The North Remembers

    I think you already know if you want this game: you're either a Tolkien fiend who likes the idea of exploring and interacting with lesser-known locations and characters in an original story, a fantasy action RPG junkie, or you played the original and remember loving it. At the reduced price it's selling for, it's worth getting if you fit two out of three of the above criteria.

    Personally, even though I'm as Tolkien-mad as they come and I've got no shortage of love for the RPG genre, I think The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition is... fine. Serviceable. Enjoyable at times, but without much to set it apart from all the other games in the space, even back when it was first released, other than its LOTR wrapper and nostalgia goggles.

    I liked my experience with the game, but I can't see myself going back to it once done. It's a poor man's bite of lembas compared to the previous generation's excellent Return of the King hack 'em up.

    Should you play The Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition?

    Play it if...

    You love The Lord of the Rings
    You're a Tolkien fiend who likes the idea of exploring and interacting with lesser-known locations and characters in an original story,

    You love action RPGs
    You're a fantasy action junkie who loves nothing more than fiddling with different armors in menus.

    You played the original
    Liked the old experience and jazzed about the concept of autosaves, better framerates and on-the-fly character switching? It's worth the buy.

    Don't play it if...

    You hate repetitive hack 'n' slash gameplay
    However you slice it, War in the North will have you performing the same few attacks against wave after wave of similar enemies.

    Accessibility

    WITN has limited accessibility features. Available languages are English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese, and Polish. Four difficulty levels are available: Easy, Normal, Heroic and Legendary.

    How I reviewed Lord of the Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition

    Andriel kicks an Uruk in War In The North

    (Image credit: Aspyr)

    I played Lord Of The Rings: War In The North Legacy Edition on my Nintendo Switch (generation 1) for 15 hours, trying each character's various combinations and progressing through the story mode. I used the Switch both in handheld mode and on my LG OLED TV. When I encountered glitches, I examined community pages and threads for similar reports.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The FiiO FG3 is a gaming headset aimed at audiophiles, but after several weeks, I'm not totally convinced ]]> FiiO FG3: one-minute review

    The FiiO FG3 folded on a desk, next to the audio controller and a keyboard.

    (Image credit: Future)

    As an audio journalist, I’ve covered FiiO plenty of times; the brand is known for beloved digital audio players like the JM21 and digital-audio converters like the FA15. But I was surprised to see the brand enter a totally different market, trying its hand at a gaming headset.

    The FiiO FG3 is the resulting device, and it clearly bears some of the audiophile DNA that FiiO is known for. It offers a coaxial dual-driver set-up, which is uncommon in games-focused headphones, and also totes a lightweight DAC control module to jump between audio presets.

    So it should be a gaming gem, right? Right? Well, I think something was lost in translation.

    FiiO’s hardware is fantastic for music, and the FG3 is the same, with the dual-driver set-up and handy EQ modes working well. However, it’s not quite as good for gaming, which isn’t ideal for a 'gaming' headset.

    Audio is often too muddy and rumbly to do justice to the layered sound design of an immersive environment or frantic battlefield. It’s largely the low-end which lets the side down, with higher-pitched sounds cutting through pretty effectively. This won’t affect all games, and dialogue-heavy or rhythm ones will benefit massively from the tuning.

    The fit of the headphones isn’t perfect either. While the cups are incredibly soft, the headphones squeeze and the headband is too firm. I had to take breaks from long gaming sessions to avoid my head hurting.

    That all may sound like a series of criticisms, but there’s a lot to like here too. The cans are easily portable, and the control app being online-only is a breath of fresh air in this bloatware-riddled world (even if it rules out EQ control when you’ve got no internet).

    The FG3 is also, crucially, pretty affordable, and I can see a discount or two making it an absolute bargain. If you’re reading this when they’re even $10 / £10 off, they’ll be an absolute bargain.

    So it’s easy to look past some of the more annoying elements, or rougher edges, of FiiO’s sound tuning and design. But I can’t help but hope that the brand’s second foray into gaming headsets makes some improvements on what we’ve currently got.

    The FiiO FG3's cup on a table.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: Price and availability

    • List price: $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)
    • Available in the US, UK and Europe
    • Matches RIG R5 Spear Pro HS, undercuts other rivals

    The FiiO FG3 sells for $69.99 / £69.99 (about AU$140, though at the time of writing, it’s not on sale in Australia), and was unveiled in June, 2026.

    At that price, it undercuts many of the best wired gaming headsets, though it matches our top-rated pick: the catchily-titled RIG R5 Spear Pro HS. That makes it fairly good value for a gaming headset, with many alternatives going for three-figure sums.

    For your money, you get the headset as well as a removable microphone, control cable and USB adaptor (which lets you plug the USB-C control cable into a USB-A port, if that’s what you have available).

    FiiO FG3: specs

    Price

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    Weight

    0.69lbs / 0.31kg

    Drivers

    50mm dynamic + 16mm dynamic

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, PC

    Connection type

    Wired (3.5mm or USB-C)

    The FiiO FG3's logo.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: design and features

    The FiiO FG3 comes with a non-removable cable, which connects into a 3.5mm jack. It’s not long, but it’ll reach a hand-held controller. However, it’s best to connect it to a control module which comes in the box; this offers you the ability to mute, change EQ or modify volume, and has a much longer cable which connects to a device via USB-C (or USB-A, thanks to an included adaptor).

    These cans aren’t particularly unique-looking, although the cups are slightly canted, which helps them fit a head shape better. They rotate a little horizontally and vertically, which also helps with the fit, though some other elements like the thin metal headband or certain cheap-feeling plastic elements discourage any notion of these being premium headphones. There are no on-cup controls either.

    While the ear pads are soft and comfortable, I did find that the padded headband wasn’t padded enough. Longer gaming stints ended in growing aches; the FG3 fit isn’t as comfortable as other gaming headsets I’ve used. A slight squeeze offered by the cans didn’t help either.

    You can fold the cups in on each other, and remove the microphone, transforming the headset into a compact unit which is easy to transport (though it doesn’t come with any kind of carry case). Combined with a feature we’ll get to later, it’s a great headset for people who game in different venues.

    Grille decor on the FiiO FG3's cups.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Now onto the feature set. A potentially-divisive feature of the FiiO FG3 is that you don’t need to download a control app to clutter up your PC. Instead, FiiO’s website offers the ability to change EQ and flick between presets.

    I loved the fact I didn’t need to download more bloating software onto my rig, and that I could tote the FG3 between different systems and locations and still customize them, but it does mean that you get no control while offline.

    The control site lets you choose three presets, which the control module lets you change between: a gaming mode, a cinema one, and a music one. The latter list, which includes the custom mode, is the one I found myself using most.

    This module also means you can still jump between your EQ presets when you're on a console or handheld, so your decision to play on a Switch, PlayStation or Xbox doesn't mean you're banned from customizable sound.

    Don’t expect any Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) here. I found that the Passive Noise Cancellation (PNC) or natural ear cup blocking, managed to cut out annoying background sounds from my street, as did the closed-back design. But it won’t save you from louder interruptions.

    The insides of the FiiO FG3 cups.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: performance

    True to its audiophile heritage, FiiO has packed the FG3 with two drivers per cup: one 50mm dynamic driver designed to handle mid- and low-end, and a smaller 16mm dynamic driver for higher-end sounds. The benefit of dual drivers, rather than the sole unit found in most gaming headsets, is twofold: firstly, each being dedicated to different frequencies means that they can be better catered to them. Secondly, simultaneous sounds can be delivered with better clarity.

    This latter is certainly true of the FiiO FG3, which has a distinct V-shaped sound profile; that means that bass and treble are well-defined and clear, though mids are a little lost. This isn’t a huge issue for gaming, as most sound effects are low or high ones, but it’s audible in music (including game scores).

    It’s also clear that the high-end dynamic driver does its job well. Dialogue is easy to make out, even in frantic battles, including in-game audio and friends’ voice chats during gameplay. It’s also easy to make out nearby footsteps or the twinkle of a distant collectible.

    The FiiO FG3's microphone, attached to the headset.

    (Image credit: Future)

    However, I’m not as sold on the bass capabilities of the larger driver. In music it’s scooping and well-defined, but while gaming it lacks the power or ‘oomph’ of some other headsets I’ve tested. This means the chatter of your gunfire sounds a little dulled, nearby explosions lose a visceral edge, and roaring monsters sound like they have a sore throat.

    Perhaps most importantly, the background rumble of a city or busy landscape which so often defines an alive-feeling open world felt a little too ‘rumbly’ for me. Some of FiiO’s equalization modes go some way to fix its issues, but not the whole way; I never found a way to stop the sound feeling a little muddy, and sometimes even made it worse.

    A much-touted selling point of the FG3 is the use of Virtual 7.1, an algorithm which spreads sound to give a feeling of surround sound, without using 8 speakers (which would simply be 7.1 sound). It helps a little in spreading environmental and atmospheric sounds about you, though you’ll never forget that you’re simply getting spread-out headphone sound.

    The removable microphone is… fine for purpose, but won’t deliver especially crystalline audio. Even recording onto my PC’s own voice recorder app, speech is a little crackly. However, I appreciate how dexterous the strut holding the microphone is: you can move it to different angles or heights, and there’s far more versatility than in many other headsets I’ve used.

    The FiiO FG3's audio connector.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should I buy the FiiO FG3?

    Buy it if...

    You need something easily portable
    Between the removable microphone, the foldable build, and the fact that you can use the control app anywhere, this is perfect for going to a friend's LAN party.

    You like customizing your sound
    The online EQ platform offers you loads of presets and plenty of control over your sound. Plus, the DAC control panel lets you jump between them easily.

    Don't buy it if...

    You need something suited for long gaming stints
    After a few hours with the FG3, my head and ears were asking for a break. It's not the ideal headset for day-long binges, or even a full workday.

    You want the best video game sound
    If all you care about is the sound of your games, then the FiiO will disappoint you. It's not bad, but its muddy sound profile means you're never getting the best audio possible.

    FiiO FG3: Also consider

    The FiiO FG3 perched on a candle, with Total War: Pharoah app in the background.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Here are two more gaming headsets that we've given positive reviews to, if you're not sold on the FiiO FG3.

    FiiO FG3

    RIG R5 Spear Pro HS

    Turtle Beach Atlas 200

    Price

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    $59.99 / £49.99 (around AU$100)

    Weight

    0.69lbs / 0.31kg

    0.74lbs / 0.34kg

    0.62lbs / 0.28kg

    Drivers

    50mm dynamic + 16mm dynamic

    40mm graphene

    50mm Nanoclear

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, PC

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, Switch 2, PC

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, Switch 2, PC

    Connection type

    Wired (USB-C)

    Wired (3.5mm)

    Wired (3.5mm)

    RIG R5 Spear Pro HS
    This same-price rival offers great sound and a more comfortable fit. However, there's no way of customizing your sound, and you can't remove the microphone.

    Read our full RIG R5 Spear Pro HS review

    Turtle Beach Atlas 200
    For even less than the FiiO, this Turtle Beach alternative offers a well-designed mesh headband and great mic quality. But its feature set is weighted towards PC gamers.

    Read our full Turtle Beach Atlas 200 review

    How I tested the FiiO FG3

    • Used for three weeks
    • Tested for gaming and other tasks
    • Mainly connected to gaming PC

    I tested the FiiO FG3 for roughly three weeks in order to write the review. Through this time, I used the headset while connected to my gaming PC; I tried to plug it into my Android phone, but the connection was stuttery.

    The majority of the testing was done gaming; predominantly Nioh 3 and Total War: Pharaoh, but with time also spent on Old School Runescape, Isonzo, Slay The Spire, Crying Suns and the Mortal Shell 2 beta. I also used the headset to stream music while at work, and watch YouTube videos and TV shows.

    Since I review audio products for a living, I have plenty of experience testing gaming headsets (and using other headphones for gaming purposes). I've also tested other FiiO products.

    First reviewed August 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/fiio-fg3-review GUAaQZuHAr9MfDtDTTwEhY Mon, 31 Aug 2026 17:00:00 +0000 Tue, 01 Sep 2026 08:38:40 +0000 false false false

    FiiO FG3: one-minute review

    The FiiO FG3 folded on a desk, next to the audio controller and a keyboard.

    (Image credit: Future)

    As an audio journalist, I’ve covered FiiO plenty of times; the brand is known for beloved digital audio players like the JM21 and digital-audio converters like the FA15. But I was surprised to see the brand enter a totally different market, trying its hand at a gaming headset.

    The FiiO FG3 is the resulting device, and it clearly bears some of the audiophile DNA that FiiO is known for. It offers a coaxial dual-driver set-up, which is uncommon in games-focused headphones, and also totes a lightweight DAC control module to jump between audio presets.

    So it should be a gaming gem, right? Right? Well, I think something was lost in translation.

    FiiO’s hardware is fantastic for music, and the FG3 is the same, with the dual-driver set-up and handy EQ modes working well. However, it’s not quite as good for gaming, which isn’t ideal for a 'gaming' headset.

    Audio is often too muddy and rumbly to do justice to the layered sound design of an immersive environment or frantic battlefield. It’s largely the low-end which lets the side down, with higher-pitched sounds cutting through pretty effectively. This won’t affect all games, and dialogue-heavy or rhythm ones will benefit massively from the tuning.

    The fit of the headphones isn’t perfect either. While the cups are incredibly soft, the headphones squeeze and the headband is too firm. I had to take breaks from long gaming sessions to avoid my head hurting.

    That all may sound like a series of criticisms, but there’s a lot to like here too. The cans are easily portable, and the control app being online-only is a breath of fresh air in this bloatware-riddled world (even if it rules out EQ control when you’ve got no internet).

    The FG3 is also, crucially, pretty affordable, and I can see a discount or two making it an absolute bargain. If you’re reading this when they’re even $10 / £10 off, they’ll be an absolute bargain.

    So it’s easy to look past some of the more annoying elements, or rougher edges, of FiiO’s sound tuning and design. But I can’t help but hope that the brand’s second foray into gaming headsets makes some improvements on what we’ve currently got.

    The FiiO FG3's cup on a table.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: Price and availability

    • List price: $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)
    • Available in the US, UK and Europe
    • Matches RIG R5 Spear Pro HS, undercuts other rivals

    The FiiO FG3 sells for $69.99 / £69.99 (about AU$140, though at the time of writing, it’s not on sale in Australia), and was unveiled in June, 2026.

    At that price, it undercuts many of the best wired gaming headsets, though it matches our top-rated pick: the catchily-titled RIG R5 Spear Pro HS. That makes it fairly good value for a gaming headset, with many alternatives going for three-figure sums.

    For your money, you get the headset as well as a removable microphone, control cable and USB adaptor (which lets you plug the USB-C control cable into a USB-A port, if that’s what you have available).

    FiiO FG3: specs

    Price

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    Weight

    0.69lbs / 0.31kg

    Drivers

    50mm dynamic + 16mm dynamic

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, PC

    Connection type

    Wired (3.5mm or USB-C)

    The FiiO FG3's logo.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: design and features

    The FiiO FG3 comes with a non-removable cable, which connects into a 3.5mm jack. It’s not long, but it’ll reach a hand-held controller. However, it’s best to connect it to a control module which comes in the box; this offers you the ability to mute, change EQ or modify volume, and has a much longer cable which connects to a device via USB-C (or USB-A, thanks to an included adaptor).

    These cans aren’t particularly unique-looking, although the cups are slightly canted, which helps them fit a head shape better. They rotate a little horizontally and vertically, which also helps with the fit, though some other elements like the thin metal headband or certain cheap-feeling plastic elements discourage any notion of these being premium headphones. There are no on-cup controls either.

    While the ear pads are soft and comfortable, I did find that the padded headband wasn’t padded enough. Longer gaming stints ended in growing aches; the FG3 fit isn’t as comfortable as other gaming headsets I’ve used. A slight squeeze offered by the cans didn’t help either.

    You can fold the cups in on each other, and remove the microphone, transforming the headset into a compact unit which is easy to transport (though it doesn’t come with any kind of carry case). Combined with a feature we’ll get to later, it’s a great headset for people who game in different venues.

    Grille decor on the FiiO FG3's cups.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Now onto the feature set. A potentially-divisive feature of the FiiO FG3 is that you don’t need to download a control app to clutter up your PC. Instead, FiiO’s website offers the ability to change EQ and flick between presets.

    I loved the fact I didn’t need to download more bloating software onto my rig, and that I could tote the FG3 between different systems and locations and still customize them, but it does mean that you get no control while offline.

    The control site lets you choose three presets, which the control module lets you change between: a gaming mode, a cinema one, and a music one. The latter list, which includes the custom mode, is the one I found myself using most.

    This module also means you can still jump between your EQ presets when you're on a console or handheld, so your decision to play on a Switch, PlayStation or Xbox doesn't mean you're banned from customizable sound.

    Don’t expect any Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) here. I found that the Passive Noise Cancellation (PNC) or natural ear cup blocking, managed to cut out annoying background sounds from my street, as did the closed-back design. But it won’t save you from louder interruptions.

    The insides of the FiiO FG3 cups.

    (Image credit: Future)

    FiiO FG3: performance

    True to its audiophile heritage, FiiO has packed the FG3 with two drivers per cup: one 50mm dynamic driver designed to handle mid- and low-end, and a smaller 16mm dynamic driver for higher-end sounds. The benefit of dual drivers, rather than the sole unit found in most gaming headsets, is twofold: firstly, each being dedicated to different frequencies means that they can be better catered to them. Secondly, simultaneous sounds can be delivered with better clarity.

    This latter is certainly true of the FiiO FG3, which has a distinct V-shaped sound profile; that means that bass and treble are well-defined and clear, though mids are a little lost. This isn’t a huge issue for gaming, as most sound effects are low or high ones, but it’s audible in music (including game scores).

    It’s also clear that the high-end dynamic driver does its job well. Dialogue is easy to make out, even in frantic battles, including in-game audio and friends’ voice chats during gameplay. It’s also easy to make out nearby footsteps or the twinkle of a distant collectible.

    The FiiO FG3's microphone, attached to the headset.

    (Image credit: Future)

    However, I’m not as sold on the bass capabilities of the larger driver. In music it’s scooping and well-defined, but while gaming it lacks the power or ‘oomph’ of some other headsets I’ve tested. This means the chatter of your gunfire sounds a little dulled, nearby explosions lose a visceral edge, and roaring monsters sound like they have a sore throat.

    Perhaps most importantly, the background rumble of a city or busy landscape which so often defines an alive-feeling open world felt a little too ‘rumbly’ for me. Some of FiiO’s equalization modes go some way to fix its issues, but not the whole way; I never found a way to stop the sound feeling a little muddy, and sometimes even made it worse.

    A much-touted selling point of the FG3 is the use of Virtual 7.1, an algorithm which spreads sound to give a feeling of surround sound, without using 8 speakers (which would simply be 7.1 sound). It helps a little in spreading environmental and atmospheric sounds about you, though you’ll never forget that you’re simply getting spread-out headphone sound.

    The removable microphone is… fine for purpose, but won’t deliver especially crystalline audio. Even recording onto my PC’s own voice recorder app, speech is a little crackly. However, I appreciate how dexterous the strut holding the microphone is: you can move it to different angles or heights, and there’s far more versatility than in many other headsets I’ve used.

    The FiiO FG3's audio connector.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should I buy the FiiO FG3?

    Buy it if...

    You need something easily portable
    Between the removable microphone, the foldable build, and the fact that you can use the control app anywhere, this is perfect for going to a friend's LAN party.

    You like customizing your sound
    The online EQ platform offers you loads of presets and plenty of control over your sound. Plus, the DAC control panel lets you jump between them easily.

    Don't buy it if...

    You need something suited for long gaming stints
    After a few hours with the FG3, my head and ears were asking for a break. It's not the ideal headset for day-long binges, or even a full workday.

    You want the best video game sound
    If all you care about is the sound of your games, then the FiiO will disappoint you. It's not bad, but its muddy sound profile means you're never getting the best audio possible.

    FiiO FG3: Also consider

    The FiiO FG3 perched on a candle, with Total War: Pharoah app in the background.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Here are two more gaming headsets that we've given positive reviews to, if you're not sold on the FiiO FG3.

    FiiO FG3

    RIG R5 Spear Pro HS

    Turtle Beach Atlas 200

    Price

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    $69.99 / £69.99 (around AU$140)

    $59.99 / £49.99 (around AU$100)

    Weight

    0.69lbs / 0.31kg

    0.74lbs / 0.34kg

    0.62lbs / 0.28kg

    Drivers

    50mm dynamic + 16mm dynamic

    40mm graphene

    50mm Nanoclear

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, PC

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, Switch 2, PC

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Switch, Switch 2, PC

    Connection type

    Wired (USB-C)

    Wired (3.5mm)

    Wired (3.5mm)

    RIG R5 Spear Pro HS
    This same-price rival offers great sound and a more comfortable fit. However, there's no way of customizing your sound, and you can't remove the microphone.

    Read our full RIG R5 Spear Pro HS review

    Turtle Beach Atlas 200
    For even less than the FiiO, this Turtle Beach alternative offers a well-designed mesh headband and great mic quality. But its feature set is weighted towards PC gamers.

    Read our full Turtle Beach Atlas 200 review

    How I tested the FiiO FG3

    • Used for three weeks
    • Tested for gaming and other tasks
    • Mainly connected to gaming PC

    I tested the FiiO FG3 for roughly three weeks in order to write the review. Through this time, I used the headset while connected to my gaming PC; I tried to plug it into my Android phone, but the connection was stuttery.

    The majority of the testing was done gaming; predominantly Nioh 3 and Total War: Pharaoh, but with time also spent on Old School Runescape, Isonzo, Slay The Spire, Crying Suns and the Mortal Shell 2 beta. I also used the headset to stream music while at work, and watch YouTube videos and TV shows.

    Since I review audio products for a living, I have plenty of experience testing gaming headsets (and using other headphones for gaming purposes). I've also tested other FiiO products.

    First reviewed August 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Onimusha: Way of the Sword is another goliath in the action-adventure genre, satiating my appetite for epic, cinematic, and addictive sword-fighting encounters, despite some tedious segments ]]> Onimusha: Way of the Sword has blown me away after 30 hours with its engaging, emotional, and immersive narrative, filled with epic combat encounters. Capcom nailed the sword-fighting in almost all areas, further aided by some of the best boss battles I've ever played in the action-adventure genre.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: PC
    Available on: PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: September 4, 2026

    The enemy variety in Way of the Sword appears a little weak initially, but fortunately, there is surprisingly a decent number of diverse enemy types to tackle, some of which will put players' skills to the test, and enemies that tie directly to some of the darker and morbid aspects of the story — giving me every bit of motivation to defeat those responsible.

    Much like previous games in the Onimusha series, upgrades and enhancements work by collecting red souls from defeating enemies or by finding other necessary resources to stay well-equipped for more difficult encounters or boss fights (because there are many of them).

    Capcom has blended elements from the beloved franchise with modern elements (notably thanks to the RE Engine, used in Resident Evil Requiem), creating a sword-fighting, narrative-driven experience that successfully revitalizes the franchise for future entries — and yet again, it proves that it's in the best form it's ever been in.

    What it takes to be the strongest

    Miyamoto Musashi

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    In Onimusha: Way of the Sword, we follow Miyamoto Musashi, a confident young samurai looking to climb to the very top to be the best swordsman there is, battling rivals and those with the same goal. When an encounter with a fierce rival, Sasaki Ganryu, goes wrong, both Musashi and Ganryu are thrust into lives and roles neither could ever expect.

    Genma (demons) are seeping into Kyoto, Japan, from the depths of hell, and chaos is unfolding, with the lives of innocents taken brutally, and formidable Genma tormenting those who are vulnerable.

    Musashi and Ganryu seek the same goal: master the blade and become the ultimate swordsman. However, both will eventually learn that far more important matters are at stake: humanity's attempt to repel Genma is in dire need of attention, and with Ganryu led astray, it's up to Musashi to forge the right path to heroism.

    Equipped with Oni gauntlets, Musashi and Ganryu possess strengths far above the ordinary human, with plenty of abilities to challenge and defeat Genma. However, as expected, with that power comes plenty of responsibility.

    Do strength and power derive from one's own efforts? Is it honorable to seek absolute power with the sacrifice of innocents? These are questions Musashi is left to answer throughout his journey, learning through victory but also through trial and error, ultimately creating an engaging rollercoaster that kept me on the edge of my seat.

    Musashi is far from perfect in his use of Oni powers, but the character's development throughout the Way of the Sword and his bravado (significantly amped by the face model of the late and legendary Toshiro Mifune) are the strongest aspects of the game, keeping you coming back for more after each main story mission.

    Miyamoto Musashi shines in every single cutscene, with a level of charisma that accurately represents the legendary Japanese figure, Musashi himself, and Toshiro Mifune's prowess. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    As much as Onimusha: Way of the Sword maintains a strong focus on sword combat, it's very much a strong cinematic experience, with cutscenes that are absolutely phenomenal. The level of detail in every character's facial expressions and speech makes it feel like you're watching a movie at times.

    Unfortunately, that makes the switch back to gameplay and dialogue sequences quite jarring. It's not that the visuals aren't great during gameplay; it just doesn't match up to those cinematic sequences, and I found myself constantly wishing gameplay looked as great as those important cutscenes — but ultimately, those beautiful visuals are designed for what's most important: the story.

    Exceptional, addictive sword combat

    Miyamoto Musashi wielding sword

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Unsurprisingly, the combat in Onimusha: Way of the Sword is fantastic, taking fundamentals from what series veterans are accustomed to, alongside new and exciting skills, making every encounter entertaining.

    As mentioned in my preview, the Issen technique makes its return, allowing players to viciously strike enemies right before being hit, and it makes for an incredible spectacle.

    More importantly, parrying and deflecting are pivotal to overcoming foes in Way of the Sword. Just like Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice by FromSoftware, both defence options significantly deplete enemy stamina or 'posture', leaving them open to attacks for huge damage.

    Way of the Sword treats Sekiro's 'deathblows' slightly differently; instead of one central area to attack, players have several options for areas to strike against bosses.

    In scenarios where Musashi runs out of Hozuki (used for quick healing), most bosses will have a limb or part of a weapon (notably with the Byakue boss) highlighted in purple that is filled with red, yellow, blue, and purple souls, but does less damage to the enemy compared to the traditional main attack.

    It's an aspect of combat that creates a dynamic back-and-forth between Musashi and various bosses, especially if you need more yellow souls for health from dealing too much damage earlier on.

    Patience is key when attempting to execute Issen or Chain Issen, as the timing window is very narrow, more so than those for parries and deflects. When mastered, though, you'll overcome most enemies with ease. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    Capcom did promise that enemies further into the game's story would be more difficult, after players voiced concerns that the demo was too easy. While I can say that endgame enemies are certainly more formidable and aggressive, some even making me sweat when in larger numbers, most basic enemy encounters are still easy.

    This is directly due to Capcom's design for Way of the Sword's combat, which is very obviously focused on replicating samurai-like fights, taking after historical samurai duels that often ended in a single strike. Enemies won't attack Musashi in groups, making clashes with enemies easy, but I can see what director Satoru Nihei was aiming for with slower, more deliberate, and steadily paced sword clashes.

    Fortunately, once you beat the game, you'll unlock the hard mode, Carnage, which is encouraged for use in New Game Plus. This raises the stakes to a new level, as a single hit could result in death, similar to Sucker Punch's Ghost of Tsushima and its Lethal difficulty.

    While that doesn't directly address the fundamental aspect of enemies not attacking Musashi all at once, it will keep players on their toes to remain efficient in combat.

    Miyamoto Musashi wielding katana in Onimusha: Way of the Sword

    Musashi is an absolute badass in every scenario he's put in (Image credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword genuinely has some of the best animations I've ever seen in any video game, particularly when parrying. Musashi oozes so much swagger in every single fight, making his confident and cocky attitude shine through combat, not just dialogue and cutscenes.

    At the same time, I was slightly disappointed to see that Musashi's katana is the only primary weapon to use throughout the game. Yes, you'll find Oni Armaments on the journey, which effectively act as secondary weapons, but they require blue souls to pull off special attacks. It's a step away from a series tradition, where characters like Samonsuke or Jean Reno had a wide arsenal of weapons to use on the fly.

    The game excels at its parry and deflect animations, but is surprisingly lacking in the number of animations for enemy finishers — and I couldn't help but feel like another primary weapon besides the katana would instantly fix that.

    Nonetheless, Onimusha: Way of the Sword's boss fights make up for it, as they are easily the standout in an already immersive and addictive game experience. While some of the boss encounters are repeated too often, particularly during the game's climax, they are easily among some of the most epic boss battles I've played in games.

    Besides the final boss battle, Dohatsu-ten is a strong favourite of mine, putting my reflexes to parry fast attacks to the test, and its design reminds me of Capcom's very own familiar and beloved half-demon, half-human demon hunter, Dante. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    Best Bit

    Miyamoto Musashi

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword has several breathtaking boss encounters from start to finish, but the very final boss fight is perhaps now among the best I've ever played in gaming. Without diving into spoiler territory, it was a battle that gave me the true sword fighting back-and-forth I was yearning for throughout the game. Capcom nailed this boss encounter, as it quite literally pushes you utilize every single skill and maneuver Musashi has learned, to overcome an incredibly ferocious and fast foe — and I can only imagine how challenging it will be on the hard mode difficulty.

    If difficulty is a major concern, fear not, because not only are the boss fights a fantastic spectacle, but they're also very challenging. Bosses will often launch attacks (where swords have a purple glow) that can't be dodged or blocked, so players must parry or deflect them or lose plenty of souls in the process.

    Losing souls from being hit by an enemy's unblockable attack is very risky, as they'll be collected and used to make them even stronger mid-fight — and this is the last thing you'll want to happen during the final boss fight, which I won't spoil.

    Players will also have to look out for bosses attempting to grab Musashi by hitting the dodge button just before it lands, as mistiming this results in serious damage and can single-handedly decide a fight. Pulling off well-timed dodges, parries, deflects, and counters to grabs makes the entire combat experience addictive, and once you unlock the Oni transformation, the game takes a new leap to greater heights.

    What about performance?

    Miyamoto Musashi, Shizuka, and Okuni in Onimusha Way of the Sword

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    I played Onimusha: Way of the Sword on my main desktop gaming PC, equipped with an RTX 4080 Super and an AMD Ryzen 7 5700X3D processor, and performance was the least of my concerns. Through most of my 30-hour playthrough, I played at maximum graphics settings at the 3440x1440 display resolution, with DLSS Quality enabled, and consistently stayed above the 100 fps mark.

    When testing the game on my Lenovo Legion Go S Z1 Extreme handheld gaming PC, I could easily hit around 40fps with graphics settings preset to medium, with FSR set to balanced, at around 24W (power consumption).

    This is another Capcom game that runs very smoothly, which was a worry considering some of its semi-open world hubs. The RE Engine seems to struggle in open-world (open-area) games like Dragon's Dogma 2 and Monster Hunter Wilds, rather than those with linear environments in Capcom's Resident Evil games.

    I did experience a few odd moments of heavy frame rate dips during some cutscenes, but these were few and far between, so it didn't break the flow of important narrative development.

    There is full ultrawide support in both cutscenes and gameplay, which isn't exactly common for PC ports, as the former is often restricted to the 16:9 aspect ratio.

    Should you play Onimusha: Way of the Sword?

    Play it if...

    You love games that heavily rely on parries and counters
    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is a sword-fighting fan's dream, with enough combat and duels that will keep you addicted to rematching the toughest bosses, and frankly, should be enough to encourage a second playthrough.

    You love the Onimusha games
    Without a doubt, Onimusha: Way of the Sword is the best game in the Onimusha series, with Capcom managing to keep mechanics from the original games while adding new content for a modern audience, thanks to the help of the RE Engine.

    Don't play it if...

    You're looking for a soulslike challenging experience
    Onimusha has never been, and seemingly never will be, the franchise that follows in the footsteps of soulslike experiences. Way of the Sword is challenging, but it doesn't punish players for mistakes in the same way something like Elden Ring or Lies of P would.

    You hate repetitive boss encounters
    Boss fights are the highlight of Onimusha: Way of the Sword, but it's clear to see that there are far too many boss battles that are repeated at different segments of the game.

    Accessibility features

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword has plenty of accessibility options, notably color blindness aids alongside visual and auditory accessibility presets. Within those presets lie options such as subtitles (toggle on or off), subtitle size, subtitle background, menu text size, and HUD size.

    There are also numerous options to change the blood color, disable dismemberment, remove action prompts, and motion sickness reduction settings.

    Players can also change keybinds for mouse and keyboard play, while there are several different options for sprint control (toggle or hold), deflect control, menu cursor speed, and even one to disable the Windows key's functionality.

    The game ships with DLSS 4.5 and FSR 3 frame generation, CPU performance presets, and ray tracing, which doesn't seem heavy to run — at least on a high-end gaming system.

    How I reviewed Onimusha: Way of the Sword

    Miyamoto Musashi defeating Genma

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Most of my 30-hour playthrough of Onimusha: Way of the Sword was on my main gaming PC, using the LG 45GS95QE OLED ultrawide display, providing exceptional immersion thanks to its 800R curvature.

    During my trip to Gamescom, I put Onimusha's performance to the test by lowering my Lenovo Legion Go S handheld's TDP as much as possible, and was quite impressed by how steady it was around 40fps. It's certainly possible to achieve 60fps, but it would require lowering graphics settings further and increasing the TDP.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/onimusha-way-of-the-sword-review jVo7xAc2XYRyJxjfgGK8FD Mon, 31 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 Tue, 01 Sep 2026 08:38:40 +0000 false false false

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword has blown me away after 30 hours with its engaging, emotional, and immersive narrative, filled with epic combat encounters. Capcom nailed the sword-fighting in almost all areas, further aided by some of the best boss battles I've ever played in the action-adventure genre.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: PC
    Available on: PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: September 4, 2026

    The enemy variety in Way of the Sword appears a little weak initially, but fortunately, there is surprisingly a decent number of diverse enemy types to tackle, some of which will put players' skills to the test, and enemies that tie directly to some of the darker and morbid aspects of the story — giving me every bit of motivation to defeat those responsible.

    Much like previous games in the Onimusha series, upgrades and enhancements work by collecting red souls from defeating enemies or by finding other necessary resources to stay well-equipped for more difficult encounters or boss fights (because there are many of them).

    Capcom has blended elements from the beloved franchise with modern elements (notably thanks to the RE Engine, used in Resident Evil Requiem), creating a sword-fighting, narrative-driven experience that successfully revitalizes the franchise for future entries — and yet again, it proves that it's in the best form it's ever been in.

    What it takes to be the strongest

    Miyamoto Musashi

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    In Onimusha: Way of the Sword, we follow Miyamoto Musashi, a confident young samurai looking to climb to the very top to be the best swordsman there is, battling rivals and those with the same goal. When an encounter with a fierce rival, Sasaki Ganryu, goes wrong, both Musashi and Ganryu are thrust into lives and roles neither could ever expect.

    Genma (demons) are seeping into Kyoto, Japan, from the depths of hell, and chaos is unfolding, with the lives of innocents taken brutally, and formidable Genma tormenting those who are vulnerable.

    Musashi and Ganryu seek the same goal: master the blade and become the ultimate swordsman. However, both will eventually learn that far more important matters are at stake: humanity's attempt to repel Genma is in dire need of attention, and with Ganryu led astray, it's up to Musashi to forge the right path to heroism.

    Equipped with Oni gauntlets, Musashi and Ganryu possess strengths far above the ordinary human, with plenty of abilities to challenge and defeat Genma. However, as expected, with that power comes plenty of responsibility.

    Do strength and power derive from one's own efforts? Is it honorable to seek absolute power with the sacrifice of innocents? These are questions Musashi is left to answer throughout his journey, learning through victory but also through trial and error, ultimately creating an engaging rollercoaster that kept me on the edge of my seat.

    Musashi is far from perfect in his use of Oni powers, but the character's development throughout the Way of the Sword and his bravado (significantly amped by the face model of the late and legendary Toshiro Mifune) are the strongest aspects of the game, keeping you coming back for more after each main story mission.

    Miyamoto Musashi shines in every single cutscene, with a level of charisma that accurately represents the legendary Japanese figure, Musashi himself, and Toshiro Mifune's prowess. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    As much as Onimusha: Way of the Sword maintains a strong focus on sword combat, it's very much a strong cinematic experience, with cutscenes that are absolutely phenomenal. The level of detail in every character's facial expressions and speech makes it feel like you're watching a movie at times.

    Unfortunately, that makes the switch back to gameplay and dialogue sequences quite jarring. It's not that the visuals aren't great during gameplay; it just doesn't match up to those cinematic sequences, and I found myself constantly wishing gameplay looked as great as those important cutscenes — but ultimately, those beautiful visuals are designed for what's most important: the story.

    Exceptional, addictive sword combat

    Miyamoto Musashi wielding sword

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Unsurprisingly, the combat in Onimusha: Way of the Sword is fantastic, taking fundamentals from what series veterans are accustomed to, alongside new and exciting skills, making every encounter entertaining.

    As mentioned in my preview, the Issen technique makes its return, allowing players to viciously strike enemies right before being hit, and it makes for an incredible spectacle.

    More importantly, parrying and deflecting are pivotal to overcoming foes in Way of the Sword. Just like Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice by FromSoftware, both defence options significantly deplete enemy stamina or 'posture', leaving them open to attacks for huge damage.

    Way of the Sword treats Sekiro's 'deathblows' slightly differently; instead of one central area to attack, players have several options for areas to strike against bosses.

    In scenarios where Musashi runs out of Hozuki (used for quick healing), most bosses will have a limb or part of a weapon (notably with the Byakue boss) highlighted in purple that is filled with red, yellow, blue, and purple souls, but does less damage to the enemy compared to the traditional main attack.

    It's an aspect of combat that creates a dynamic back-and-forth between Musashi and various bosses, especially if you need more yellow souls for health from dealing too much damage earlier on.

    Patience is key when attempting to execute Issen or Chain Issen, as the timing window is very narrow, more so than those for parries and deflects. When mastered, though, you'll overcome most enemies with ease. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    Capcom did promise that enemies further into the game's story would be more difficult, after players voiced concerns that the demo was too easy. While I can say that endgame enemies are certainly more formidable and aggressive, some even making me sweat when in larger numbers, most basic enemy encounters are still easy.

    This is directly due to Capcom's design for Way of the Sword's combat, which is very obviously focused on replicating samurai-like fights, taking after historical samurai duels that often ended in a single strike. Enemies won't attack Musashi in groups, making clashes with enemies easy, but I can see what director Satoru Nihei was aiming for with slower, more deliberate, and steadily paced sword clashes.

    Fortunately, once you beat the game, you'll unlock the hard mode, Carnage, which is encouraged for use in New Game Plus. This raises the stakes to a new level, as a single hit could result in death, similar to Sucker Punch's Ghost of Tsushima and its Lethal difficulty.

    While that doesn't directly address the fundamental aspect of enemies not attacking Musashi all at once, it will keep players on their toes to remain efficient in combat.

    Miyamoto Musashi wielding katana in Onimusha: Way of the Sword

    Musashi is an absolute badass in every scenario he's put in (Image credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword genuinely has some of the best animations I've ever seen in any video game, particularly when parrying. Musashi oozes so much swagger in every single fight, making his confident and cocky attitude shine through combat, not just dialogue and cutscenes.

    At the same time, I was slightly disappointed to see that Musashi's katana is the only primary weapon to use throughout the game. Yes, you'll find Oni Armaments on the journey, which effectively act as secondary weapons, but they require blue souls to pull off special attacks. It's a step away from a series tradition, where characters like Samonsuke or Jean Reno had a wide arsenal of weapons to use on the fly.

    The game excels at its parry and deflect animations, but is surprisingly lacking in the number of animations for enemy finishers — and I couldn't help but feel like another primary weapon besides the katana would instantly fix that.

    Nonetheless, Onimusha: Way of the Sword's boss fights make up for it, as they are easily the standout in an already immersive and addictive game experience. While some of the boss encounters are repeated too often, particularly during the game's climax, they are easily among some of the most epic boss battles I've played in games.

    Besides the final boss battle, Dohatsu-ten is a strong favourite of mine, putting my reflexes to parry fast attacks to the test, and its design reminds me of Capcom's very own familiar and beloved half-demon, half-human demon hunter, Dante. (Video Credit: Capcom)

    Best Bit

    Miyamoto Musashi

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword has several breathtaking boss encounters from start to finish, but the very final boss fight is perhaps now among the best I've ever played in gaming. Without diving into spoiler territory, it was a battle that gave me the true sword fighting back-and-forth I was yearning for throughout the game. Capcom nailed this boss encounter, as it quite literally pushes you utilize every single skill and maneuver Musashi has learned, to overcome an incredibly ferocious and fast foe — and I can only imagine how challenging it will be on the hard mode difficulty.

    If difficulty is a major concern, fear not, because not only are the boss fights a fantastic spectacle, but they're also very challenging. Bosses will often launch attacks (where swords have a purple glow) that can't be dodged or blocked, so players must parry or deflect them or lose plenty of souls in the process.

    Losing souls from being hit by an enemy's unblockable attack is very risky, as they'll be collected and used to make them even stronger mid-fight — and this is the last thing you'll want to happen during the final boss fight, which I won't spoil.

    Players will also have to look out for bosses attempting to grab Musashi by hitting the dodge button just before it lands, as mistiming this results in serious damage and can single-handedly decide a fight. Pulling off well-timed dodges, parries, deflects, and counters to grabs makes the entire combat experience addictive, and once you unlock the Oni transformation, the game takes a new leap to greater heights.

    What about performance?

    Miyamoto Musashi, Shizuka, and Okuni in Onimusha Way of the Sword

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    I played Onimusha: Way of the Sword on my main desktop gaming PC, equipped with an RTX 4080 Super and an AMD Ryzen 7 5700X3D processor, and performance was the least of my concerns. Through most of my 30-hour playthrough, I played at maximum graphics settings at the 3440x1440 display resolution, with DLSS Quality enabled, and consistently stayed above the 100 fps mark.

    When testing the game on my Lenovo Legion Go S Z1 Extreme handheld gaming PC, I could easily hit around 40fps with graphics settings preset to medium, with FSR set to balanced, at around 24W (power consumption).

    This is another Capcom game that runs very smoothly, which was a worry considering some of its semi-open world hubs. The RE Engine seems to struggle in open-world (open-area) games like Dragon's Dogma 2 and Monster Hunter Wilds, rather than those with linear environments in Capcom's Resident Evil games.

    I did experience a few odd moments of heavy frame rate dips during some cutscenes, but these were few and far between, so it didn't break the flow of important narrative development.

    There is full ultrawide support in both cutscenes and gameplay, which isn't exactly common for PC ports, as the former is often restricted to the 16:9 aspect ratio.

    Should you play Onimusha: Way of the Sword?

    Play it if...

    You love games that heavily rely on parries and counters
    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is a sword-fighting fan's dream, with enough combat and duels that will keep you addicted to rematching the toughest bosses, and frankly, should be enough to encourage a second playthrough.

    You love the Onimusha games
    Without a doubt, Onimusha: Way of the Sword is the best game in the Onimusha series, with Capcom managing to keep mechanics from the original games while adding new content for a modern audience, thanks to the help of the RE Engine.

    Don't play it if...

    You're looking for a soulslike challenging experience
    Onimusha has never been, and seemingly never will be, the franchise that follows in the footsteps of soulslike experiences. Way of the Sword is challenging, but it doesn't punish players for mistakes in the same way something like Elden Ring or Lies of P would.

    You hate repetitive boss encounters
    Boss fights are the highlight of Onimusha: Way of the Sword, but it's clear to see that there are far too many boss battles that are repeated at different segments of the game.

    Accessibility features

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword has plenty of accessibility options, notably color blindness aids alongside visual and auditory accessibility presets. Within those presets lie options such as subtitles (toggle on or off), subtitle size, subtitle background, menu text size, and HUD size.

    There are also numerous options to change the blood color, disable dismemberment, remove action prompts, and motion sickness reduction settings.

    Players can also change keybinds for mouse and keyboard play, while there are several different options for sprint control (toggle or hold), deflect control, menu cursor speed, and even one to disable the Windows key's functionality.

    The game ships with DLSS 4.5 and FSR 3 frame generation, CPU performance presets, and ray tracing, which doesn't seem heavy to run — at least on a high-end gaming system.

    How I reviewed Onimusha: Way of the Sword

    Miyamoto Musashi defeating Genma

    (Image credit: Capcom)

    Most of my 30-hour playthrough of Onimusha: Way of the Sword was on my main gaming PC, using the LG 45GS95QE OLED ultrawide display, providing exceptional immersion thanks to its 800R curvature.

    During my trip to Gamescom, I put Onimusha's performance to the test by lowering my Lenovo Legion Go S handheld's TDP as much as possible, and was quite impressed by how steady it was around 40fps. It's certainly possible to achieve 60fps, but it would require lowering graphics settings further and increasing the TDP.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I’m catching up on two of the best time loop games from 2021 ]]> Recently I’ve been playing Deathloop, Twelve Minutes and The Forgotten City: three time loop games all released in 2021.

    From the Backlog

    Every gamer has a backlog — and that’s no different for us at TechRadar Gaming. From the Backlog is a series about overdue first-plays, revisiting classics, returning to online experiences, or rediscovering and appreciating established favorites in new ways. Read the full series here.

    That year produced a bumper crop of time loop games, with games released one after another in the span of three months. But while I’d first experienced — and since replayed — Twelve Minutes when it was first released in August 2021, The Forgotten City and Deathloop had been stuck in my backlog for a while, their critical acclaim placing them high on my priority list until I finally made time for them.

    Time loops fascinate me because, in a way, the device is endemic to videogames. If you can’t get past a certain segment in a game, you would play through it over and over again, the repetitions of these game loops a facsimile of these temporal cycles. The key difference, at least in a time loop game, is the character’s growing knowledge of their circumstances, as they are driven to figure out why this seemingly inescapable reality is happening to them.

    As such, time loop games become a nifty narrative puzzle, with new details fed to them in every cycle, while introducing wrinkles in gameplay that transform a typical game loop, be it exploration or point-and-click, into invigorating, investigative work.

    What I’ve learned playing these games is that time loops are also a way to invite introspection. While Twelve Minutes is a stylishly intimate nightmare of Freudian proportions, The Forgotten City reckons with the concept of immortality and morality, set in the days of the Roman Empire.

    Then there’s Deathloop, in which the very people who stay on Blackreef Island wield the time loop anomaly as a device to be abused. The games are all remarkably evocative from the very first loop, although some are eventually ensnared by the repetitive, sometimes verbose trappings of this narrative device.

    And for these three games, the loops have unravelled the mysteries at their core in vastly divergent ways.

    Cycles of brutality

    A screenshot of the video game Twelve Minutes.

    (Image credit: Annapurna Interactive)

    Let’s start with Twelve Minutes, a star-studded affair that features the voice talents of Hollywood heavyweights Daisy Ridley, James McAvoy and Willem Dafoe.

    A top-down point-and-click game, it begins with you arriving home after work and settling down for dinner with your wife. Some minutes later, a cop barges in to interrogate both of you, resulting in a violent scuffle that you would eventually pass out from. The cycle restarts, and you’re returning home from work once again.

    It’s an extremely gripping start, and changing your circumstances means tinkering with objects in the vicinity, from a hidden, unopened present to even fiddling around with a light switch. And as the cycles inevitably continue, you’ll see patterns emerge, like your wife reading a book, or her anticipation as she waits to break an exciting piece of news. In a world where the perimeters of time have disintegrated, these become routines that you simply must disrupt in order to glean more insights.

    The unfortunate reality, however, is the sheer violence it inspires. Twelve Minutes is ultimately bogged down by these cycles of brutality, with the consequences-free nature of these cycles meaning you can even stab your own wife just to see what happens. At the same time, these routines soon become dreary and tedious to relive over and over again.

    Then there’s its twist ending about your wife’s actual identity, a revelation that remains just as distasteful when I experienced it again years later.

    Historical loops

    The Forgotten City

    (Image credit: Dear Villagers)

    The Forgotten City, on the other hand, uses the time loop mechanic to tell a vastly different tale of historical fiction.

    You stumble upon a portal that takes you back centuries and into an underground city in ancient Rome, where its denizens have to obey the Golden Rule at all costs: when one sins, everyone will be turned to gold.

    The point is to break the cycle, and your first lead is to discover the identity of a would-be sinner who may doom the whole city. Unspooling the narrative thread that holds The Forgotten City means exploiting the time loop, as each cycle introduces new information that can reshape the outcome of its mystery.

    What’s notable is that The Forgotten City takes its time to portray its denizens as folks with very personal stakes in this hellish reality, with some even bringing up intriguing theories about the Golden Rule. It’s a deftly written tale rooted in a historically accurate setting, filled with fascinating twists and turns that hardly become overwrought.

    Yet some quibbles persist. The incredibly helpful Galarius will be your best guide and buddy in this city, but his tendency to dash off and fulfill tasks you’ve completed in previous cycles (so you don’t have to do them again), unquestioningly, is an oddity you’ll need to overlook, alongside some inexplicable coincidences the story throws at you.

    Then there’s the game’s finale, which concludes on a cheesy and self-aggrandizing note that slightly sours the experience.

    For a game predicated on tightly conjured twists and in-depth discussions on morality, it’s a pity that The Forgotten City struggles to find its footing towards the end.

    Breaking the cycle

    A promotional Deathloop Screenshot.

    (Image credit: Bethesda)

    But perhaps my favourite time loop game from 2021 is Deathloop, which wields the time loop conceit without falling prey to tedious repetitions.

    Like Twelve Minutes and The Forgotten City, Deathloop doesn’t steer far from the basic structure of investigating and breaking the loop, but it does inject new ideas into this formula so the cycles never feel trite. Waking up every morning at a deserted beach, you eventually realize that you’ll need to kill eight individuals in Blackreef within a single day.

    It’s a seemingly impossible objective initially, but becomes within reach as you tamper with the events through your knowledge of the time loop. But rather than chuck you in a constrained space, there are four different districts, across four time periods (morning, noon, afternoon and night) to visit.

    Every cycle still remains compelling to revisit even after your day ends and the loop restarts, as Deathloop drips tantalizing leads and revelations to you gradually.

    A promotional Deathloop Screenshot.

    (Image credit: Bethesda)

    Each district, too, will differ depending on the time of your visit. Certain events may render a part of the map inaccessible until a specific hour; for instance, one of your targets may be hosting a party only at night in the Updaam district, and another would be busy tinkering away at their research in the afternoon at the Complex.

    Making your jaunt across these places even more hair-raising is the abrupt appearance of your arch-nemesis Julianna, the only other person on this island who retains her memories across these temporal cycles. She’s hellbent on stopping your progress, and her appearance tends to ratchet the tension to a thrilling degree.

    Yet the inability to quick save and exit the game at any point is extremely aggravating. This is by design — a means, perhaps, to avoid save-scumming — but quitting the game before you exit a district means losing whatever progress you’ve made in the same visit.

    One thread that ties these three games together is the need to achieve the perfect, flawless run. It’s a trait that harkens to the original, endemic loop of videogames, and therein lies the lasting appeal of time loop games as well; you keep trying, and trying again, to make sure you eviscerate every foe, uncover every conspiracy, and discover the reason behind the time loop’s existence.

    You’re neatly checking off every task in the list. It’s the ultimate display of efficiency and accomplishment — a satisfying way to complete and bring these games to the finish line.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/im-catching-up-on-two-of-the-best-time-loop-games-from-2021 xpdtoJyQ9uUD9bUaS39jB3 Sat, 29 Aug 2026 19:00:00 +0000 Tue, 01 Sep 2026 08:38:40 +0000 false false false

    Recently I’ve been playing Deathloop, Twelve Minutes and The Forgotten City: three time loop games all released in 2021.

    From the Backlog

    Every gamer has a backlog — and that’s no different for us at TechRadar Gaming. From the Backlog is a series about overdue first-plays, revisiting classics, returning to online experiences, or rediscovering and appreciating established favorites in new ways. Read the full series here.

    That year produced a bumper crop of time loop games, with games released one after another in the span of three months. But while I’d first experienced — and since replayed — Twelve Minutes when it was first released in August 2021, The Forgotten City and Deathloop had been stuck in my backlog for a while, their critical acclaim placing them high on my priority list until I finally made time for them.

    Time loops fascinate me because, in a way, the device is endemic to videogames. If you can’t get past a certain segment in a game, you would play through it over and over again, the repetitions of these game loops a facsimile of these temporal cycles. The key difference, at least in a time loop game, is the character’s growing knowledge of their circumstances, as they are driven to figure out why this seemingly inescapable reality is happening to them.

    As such, time loop games become a nifty narrative puzzle, with new details fed to them in every cycle, while introducing wrinkles in gameplay that transform a typical game loop, be it exploration or point-and-click, into invigorating, investigative work.

    What I’ve learned playing these games is that time loops are also a way to invite introspection. While Twelve Minutes is a stylishly intimate nightmare of Freudian proportions, The Forgotten City reckons with the concept of immortality and morality, set in the days of the Roman Empire.

    Then there’s Deathloop, in which the very people who stay on Blackreef Island wield the time loop anomaly as a device to be abused. The games are all remarkably evocative from the very first loop, although some are eventually ensnared by the repetitive, sometimes verbose trappings of this narrative device.

    And for these three games, the loops have unravelled the mysteries at their core in vastly divergent ways.

    Cycles of brutality

    A screenshot of the video game Twelve Minutes.

    (Image credit: Annapurna Interactive)

    Let’s start with Twelve Minutes, a star-studded affair that features the voice talents of Hollywood heavyweights Daisy Ridley, James McAvoy and Willem Dafoe.

    A top-down point-and-click game, it begins with you arriving home after work and settling down for dinner with your wife. Some minutes later, a cop barges in to interrogate both of you, resulting in a violent scuffle that you would eventually pass out from. The cycle restarts, and you’re returning home from work once again.

    It’s an extremely gripping start, and changing your circumstances means tinkering with objects in the vicinity, from a hidden, unopened present to even fiddling around with a light switch. And as the cycles inevitably continue, you’ll see patterns emerge, like your wife reading a book, or her anticipation as she waits to break an exciting piece of news. In a world where the perimeters of time have disintegrated, these become routines that you simply must disrupt in order to glean more insights.

    The unfortunate reality, however, is the sheer violence it inspires. Twelve Minutes is ultimately bogged down by these cycles of brutality, with the consequences-free nature of these cycles meaning you can even stab your own wife just to see what happens. At the same time, these routines soon become dreary and tedious to relive over and over again.

    Then there’s its twist ending about your wife’s actual identity, a revelation that remains just as distasteful when I experienced it again years later.

    Historical loops

    The Forgotten City

    (Image credit: Dear Villagers)

    The Forgotten City, on the other hand, uses the time loop mechanic to tell a vastly different tale of historical fiction.

    You stumble upon a portal that takes you back centuries and into an underground city in ancient Rome, where its denizens have to obey the Golden Rule at all costs: when one sins, everyone will be turned to gold.

    The point is to break the cycle, and your first lead is to discover the identity of a would-be sinner who may doom the whole city. Unspooling the narrative thread that holds The Forgotten City means exploiting the time loop, as each cycle introduces new information that can reshape the outcome of its mystery.

    What’s notable is that The Forgotten City takes its time to portray its denizens as folks with very personal stakes in this hellish reality, with some even bringing up intriguing theories about the Golden Rule. It’s a deftly written tale rooted in a historically accurate setting, filled with fascinating twists and turns that hardly become overwrought.

    Yet some quibbles persist. The incredibly helpful Galarius will be your best guide and buddy in this city, but his tendency to dash off and fulfill tasks you’ve completed in previous cycles (so you don’t have to do them again), unquestioningly, is an oddity you’ll need to overlook, alongside some inexplicable coincidences the story throws at you.

    Then there’s the game’s finale, which concludes on a cheesy and self-aggrandizing note that slightly sours the experience.

    For a game predicated on tightly conjured twists and in-depth discussions on morality, it’s a pity that The Forgotten City struggles to find its footing towards the end.

    Breaking the cycle

    A promotional Deathloop Screenshot.

    (Image credit: Bethesda)

    But perhaps my favourite time loop game from 2021 is Deathloop, which wields the time loop conceit without falling prey to tedious repetitions.

    Like Twelve Minutes and The Forgotten City, Deathloop doesn’t steer far from the basic structure of investigating and breaking the loop, but it does inject new ideas into this formula so the cycles never feel trite. Waking up every morning at a deserted beach, you eventually realize that you’ll need to kill eight individuals in Blackreef within a single day.

    It’s a seemingly impossible objective initially, but becomes within reach as you tamper with the events through your knowledge of the time loop. But rather than chuck you in a constrained space, there are four different districts, across four time periods (morning, noon, afternoon and night) to visit.

    Every cycle still remains compelling to revisit even after your day ends and the loop restarts, as Deathloop drips tantalizing leads and revelations to you gradually.

    A promotional Deathloop Screenshot.

    (Image credit: Bethesda)

    Each district, too, will differ depending on the time of your visit. Certain events may render a part of the map inaccessible until a specific hour; for instance, one of your targets may be hosting a party only at night in the Updaam district, and another would be busy tinkering away at their research in the afternoon at the Complex.

    Making your jaunt across these places even more hair-raising is the abrupt appearance of your arch-nemesis Julianna, the only other person on this island who retains her memories across these temporal cycles. She’s hellbent on stopping your progress, and her appearance tends to ratchet the tension to a thrilling degree.

    Yet the inability to quick save and exit the game at any point is extremely aggravating. This is by design — a means, perhaps, to avoid save-scumming — but quitting the game before you exit a district means losing whatever progress you’ve made in the same visit.

    One thread that ties these three games together is the need to achieve the perfect, flawless run. It’s a trait that harkens to the original, endemic loop of videogames, and therein lies the lasting appeal of time loop games as well; you keep trying, and trying again, to make sure you eviscerate every foe, uncover every conspiracy, and discover the reason behind the time loop’s existence.

    You’re neatly checking off every task in the list. It’s the ultimate display of efficiency and accomplishment — a satisfying way to complete and bring these games to the finish line.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ After playing The Duskbloods network test, I was stunned by — and couldn’t get enough of — its breakneck pacing ]]> The Duskbloods has been one of my most anticipated games of 2026 ever since it was announced back at that first Switch 2-centric Nintendo Direct. Now, having finally had the chance to play it briefly in the game’s recent network test, I’m pretty confident it will be one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games... For the most part.

    It all began with a tutorial segment that lulled me into a false sense of security. Being a solo instance, it taught all the basics of The Duskbloods like melee and ranged attacks, character skills, general game flow, and what you should be planning to do during an online match. I was able to go about these tutorials at a leisurely pace, which absolutely isn’t the case when you hop online against real players.

    My biggest takeaway from The Duskbloods network test is that, during an online match, you should always be on the move. Much like Elden Ring Nightreign, it’s massively beneficial to be thinking several steps ahead. And that turns out to be quite difficult; avoiding bloodthirsty players is hard enough, but it’s even harder when you’re so tempted to stop and whiff the blood-tinged roses of The Duskbloods’ delectably macabre world.

    It’s Zork’s world now, we’re all just living in it

    A cathedral in The Duskbloods, bathing under a crimson moonlight. Gravestones populate the foreground

    (Image credit: FromSoftware)

    To quickly go over the rules of engagement, matches in The Duskbloods take place over several phases, each around five minutes in length.

    After selecting a Bloodsworn (the game’s playable characters), you’ll choose a point to spawn in the small-but-dense map. During the first phase, you’re encouraged to start building up Virtue by killing enemies, looting items, and lighting the skulls of corpses sat on thrones (it’s a FromSoftware game, did you expect anything less?).

    Virtue comes in many forms, and can also be accrued by fulfilling your character’s Sigil requirements in each phase. Sigils are optional, but can drastically alter how you play. Sigil of a Sworn Enemy, for example, tasks you with defeating a marked opponent in each phase. Sigil of an Old Friend is the opposite, and has you seeking out another player to ally with. These are extremely useful for gaining Virtue, and you’ll need a lot of it, as the two players with the least amount of Virtue at the end of a phase are ‘culled’, removing them from the game.

    On that note, I think The Duskbloods features one of FromSoftware’s most compelling approaches to co-op I’ve seen in one of its games to date. At any time, you can highlight a player you come across and request an alliance with them. If they accept, you’ll no longer be able to harm each other and can work together to build up Virtue. However, the bond is broken in the final phase in which the remaining players battle it out in good old-fashioned PvP.

    Bloodhand Jan (a playable character in The Duskbloods) raises his axe. He wears a metal helmet obscuring his eyes, and a white jacket coated in blood

    (Image credit: FromSoftware)

    Players can also engage in co-op by answering calls to help against formidable boss enemies. Doing so and defeating the boss will net you huge amounts of Virtue. However, it does so for all other participating players, too, so knowing when to partner up and when to go it alone is an important decision in and of itself.

    In short, I’m already in love with The Duskbloods and its uniquely fast-paced approach to PvPvE multiplayer. Its playable characters have universal aspects, but differ greatly in skills and appearance. Deep-sea diver and human rocket Zork is a clear standout, and while he seemed a little overtuned in the network test thanks to his tremendously powerful ranged abilities, not a single one felt weak or disadvantaged.

    I really can’t wait to see how The Duskbloods opens up in the full release, especially as we know there’ll be even more maps and Bloodsworn to experience. There’s no release date for The Duskbloods just yet, but it’s expected to launch sometime in 2026 exclusively on Nintendo Switch 2.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/the-duskbloods-network-test-preview FgwCGvZM38Ad6oPudq5Z6k Wed, 26 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 false false false

    The Duskbloods has been one of my most anticipated games of 2026 ever since it was announced back at that first Switch 2-centric Nintendo Direct. Now, having finally had the chance to play it briefly in the game’s recent network test, I’m pretty confident it will be one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games... For the most part.

    It all began with a tutorial segment that lulled me into a false sense of security. Being a solo instance, it taught all the basics of The Duskbloods like melee and ranged attacks, character skills, general game flow, and what you should be planning to do during an online match. I was able to go about these tutorials at a leisurely pace, which absolutely isn’t the case when you hop online against real players.

    My biggest takeaway from The Duskbloods network test is that, during an online match, you should always be on the move. Much like Elden Ring Nightreign, it’s massively beneficial to be thinking several steps ahead. And that turns out to be quite difficult; avoiding bloodthirsty players is hard enough, but it’s even harder when you’re so tempted to stop and whiff the blood-tinged roses of The Duskbloods’ delectably macabre world.

    It’s Zork’s world now, we’re all just living in it

    A cathedral in The Duskbloods, bathing under a crimson moonlight. Gravestones populate the foreground

    (Image credit: FromSoftware)

    To quickly go over the rules of engagement, matches in The Duskbloods take place over several phases, each around five minutes in length.

    After selecting a Bloodsworn (the game’s playable characters), you’ll choose a point to spawn in the small-but-dense map. During the first phase, you’re encouraged to start building up Virtue by killing enemies, looting items, and lighting the skulls of corpses sat on thrones (it’s a FromSoftware game, did you expect anything less?).

    Virtue comes in many forms, and can also be accrued by fulfilling your character’s Sigil requirements in each phase. Sigils are optional, but can drastically alter how you play. Sigil of a Sworn Enemy, for example, tasks you with defeating a marked opponent in each phase. Sigil of an Old Friend is the opposite, and has you seeking out another player to ally with. These are extremely useful for gaining Virtue, and you’ll need a lot of it, as the two players with the least amount of Virtue at the end of a phase are ‘culled’, removing them from the game.

    On that note, I think The Duskbloods features one of FromSoftware’s most compelling approaches to co-op I’ve seen in one of its games to date. At any time, you can highlight a player you come across and request an alliance with them. If they accept, you’ll no longer be able to harm each other and can work together to build up Virtue. However, the bond is broken in the final phase in which the remaining players battle it out in good old-fashioned PvP.

    Bloodhand Jan (a playable character in The Duskbloods) raises his axe. He wears a metal helmet obscuring his eyes, and a white jacket coated in blood

    (Image credit: FromSoftware)

    Players can also engage in co-op by answering calls to help against formidable boss enemies. Doing so and defeating the boss will net you huge amounts of Virtue. However, it does so for all other participating players, too, so knowing when to partner up and when to go it alone is an important decision in and of itself.

    In short, I’m already in love with The Duskbloods and its uniquely fast-paced approach to PvPvE multiplayer. Its playable characters have universal aspects, but differ greatly in skills and appearance. Deep-sea diver and human rocket Zork is a clear standout, and while he seemed a little overtuned in the network test thanks to his tremendously powerful ranged abilities, not a single one felt weak or disadvantaged.

    I really can’t wait to see how The Duskbloods opens up in the full release, especially as we know there’ll be even more maps and Bloodsworn to experience. There’s no release date for The Duskbloods just yet, but it’s expected to launch sometime in 2026 exclusively on Nintendo Switch 2.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I wasn't convinced by Elden Ring Tarnished Edition until I played it on Nintendo Switch 2 — now I think it's one of the system's most impressive ports yet ]]> What a difference a year makes. Back when the Nintendo Switch 2 was first being shown off in 2025, Elden Ring Tarnished Edition looked like a disaster.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 28, 2026

    Preview events allowed journalists to play a horribly compromised game with a flipbook framerate, then tellingly wouldn’t let them share any footage of it. This seemed destined to be an embarrassment of a port that would have Mario hanging his head in shame, if not outright giving up.

    I don’t know what deal with the Devil the developers made to get this port in its current state, but it’s made a Satanist out of me. Elden Ring on Switch 2 is a revelation, the new gold standard that third-party ports should be judged by. It’s perfectly playable and smooth in handheld mode, with only the most minimal and unobstructive pop-in.

    Even the included Shadow of the Eldtree expansion, with its increased level of visual detail and colossal wicker men enemies stomping about, runs like a dream. It’s the kind of port that restores your faith in the Switch 2. Perhaps anything really is possible on this little machine.

    Arise now, ye tarnished

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    For the uninitiated, Elden Ring is essentially open-world Dark Souls, the brutal action-RPG that every other action-RPG has annoyingly been ripping off ever since.

    So combat rewards perseverance while also punishing even the slightest mistake. Every time you die, you lose all your levelling-up currency and have just one chance to get it back. And it’s all set in a dark medieval fantasy world that’s so grim it makes House of the Dragon look like an episode of Peppa Pig.

    Elden Ring takes that winning formula and blows up the scale dramatically. It’s the most confident and successful leap a series has taken to going open-world since Nintendo’s own The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild. This is a game all about charging through gorgeous fields on horseback, because a) you’ve spotted an epic castle on the horizon you want to explore, and b) a giant is shooting arrows at you, and you desperately need to find some cover.

    The Lands Between, Elden Ring’s absurdly large setting, is beautiful and deadly in equal measure. And it’s really deadly. Birds with swords strapped to their legs swoop in for the kill. Knights on horseback roar to the Heavens and are rewarded with lightning storms cascading down upon you.

    Even a lowly zombie tossing a rock at you can be lethal if you’re not paying attention. Few games demand you lock in to succeed like this and fewer still reward you so immensely if you do.

    Slice, spell, scream or smack?

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    You’re spoilt for choice on how you take it on, too. There are swords, axes, hammers, magic, curses, hand-to-hand combat (surprisingly effective, that), roaring (ditto), horseback jousting, and far more to be covered here. Stick with one weapon, and you’ll still have fun, but keep swapping out your loadout for new toys and you might just find your favourite gaming weapon ever.

    The variety here is ridiculous, every dud weapon offset by another dozen inspired ones. Impressed with the last attack the latest boss fight used on you? Chances are, you can find the weapon they used on you and learn how to execute its special attack yourself.

    Best bit

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    Engaging in an epic jousting battle with a dragon in one of the more visually intense areas, and not experiencing a single dropped frame in handheld mode. Good thing I wasn’t playing on the bus, given how many times I yelled “HOW!?” at the screen.

    Its world starts with traditional green fields and foreboding castles designed by architects who clearly never visited a cosy cafe once in their horrible lives. Gradually it gets more delightfully surreal, like a golden city drenched in ashes where the music is actually being performed by the enemies you’re fighting. Or a village full of dancing, giggly oddballs who’ve watched Midsommar a few too many times.

    The city hidden beneath the map is easily one of the most incredible-looking environments I’ve ever visited in a videogame. Oh, and died in. Repeatedly.

    Every inch of The Lands Between is occupied by monsters, warriors, dragons, and enemies who really look like giant sentient sperm, and all of them want to say a very violent hello. It should get repetitive.

    Outside of the occasional puzzle, this game is basically all-combat all the time. But the sheer variety and depth to its combat system practically dares you to get bored. Each enemy is almost a puzzle in itself, as you slowly learn their attack patterns, weaknesses, and how effective they are at outrunning a horse. Not at all? Perfect, bye then!

    That open-world structure helps stave off repetition too. There’s plenty of brick wall boss fights that you’ll spend hours bashing your head against. But whenever you’re stuck, you can just hop aboard your magical double-jumping horse and gallop somewhere else. It means you can be swordfighting with poison-spitting bug men one moment, and then in an epic joust with a dragon barely ten minutes later.

    Barbie’s Horse Adventure 2?

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    You can also find alternate outfits for your horse now, presumably to finally get the My Little Pony crowd aboard the Soulslike train.

    Gameplay benefits? None whatsoever, but it’s a cute novelty. I liked being able to dress Torrent up as the golden steed of one of the more irritating enemies, even if it does make them a little noisier. So if you’ve been on the fence about Elden Ring because you worried the horse wasn’t noisy enough, this is definitely the time to jump in.

    The story? At first it’s about as impenetrable as Xbox’s gaming strategy. Your only hope of figuring out its mysteries is to examine every item you find, most of which contain a line of lore. There’s now a ‘recent items’ tab that shows everything you’ve recently picked up, which makes this far easier. This is my third time playing Elden Ring, and I believe I understood a whole 23% of the plot this time - a new personal best.

    Two new starter classes have also been added. Heavy Knight, who’s a thickly-armored chunky boy who can tank a fair few hits. Obviously incredibly useful, but I opted for the other new starter, Idus Knight, who wields a sword that delivers a superbly satisfying double-strike.

    There’s some new armor sets and weapons out there, too. These are nice touches for returning players, but hardly a reason to buy the game again if you already own it on another format.

    No, the justification for that double dip has to go to handheld mode. I played this port for a solid week in handheld before remembering that I should probably see how it looks on my TV for this review. That’s how impressive it is, even if not every area is an unequivocal success. Liurnia of the Lakes probably takes the biggest hit, with a lot of foliage and scenery constantly fading in.

    But vitally, none of the monsters suffer from any of that pop-in nonsense. It’s a smart trade-off to ensure that, even when the game is mildly struggling, it never puts you at a gameplay disadvantage. The fade-in is lessened docked, but naturally a little more noticeable on the bigger screen. Very occasionally when a lot of enemies are on-screen - a dragon and its dozen skeleton minions, for instance - some of the monster animation gets a little jerky. But it’s minor, rare, and even then has a certain Ray Harryhausen stop-motion charm.

    I got two and a half hours of battery life out of my Switch 2 consistently while playing it, making it ideal for short flights or long train journeys (don’t start fighting a boss if your stop is coming up).

    I can’t wait to stop typing these words so I can sink more hours into it. This is a major technical achievement on basically every level, resulting in an outstanding port of one of the best games ever. Essential.

    Should you play Elden Ring Tarnished Edition?

    Play it if...

    You’ve never played it before
    What the heck have you been doing for the last four years? Elden Ring is the biggest and possibly best game FromSoftware has ever made. An action-RPG of mind-boggling scope and ambition that’s easily one of the most rewarding open-world games ever.

    You want to play Elden Ring on the go
    Tragically, a Steam Deck is now much more expensive than it was just a few years ago so this is probably now the best way to play Elden Ring on a handheld.

    You want to give your horsey a golden makeover
    Admittedly, there’s not a huge amount of new content here. Two new starter classes, horse dress-up, and a few new weapons and armor sets. Mildly disappointing, but the game and its expansion are already massive.

    Don't play it if...

    You don’t enjoy hard games
    There’s no option to lower the difficulty, and this is a harsh, uncompromising experience. I still blame some of the late game bosses for why I’ve lost a lot of my hair.

    You want to play the most technically impressive version possible

    It’s smoother on PS5 and Xbox Series X, and on PC if your rig is good enough. Still, I was constantly impressed by how rarely the Switch 2 version feels like a downgrade

    You don’t care about playing in handheld mode
    This is the only real advantage the Switch 2 version has over the PS5/Series X versions. But if you don’t care about this feature, then why did you buy a Switch 2?

    Accessibility features

    Controls can be remapped, and gestures are tied to motion controls (this can be switched off).

    Subtitles are on by default, and the image quality can be adjusted when HDR is enabled, which is only available when docked, naturally.

    The tutorial is still laughably bad, but help screens can at least be reviewed at any time.

    How I reviewed Elden Ring Tarnished Edition

    I played about sixty hours, mainly in handheld mode. Not enough time to defeat every optional boss - yikes - but I made sure to explore all the major areas, Shadow of the Erdtree expansion, and anywhere I suspected might suffer from a performance dip. I was constantly pleasantly surprised.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/elden-ring-tarnished-edition-switch-2-review BYbEN46LR4VjUMHi6RxDEL Wed, 26 Aug 2026 14:00:00 +0000 false false false

    What a difference a year makes. Back when the Nintendo Switch 2 was first being shown off in 2025, Elden Ring Tarnished Edition looked like a disaster.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 28, 2026

    Preview events allowed journalists to play a horribly compromised game with a flipbook framerate, then tellingly wouldn’t let them share any footage of it. This seemed destined to be an embarrassment of a port that would have Mario hanging his head in shame, if not outright giving up.

    I don’t know what deal with the Devil the developers made to get this port in its current state, but it’s made a Satanist out of me. Elden Ring on Switch 2 is a revelation, the new gold standard that third-party ports should be judged by. It’s perfectly playable and smooth in handheld mode, with only the most minimal and unobstructive pop-in.

    Even the included Shadow of the Eldtree expansion, with its increased level of visual detail and colossal wicker men enemies stomping about, runs like a dream. It’s the kind of port that restores your faith in the Switch 2. Perhaps anything really is possible on this little machine.

    Arise now, ye tarnished

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    For the uninitiated, Elden Ring is essentially open-world Dark Souls, the brutal action-RPG that every other action-RPG has annoyingly been ripping off ever since.

    So combat rewards perseverance while also punishing even the slightest mistake. Every time you die, you lose all your levelling-up currency and have just one chance to get it back. And it’s all set in a dark medieval fantasy world that’s so grim it makes House of the Dragon look like an episode of Peppa Pig.

    Elden Ring takes that winning formula and blows up the scale dramatically. It’s the most confident and successful leap a series has taken to going open-world since Nintendo’s own The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild. This is a game all about charging through gorgeous fields on horseback, because a) you’ve spotted an epic castle on the horizon you want to explore, and b) a giant is shooting arrows at you, and you desperately need to find some cover.

    The Lands Between, Elden Ring’s absurdly large setting, is beautiful and deadly in equal measure. And it’s really deadly. Birds with swords strapped to their legs swoop in for the kill. Knights on horseback roar to the Heavens and are rewarded with lightning storms cascading down upon you.

    Even a lowly zombie tossing a rock at you can be lethal if you’re not paying attention. Few games demand you lock in to succeed like this and fewer still reward you so immensely if you do.

    Slice, spell, scream or smack?

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    You’re spoilt for choice on how you take it on, too. There are swords, axes, hammers, magic, curses, hand-to-hand combat (surprisingly effective, that), roaring (ditto), horseback jousting, and far more to be covered here. Stick with one weapon, and you’ll still have fun, but keep swapping out your loadout for new toys and you might just find your favourite gaming weapon ever.

    The variety here is ridiculous, every dud weapon offset by another dozen inspired ones. Impressed with the last attack the latest boss fight used on you? Chances are, you can find the weapon they used on you and learn how to execute its special attack yourself.

    Best bit

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    Engaging in an epic jousting battle with a dragon in one of the more visually intense areas, and not experiencing a single dropped frame in handheld mode. Good thing I wasn’t playing on the bus, given how many times I yelled “HOW!?” at the screen.

    Its world starts with traditional green fields and foreboding castles designed by architects who clearly never visited a cosy cafe once in their horrible lives. Gradually it gets more delightfully surreal, like a golden city drenched in ashes where the music is actually being performed by the enemies you’re fighting. Or a village full of dancing, giggly oddballs who’ve watched Midsommar a few too many times.

    The city hidden beneath the map is easily one of the most incredible-looking environments I’ve ever visited in a videogame. Oh, and died in. Repeatedly.

    Every inch of The Lands Between is occupied by monsters, warriors, dragons, and enemies who really look like giant sentient sperm, and all of them want to say a very violent hello. It should get repetitive.

    Outside of the occasional puzzle, this game is basically all-combat all the time. But the sheer variety and depth to its combat system practically dares you to get bored. Each enemy is almost a puzzle in itself, as you slowly learn their attack patterns, weaknesses, and how effective they are at outrunning a horse. Not at all? Perfect, bye then!

    That open-world structure helps stave off repetition too. There’s plenty of brick wall boss fights that you’ll spend hours bashing your head against. But whenever you’re stuck, you can just hop aboard your magical double-jumping horse and gallop somewhere else. It means you can be swordfighting with poison-spitting bug men one moment, and then in an epic joust with a dragon barely ten minutes later.

    Barbie’s Horse Adventure 2?

    Elden Ring for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Bandai Namco)

    You can also find alternate outfits for your horse now, presumably to finally get the My Little Pony crowd aboard the Soulslike train.

    Gameplay benefits? None whatsoever, but it’s a cute novelty. I liked being able to dress Torrent up as the golden steed of one of the more irritating enemies, even if it does make them a little noisier. So if you’ve been on the fence about Elden Ring because you worried the horse wasn’t noisy enough, this is definitely the time to jump in.

    The story? At first it’s about as impenetrable as Xbox’s gaming strategy. Your only hope of figuring out its mysteries is to examine every item you find, most of which contain a line of lore. There’s now a ‘recent items’ tab that shows everything you’ve recently picked up, which makes this far easier. This is my third time playing Elden Ring, and I believe I understood a whole 23% of the plot this time - a new personal best.

    Two new starter classes have also been added. Heavy Knight, who’s a thickly-armored chunky boy who can tank a fair few hits. Obviously incredibly useful, but I opted for the other new starter, Idus Knight, who wields a sword that delivers a superbly satisfying double-strike.

    There’s some new armor sets and weapons out there, too. These are nice touches for returning players, but hardly a reason to buy the game again if you already own it on another format.

    No, the justification for that double dip has to go to handheld mode. I played this port for a solid week in handheld before remembering that I should probably see how it looks on my TV for this review. That’s how impressive it is, even if not every area is an unequivocal success. Liurnia of the Lakes probably takes the biggest hit, with a lot of foliage and scenery constantly fading in.

    But vitally, none of the monsters suffer from any of that pop-in nonsense. It’s a smart trade-off to ensure that, even when the game is mildly struggling, it never puts you at a gameplay disadvantage. The fade-in is lessened docked, but naturally a little more noticeable on the bigger screen. Very occasionally when a lot of enemies are on-screen - a dragon and its dozen skeleton minions, for instance - some of the monster animation gets a little jerky. But it’s minor, rare, and even then has a certain Ray Harryhausen stop-motion charm.

    I got two and a half hours of battery life out of my Switch 2 consistently while playing it, making it ideal for short flights or long train journeys (don’t start fighting a boss if your stop is coming up).

    I can’t wait to stop typing these words so I can sink more hours into it. This is a major technical achievement on basically every level, resulting in an outstanding port of one of the best games ever. Essential.

    Should you play Elden Ring Tarnished Edition?

    Play it if...

    You’ve never played it before
    What the heck have you been doing for the last four years? Elden Ring is the biggest and possibly best game FromSoftware has ever made. An action-RPG of mind-boggling scope and ambition that’s easily one of the most rewarding open-world games ever.

    You want to play Elden Ring on the go
    Tragically, a Steam Deck is now much more expensive than it was just a few years ago so this is probably now the best way to play Elden Ring on a handheld.

    You want to give your horsey a golden makeover
    Admittedly, there’s not a huge amount of new content here. Two new starter classes, horse dress-up, and a few new weapons and armor sets. Mildly disappointing, but the game and its expansion are already massive.

    Don't play it if...

    You don’t enjoy hard games
    There’s no option to lower the difficulty, and this is a harsh, uncompromising experience. I still blame some of the late game bosses for why I’ve lost a lot of my hair.

    You want to play the most technically impressive version possible

    It’s smoother on PS5 and Xbox Series X, and on PC if your rig is good enough. Still, I was constantly impressed by how rarely the Switch 2 version feels like a downgrade

    You don’t care about playing in handheld mode
    This is the only real advantage the Switch 2 version has over the PS5/Series X versions. But if you don’t care about this feature, then why did you buy a Switch 2?

    Accessibility features

    Controls can be remapped, and gestures are tied to motion controls (this can be switched off).

    Subtitles are on by default, and the image quality can be adjusted when HDR is enabled, which is only available when docked, naturally.

    The tutorial is still laughably bad, but help screens can at least be reviewed at any time.

    How I reviewed Elden Ring Tarnished Edition

    I played about sixty hours, mainly in handheld mode. Not enough time to defeat every optional boss - yikes - but I made sure to explore all the major areas, Shadow of the Erdtree expansion, and anywhere I suspected might suffer from a performance dip. I was constantly pleasantly surprised.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Get ready for even more game reveals — here's how to watch the Future Games Show at Gamescom 2026 ]]>
  • The Future Games Show will return with three digital showcases at Gamescom 2026
  • It will air on August 26, offering a look at over 40 games
  • FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow, and the FGS Best Of Gamescom will return on August 30

    • Opening Night Live has officially wrapped, but there's plenty more to come from Gamescom 2026, as the Future Games Show will return with three digital showcases — here's how you can watch.

    Future Games Show at Gamescom is the first of the three broadcasts and will air the same day the industry event kicks off, on August 26 at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST.

    You can tune in to the digital showcase at Twitch, YouTube, X, TikTok, Facebook, and GamesRadar+.

    Hosted by Resident Evil Requiem stars Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano, fans can expect a guide through more than 40 games, including 13 world premieres, exclusive reveals, and developer deep dives "from some of the industry’s most exciting and creative studios."

    Some of those include a behind-the-scenes look at Tides of Annihilation from Eclipse Glow Games, a closer look at samurai swordplay action game Onimusha: Way of the Sword, a new trailer for Moonlighter 2: The Endless Vault from Digital Sun Games, and a trailer for Trees Hate You, a comedy adventure, and many more.

    FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow the main showcase on August 26, hosted by FGS channel presenters Nathan and Jules, and feature more world premieres, trailers, news, and interviews from the Gamescom Koelnmesse convention centre.

    This includes Apart, a new third-person adventure horror game from Turnkey Games; Nivalis Nights, a slice-of-life sim set in a cyberpunk city; a cozy coop horror game called Haunted Paws; We Are So Cooked, a 1-4 player co-op physics-stealth game; and the sequel to retro first-person shooter (FPS) Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun.

    Finally, FGS Best Of Gamescom will return on August 30 at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST, and bring viewers the "best of" the Gamescom show floor, including gameplay demos, booth tours, exclusive developer interviews, and a recap of all the week’s biggest announcements.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/get-ready-for-even-more-game-reveals-heres-how-to-watch-the-future-games-show-at-gamescom-2026 UrzzKMPguBPKykga6ZRy3U Tue, 25 Aug 2026 21:17:41 +0000 false false false
    • The Future Games Show will return with three digital showcases at Gamescom 2026
    • It will air on August 26, offering a look at over 40 games
    • FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow, and the FGS Best Of Gamescom will return on August 30

    Opening Night Live has officially wrapped, but there's plenty more to come from Gamescom 2026, as the Future Games Show will return with three digital showcases — here's how you can watch.

    Future Games Show at Gamescom is the first of the three broadcasts and will air the same day the industry event kicks off, on August 26 at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST.

    You can tune in to the digital showcase at Twitch, YouTube, X, TikTok, Facebook, and GamesRadar+.

    Hosted by Resident Evil Requiem stars Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano, fans can expect a guide through more than 40 games, including 13 world premieres, exclusive reveals, and developer deep dives "from some of the industry’s most exciting and creative studios."

    Some of those include a behind-the-scenes look at Tides of Annihilation from Eclipse Glow Games, a closer look at samurai swordplay action game Onimusha: Way of the Sword, a new trailer for Moonlighter 2: The Endless Vault from Digital Sun Games, and a trailer for Trees Hate You, a comedy adventure, and many more.

    FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow the main showcase on August 26, hosted by FGS channel presenters Nathan and Jules, and feature more world premieres, trailers, news, and interviews from the Gamescom Koelnmesse convention centre.

    This includes Apart, a new third-person adventure horror game from Turnkey Games; Nivalis Nights, a slice-of-life sim set in a cyberpunk city; a cozy coop horror game called Haunted Paws; We Are So Cooked, a 1-4 player co-op physics-stealth game; and the sequel to retro first-person shooter (FPS) Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun.

    Finally, FGS Best Of Gamescom will return on August 30 at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST, and bring viewers the "best of" the Gamescom show floor, including gameplay demos, booth tours, exclusive developer interviews, and a recap of all the week’s biggest announcements.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Gotta munch ‘em all: I tried the new Pokémon x Krispy Kreme donuts to find out if they’re actually worth buying ]]> It’s my job to review all sorts of things here at TechRadar, whether that be phones, speakers, video games, chargers…you name it. But today, I’m taking a journey into the unknown. I’m reviewing some donuts.

    Not just any donuts, though. I’m talking about the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collaboration. The new donuts are available now across a number of markets, including the US, Canada, and here in the UK, with a number of options to choose from. In the UK, you’re able to try out a Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Charmander, or Poké Ball donut, though some markets also get the Gen 1 icons Bulbasaur and Squirtle… lucky.

    So, are the new Pokémon x Krispy Kreme donuts any good? I’ve tried all of the available options in the UK, and my answer is clear. I’ll break down all of the designs, flavors, and more, and give my rating for each donut as we go. So, gotta munch ‘em all? Here’s what I think.

    1. Pikachu

    Pikachu donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    It only seems right to kick things off with the series mascot, Pikachu.

    This is a filled donut, with lemon sherbet cream inside, lemon-flavored icing, ‘fizzy’ thunderbolt sprinkles, and an edible Pikachu plaque. The design has plenty of flair and personality, and captures Pikachu’s signature move nicely, making it arguably the most eye-catching in the set.

    Look, I’ll put my cards on the table. I’m not a big fan of lemon desserts, like lemon drizzle or lemon tarts. As a result, this was the donut I was probably the least excited to try. But you know what? I ended up enjoying it a lot more than I’d expected.

    The sweetness of the icing cuts through the sourness of the lemon, resulting in a well-balanced, satisfying flavor. The thunderbolt sprinkles weren’t very fizzy, but still added a nice dash of zest into the mix, and the edible Pikachu (Pika-chew?) is, as you’d expect, pretty delicious.

    If you can satisfy a non-lemon lover, that’s got to net you a good score.

    • Pikachu donut rating: 4/5

    2. Jigglypuff

    Jigglypuff donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Jigglypuff is another iconic first-generation Pokémon that had starring roles in the anime and has even become a staple of the Super Smash Bros. roster — I can totally see why it made the cut.

    This item is essentially one of Krispy Kreme’s standard Original Glazed donuts, but has strawberry frosting, strawberry biscuit crumbs, and an edible Jigglypuff plaque. It has a cute and charming look which is very on-brand for the character, but does it have the flavor to match?

    Yes, yes it does. The Jigglypuff donut was another one that surprised me. I do like strawberry, but it’s not one of my favorite flavors out there. But this donut was absolutely delightful. I’m a big fan of the usual Original Glazed flavor, and the strawberry frosting was sweet but not overpowering at all, with a subtle fruity taste that instantly won me over.

    The strawberry biscuit crumbs also add a healthy dosage of crunch to the donut, and I did prefer this one to the Pikachu overall. If you’re looking for a donut that looks as sweet as it tastes, but isn’t too bold and overpowering, this is the perfect option for you.

    • Jigglypuff donut rating: 4.5/5

    3. Charmander

    Charmander donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Charmander is one of the most beloved Pokémon of all time. It’s a starter option in Pokémon Red and Blue and their remakes Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen, and evolves into the mighty Charizard, known for featuring on extremely expensive trading cards and being a dragon, yet not actually being a dragon type…anyway… I digress.

    This is another filled donut, with a dulce de leche (similar to caramel) and marshmallow filling, topped with caramel icing, red and gold sugar, and a Charmander edible plaque. Its vivid orange icing matches the fiery nature of Charmander to a T, but how does it taste? Well, this wasn’t just my favorite donut in the collection. It was one of the best donuts I’ve ever eaten.

    Where to start? The creaminess of the dulce de leche, the elegant marshmallow filling, the crunch of the red and gold sugar…it all comes together beautifully. I typically prefer something more minimalist, but this donut really worked for me. Its sweet yet rich flavors balanced against an eye-catching, vibrant look culminated in a top-tier eating experience, and if I had to recommend one donut from this collab, it would have to be Charmander’s.

    • Charmander donut rating: 5/5

    4. Poké Ball

    Poké Ball donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Is the Poké Ball the most interesting donut in the collection? Not really. But it feels like a must due to the whole circular thing. It’s more akin to the Jigglypuff item, taking the form of an Original Glazed donut, but coming with white icing and red sprinkles.

    If you’re looking to play it a bit safe, or if you’re not so keen on the other flavors, then the Poké Ball should be your go-to. It's more understated, with sweet yet simple icing complimenting the reliable Original Glazed recipe to perfection.

    There’s some brown icing in the middle, meant to represent the center band of the Poké Ball that has a chocolatey flavor, and is pleasantly rich and flavorsome. Yep, no complaints from me — great donut!

    • Poké Ball donut rating: 4.5/5

    Verdict: should you buy the Pokémon donuts at Krispy Kreme?

    I have to say, this was one of the most fun reviews I’ve done so far, and I was impressed with the quality of this collaboration. All of the donuts — even if they had flavors I’d typically skip — tasted great and had attention-grabbing designs to match.

    Sure, they’re not the cheapest, coming in at £2.99 each (though I got a dozen to share for £21.99), but the quality feels worth the outlay in my opinion. So, there you have it.

    This collab’s a hit in my book. But will you be trying the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme donuts, or have you already given them a go and want to share your thoughts? Let me know in the comments!

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gotta-munch-em-all-i-tried-the-new-pokemon-x-krispy-kreme-donuts-to-find-out-if-theyre-actually-worth-buying Z5WECTNtPSQHbPAyKiTuRH Sun, 23 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000 false false false

    It’s my job to review all sorts of things here at TechRadar, whether that be phones, speakers, video games, chargers…you name it. But today, I’m taking a journey into the unknown. I’m reviewing some donuts.

    Not just any donuts, though. I’m talking about the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collaboration. The new donuts are available now across a number of markets, including the US, Canada, and here in the UK, with a number of options to choose from. In the UK, you’re able to try out a Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Charmander, or Poké Ball donut, though some markets also get the Gen 1 icons Bulbasaur and Squirtle… lucky.

    So, are the new Pokémon x Krispy Kreme donuts any good? I’ve tried all of the available options in the UK, and my answer is clear. I’ll break down all of the designs, flavors, and more, and give my rating for each donut as we go. So, gotta munch ‘em all? Here’s what I think.

    1. Pikachu

    Pikachu donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    It only seems right to kick things off with the series mascot, Pikachu.

    This is a filled donut, with lemon sherbet cream inside, lemon-flavored icing, ‘fizzy’ thunderbolt sprinkles, and an edible Pikachu plaque. The design has plenty of flair and personality, and captures Pikachu’s signature move nicely, making it arguably the most eye-catching in the set.

    Look, I’ll put my cards on the table. I’m not a big fan of lemon desserts, like lemon drizzle or lemon tarts. As a result, this was the donut I was probably the least excited to try. But you know what? I ended up enjoying it a lot more than I’d expected.

    The sweetness of the icing cuts through the sourness of the lemon, resulting in a well-balanced, satisfying flavor. The thunderbolt sprinkles weren’t very fizzy, but still added a nice dash of zest into the mix, and the edible Pikachu (Pika-chew?) is, as you’d expect, pretty delicious.

    If you can satisfy a non-lemon lover, that’s got to net you a good score.

    • Pikachu donut rating: 4/5

    2. Jigglypuff

    Jigglypuff donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Jigglypuff is another iconic first-generation Pokémon that had starring roles in the anime and has even become a staple of the Super Smash Bros. roster — I can totally see why it made the cut.

    This item is essentially one of Krispy Kreme’s standard Original Glazed donuts, but has strawberry frosting, strawberry biscuit crumbs, and an edible Jigglypuff plaque. It has a cute and charming look which is very on-brand for the character, but does it have the flavor to match?

    Yes, yes it does. The Jigglypuff donut was another one that surprised me. I do like strawberry, but it’s not one of my favorite flavors out there. But this donut was absolutely delightful. I’m a big fan of the usual Original Glazed flavor, and the strawberry frosting was sweet but not overpowering at all, with a subtle fruity taste that instantly won me over.

    The strawberry biscuit crumbs also add a healthy dosage of crunch to the donut, and I did prefer this one to the Pikachu overall. If you’re looking for a donut that looks as sweet as it tastes, but isn’t too bold and overpowering, this is the perfect option for you.

    • Jigglypuff donut rating: 4.5/5

    3. Charmander

    Charmander donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Charmander is one of the most beloved Pokémon of all time. It’s a starter option in Pokémon Red and Blue and their remakes Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen, and evolves into the mighty Charizard, known for featuring on extremely expensive trading cards and being a dragon, yet not actually being a dragon type…anyway… I digress.

    This is another filled donut, with a dulce de leche (similar to caramel) and marshmallow filling, topped with caramel icing, red and gold sugar, and a Charmander edible plaque. Its vivid orange icing matches the fiery nature of Charmander to a T, but how does it taste? Well, this wasn’t just my favorite donut in the collection. It was one of the best donuts I’ve ever eaten.

    Where to start? The creaminess of the dulce de leche, the elegant marshmallow filling, the crunch of the red and gold sugar…it all comes together beautifully. I typically prefer something more minimalist, but this donut really worked for me. Its sweet yet rich flavors balanced against an eye-catching, vibrant look culminated in a top-tier eating experience, and if I had to recommend one donut from this collab, it would have to be Charmander’s.

    • Charmander donut rating: 5/5

    4. Poké Ball

    Poké Ball donut from the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme collection

    (Image credit: Future)

    Is the Poké Ball the most interesting donut in the collection? Not really. But it feels like a must due to the whole circular thing. It’s more akin to the Jigglypuff item, taking the form of an Original Glazed donut, but coming with white icing and red sprinkles.

    If you’re looking to play it a bit safe, or if you’re not so keen on the other flavors, then the Poké Ball should be your go-to. It's more understated, with sweet yet simple icing complimenting the reliable Original Glazed recipe to perfection.

    There’s some brown icing in the middle, meant to represent the center band of the Poké Ball that has a chocolatey flavor, and is pleasantly rich and flavorsome. Yep, no complaints from me — great donut!

    • Poké Ball donut rating: 4.5/5

    Verdict: should you buy the Pokémon donuts at Krispy Kreme?

    I have to say, this was one of the most fun reviews I’ve done so far, and I was impressed with the quality of this collaboration. All of the donuts — even if they had flavors I’d typically skip — tasted great and had attention-grabbing designs to match.

    Sure, they’re not the cheapest, coming in at £2.99 each (though I got a dozen to share for £21.99), but the quality feels worth the outlay in my opinion. So, there you have it.

    This collab’s a hit in my book. But will you be trying the Pokémon x Krispy Kreme donuts, or have you already given them a go and want to share your thoughts? Let me know in the comments!

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ 'There was never really any big plan that these two games would both release next to each other' — FromSoftware president suggests a return to single-player games after Nightreign and The Duskbloods ]]>
  • FromSoftware president Hidetaka Miyazaki says, "there was never really any big plan" to release Elden Ring: Nightreign and The Duskbloods back-to-back
  • Miyazaki still has "a heavy focus on single-player content"
  • He suggests the studio will return to making single-player games after The Duskbloods arrives

    • FromSoftware president Hidetaka Miyazaki has suggested the studio could return to making single-player games after Elden Ring: Nightreign and The Duskbloods.

    Many fans were surprised when FromSoftware announced its PvPvE action game, The Duskbloods, so soon after releasing its multiplayer, roguelike Elden Ring spin-off, Nightreign.

    However, according to game director Miyazaki, who also helmed Elden Ring, Bloodborne, and Dark Souls, releasing two multiplayer games back-to-back wasn't intentional.

    "It's funny because there was never really any big plan that these two games would both release next to each other," Miyazaki told IGN, explaining that since Nightreign was led by a different director, Junya Ishizaki, both ideas "just coincided with being multiplayer games."

    "It's not necessarily some big reveal saying that this is the direction we plan to go moving forward," Miyazaki continued. "We still have a heavy focus on single-player content as well. This is just something that happened to work out the way it did."

    The director then suggested the studio could dive back into making single-player games after The Duskbloods arrives, saying: "But it's like, the more you work on something multiplayer for a long time, if anything, it scratches that itch only to want to make something single-player again."

    The studio's last single-player experience was Elden Ring, which launched in 2022, followed by the multiplayer spin-off, Nighreign, in 2025.

    Next up for FromSoftware is The Duskbloods, which was announced last year as a PvPvE and Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive. Network tests are underway, but a release date hasn't been set.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/there-was-never-really-any-big-plan-that-these-two-games-would-both-release-next-to-each-other-fromsoftware-president-suggests-a-return-to-single-player-games-after-nightreign-and-the-duskbloods EyiM5N6yp2uvRMWWugqLM5 Fri, 21 Aug 2026 15:40:09 +0000 false false false
    • FromSoftware president Hidetaka Miyazaki says, "there was never really any big plan" to release Elden Ring: Nightreign and The Duskbloods back-to-back
    • Miyazaki still has "a heavy focus on single-player content"
    • He suggests the studio will return to making single-player games after The Duskbloods arrives

    FromSoftware president Hidetaka Miyazaki has suggested the studio could return to making single-player games after Elden Ring: Nightreign and The Duskbloods.

    Many fans were surprised when FromSoftware announced its PvPvE action game, The Duskbloods, so soon after releasing its multiplayer, roguelike Elden Ring spin-off, Nightreign.

    However, according to game director Miyazaki, who also helmed Elden Ring, Bloodborne, and Dark Souls, releasing two multiplayer games back-to-back wasn't intentional.

    "It's funny because there was never really any big plan that these two games would both release next to each other," Miyazaki told IGN, explaining that since Nightreign was led by a different director, Junya Ishizaki, both ideas "just coincided with being multiplayer games."

    "It's not necessarily some big reveal saying that this is the direction we plan to go moving forward," Miyazaki continued. "We still have a heavy focus on single-player content as well. This is just something that happened to work out the way it did."

    The director then suggested the studio could dive back into making single-player games after The Duskbloods arrives, saying: "But it's like, the more you work on something multiplayer for a long time, if anything, it scratches that itch only to want to make something single-player again."

    The studio's last single-player experience was Elden Ring, which launched in 2022, followed by the multiplayer spin-off, Nighreign, in 2025.

    Next up for FromSoftware is The Duskbloods, which was announced last year as a PvPvE and Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive. Network tests are underway, but a release date hasn't been set.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Logitech sued for keeping US tariff refunds instead of returning them to customers ]]>
  • Logitech facing a class action lawsuit over tariff refunds, with the lawsuit alleging the company raised the price of some products to pass the cost of tariffs onto customers
  • The US government collected an estimated $166 billion in IEEA tariffs which are to be returned to businesses, but their are no mechanisms in place to return the cost of tariff-inflated goods back to customers
  • Nintendo and Sony are also facing lawsuits over tariff cost refunds

    • Following President Donald Trump’s return to power in January 2025, he almost immediately levied numerous International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEA) tariffs on imports of almost all goods coming into the United States.

    According to Trump, the tariffs were imposed to boost domestic production of goods, and increase the purchasing of products manufactured in the US. Somewhat shortsightedly, the US was not able to suddenly change to the mass production of most imported goods and the tariffs were passed on to consumers as part of the price of imported goods.

    Many of these and subsequent tariffs were deemed illegal by the Supreme Court of the United States, with around $166 billion in IEEA tariff revenue collected by the government to be refunded to businesses. Unfortunately, many businesses don’t really want to hand that money back to consumers, and Logitech is now being taken to court for it.

    Tariffs refunded to businesses but not passed on to consumers

    A class action lawsuit has been filed by Cotchett, Pitre & McCarthy, LLP, by the District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, against Logitech.

    The lawsuit alleges Logitech raised the price of many of its products to cover the costs of the import tariffs, but the company has not made it possible for customers to claim back the tariff costs they covered.

    As the companies were the ones who paid the tariffs, there is no mechanism in place for consumers to claim back the costs that companies silently imposed on them.

    According to the lawsuit, Logitech investors were told by its executives that the price of its products had to be raised to offset the cost of the tariffs.

    Around half of the Logitech product catalog saw price rises at around 14%, but the costs of some products were raised by as much as 25%.

    Nintendo and Sony also in hot water

    While the lawsuit singles out Logitech, numerous other companies have also been accused of raising the costs of goods to cover tariffs and then keeping the refunds for themselves.

    For example, Nintendo’s operating profits were reported to be around $902 million between April 1 and June 30. But during the same period the previous year, the operating profit was around $360 million.

    While some of this profit increase can be attributed to a boom in games sales and software purchases for the Switch and Switch 2, much of the profit has been alleged to have actually come from tariff refunds.

    Nintendo claims to have covered the costs of tariffs itself despite the price of both Switch consoles rising by as much as $50 in 2025.

    Nintendo has filed a lawsuit against the US government, demanding that the refunds from the “sweeping” and “constantly changing” tariffs be paid back with interest. Nintendo is also battling a lawsuit in court that demands the tariff refunds are also passed on to consumers.

    Sony has been handed an estimated $508 million tariff refund, but raised the prices of key products such as the PlayStation 5 to cover the costs of the importation tariffs. A lawsuit has been filed, but Sony has made no indication that consumers who bought PlayStation consoles at elevated prices will see a dime back.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/pro/logitech-sued-for-keeping-us-tariff-refunds-instead-of-returning-them-to-customers puxBcywav6VkiMmM9WJtKk Fri, 21 Aug 2026 10:35:26 +0000 false false false
    • Logitech facing a class action lawsuit over tariff refunds, with the lawsuit alleging the company raised the price of some products to pass the cost of tariffs onto customers
    • The US government collected an estimated $166 billion in IEEA tariffs which are to be returned to businesses, but their are no mechanisms in place to return the cost of tariff-inflated goods back to customers
    • Nintendo and Sony are also facing lawsuits over tariff cost refunds

    Following President Donald Trump’s return to power in January 2025, he almost immediately levied numerous International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEA) tariffs on imports of almost all goods coming into the United States.

    According to Trump, the tariffs were imposed to boost domestic production of goods, and increase the purchasing of products manufactured in the US. Somewhat shortsightedly, the US was not able to suddenly change to the mass production of most imported goods and the tariffs were passed on to consumers as part of the price of imported goods.

    Many of these and subsequent tariffs were deemed illegal by the Supreme Court of the United States, with around $166 billion in IEEA tariff revenue collected by the government to be refunded to businesses. Unfortunately, many businesses don’t really want to hand that money back to consumers, and Logitech is now being taken to court for it.

    Tariffs refunded to businesses but not passed on to consumers

    A class action lawsuit has been filed by Cotchett, Pitre & McCarthy, LLP, by the District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, against Logitech.

    The lawsuit alleges Logitech raised the price of many of its products to cover the costs of the import tariffs, but the company has not made it possible for customers to claim back the tariff costs they covered.

    As the companies were the ones who paid the tariffs, there is no mechanism in place for consumers to claim back the costs that companies silently imposed on them.

    According to the lawsuit, Logitech investors were told by its executives that the price of its products had to be raised to offset the cost of the tariffs.

    Around half of the Logitech product catalog saw price rises at around 14%, but the costs of some products were raised by as much as 25%.

    Nintendo and Sony also in hot water

    While the lawsuit singles out Logitech, numerous other companies have also been accused of raising the costs of goods to cover tariffs and then keeping the refunds for themselves.

    For example, Nintendo’s operating profits were reported to be around $902 million between April 1 and June 30. But during the same period the previous year, the operating profit was around $360 million.

    While some of this profit increase can be attributed to a boom in games sales and software purchases for the Switch and Switch 2, much of the profit has been alleged to have actually come from tariff refunds.

    Nintendo claims to have covered the costs of tariffs itself despite the price of both Switch consoles rising by as much as $50 in 2025.

    Nintendo has filed a lawsuit against the US government, demanding that the refunds from the “sweeping” and “constantly changing” tariffs be paid back with interest. Nintendo is also battling a lawsuit in court that demands the tariff refunds are also passed on to consumers.

    Sony has been handed an estimated $508 million tariff refund, but raised the prices of key products such as the PlayStation 5 to cover the costs of the importation tariffs. A lawsuit has been filed, but Sony has made no indication that consumers who bought PlayStation consoles at elevated prices will see a dime back.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I've played every Metal Gear Solid multiple times, and Master Collection Vol.2 feels like the best way to experience two of the series’ most legendary games ]]> Metal Gear Solid 4: Guns of the Patriots has become something of a legend over the years, being the one big game in the franchise that never left its original platform – the PlayStation 3.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: PS5
    Available on: PS5, PC, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 27, 2026

    Finally, the port once thought impossible has returned in the new Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2. The first collection packaged the classic stealth trilogy with the MSX and NES games that preceded it, and this time around the package is headlined by the return of Metal Gear Solid 4 and the duo of the PlayStation Portable’s excellent Peace Walker and underrated Game Boy Color spinoff Ghost Babel.

    Off the bat, it may seem like a bit of a raw deal for the second to only feature one bonus title compared to the first collection, which offers three of the greatest games ever made along with four bonus titles and two graphic novels.

    However, the work done on Metal Gear Solid 4 is far more than the bare-bones re-releases of the first game and Bluepoint's 2011 HD Collection versions of Metal Gear Solid 2 and 3 found in its predecessor, while Peace Walker is a phenomenal mainline entry and Ghost Babel ranks among the series' greatest spinoffs (and is better than the NES games at least).

    It's a fairer trade than the numbers suggest.

    War has changed

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Metal Gear Solid 4 is the crown jewel of this collection, and unlike the first – which had some major issues at launch – I'm happy to report that this is a phenomenal port. Running at 4K and a solid 60 frames per second (fps) throughout with massively improved loading times between areas, it's hard to see any flaws in this version of the stealth classic… well, aside from those that were already there.

    Long thought unportable due to being made specifically for the esoteric PS3 system architecture and a hefty number of licensed products appearing in-game, Metal Gear Solid 4 remains mostly intact.

    You still have the iPod; you still see the PS3 console in your plane. However, Konami has gone back and remixed some elements to make sense on modern consoles, with the famous "we're on PS3" scene changed to your platform of choice – even if the almost 20-year difference in Christopher Randolph's voice is pretty obvious.

    In fact, the only thing I noticed that was missing was the now-redundant installation menu featuring Snake smoking between chapters.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Despite its notoriety, Metal Gear Solid 4 is a strange game. I'd even argue it's the worst of the six main games in the series, even if it is still a great time.

    It gets off to a really strong start with chapters set in the Middle East and South America, featuring some incredible stealth gameplay with a unique battlefield stealth mechanic which allows you to manipulate the ongoing war between rebel militia and PMC groups.

    It's a genius bit of game design, and it’s a shame that it's abandoned by the end of the second chapter.

    After an Act 3, which boils down to a not-so-great tailing mission, Metal Gear Solid 4 goes off the rails with its plot, lengthy cutscenes, and gameplay segments.

    Some of these are highlights of the game, such as the entirety of Act 4 or the final boss fight that ranks among the best in the series. However, some plot decisions and retcons make for the messiest story in the franchise's history – I won't go into detail, but a particular retcon about Metal Gear Solid 3's Para-Medic is a terrible choice that I'm still bugged by years later.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    What's there is still a great game I'd recommend to anyone, though it's a shame some of the most interesting gameplay elements are abandoned almost entirely, even if the rollercoaster ride of set-piece and fan-service moments is a joy to play through.

    The opening to Act 4 in particular is one of my favorite gaming moments ever and still gives me chills to this day.

    We're nomads, and we always will be

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Peace Walker, on the other hand, is an unsung part of the saga. Originally released on the PSP, it was somewhat overlooked, but this game is Metal Gear Solid 5 in all but name.

    Taking place between Snake Eater and The Phantom Pain, Peace Walker is Metal Gear crossed with Monster Hunter, with a mission-based design that allows for short bursts of play. It introduced base management, weapon development, and nicking soldiers via balloon aspects that The Phantom Pain would later expand upon.

    Best Bit

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Returning to Shadow Moses in Act 4 of Metal Gear Solid 4 is one of the greatest bits of fan service ever deployed in a game, and the needle drop of The Best Is Yet To Come still sends chills down my spine almost 20 years later.

    While not quite on the level of the original trilogy, Peace Walker has a great story, which helps show how Big Boss eventually became the person we saw as a villain in the original MSX games – arguably better than The Phantom Pain did. It also features one of the best supporting casts in the series, with Kazuhira Miller returning from Metal Gear Solid and being fleshed out into one of the series' best, while the likes of Amanda, Paz, and Professor Galvez are memorable additions to the series canon.

    I say Metal Gear crossed with Monster Hunter, but nowhere is that more felt than in the bossfights, which have you take on massive mecha over a prolonged period. While I like this in theory, these bosses are unfortunately the worst the series has to offer – and aside from the titular Peace Walker and true final boss – are not memorable in the slightest.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Peace Walker also features co-op and versus multiplayer modes, which are present in this new collection, though I wasn’t able to test them over the review period. From my experiences with the HD Collection version, Peace Walker multiplayer is a blast.

    This port is a bit rougher than Metal Gear Solid 4, mostly because there isn't too much you can do to make PSP assets shine in 4K. However, the addition of new higher-quality versions of the comic-book-like cutscenes by Ashley Wood is a welcome bonus

    It's not over yet

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    If you played Master Collection Vol 1, you will have a good idea of what to expect this time around. Both main games come with a Screenplay Book and Master Book, which features rundowns of the story, background info on characters, and strategy-guide-esque details to let you find secrets in-game.

    There are also soundtrack selections and the ability to download other language versions of the games if you please. The Metal Gear Solid 4 edition also features the Metal Gear Solid 4 Database app, which was released on PS3 around the launch of the original game, although sadly its version of Metal Gear Online is not present.

    And while the bonus titles included the original MSX2 version of Metal Gear and Metal Gear 2 – which I wrote about how good they are a few years back – and the less-good NES versions of them, this time around the only additional title is Metal Gear: Ghost Babel for the Game Boy Color.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Ghost Babel takes gameplay akin to Metal Gear 2, but fuses it with some elements of the PS1 classic while adapting it to a stage-based formula for handheld. While it doesn't quite match the main series, Ghost Babel should not be slept on, as it's one of the best spinoff titles the franchise has to offer.

    Sadly, that's it though. It's a shame, as the likes of Metal Gear Acid or Metal Gear Rising would've been much appreciated additions.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 is another package of two fantastic games, with some great bonuses included. While it's mostly a vehicle to get Metal Gear Solid 4 out of PS3 jail, Peace Walker and Ghost Babel are two brilliant additions that you might have missed the first time around.

    Should you play Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2?

    Play it if...

    You didn't have a PS3
    Metal Gear Solid 4 is out of PS3 jail after almost 20 years. For those who have been waiting, this is one of the biggest dream ports to finally get, and being able to play it in a version that sticks to a solid 4K resolution and 60fps is worth a return trip even if you did play it on PS3.

    You never played Metal Gear Solid: Peace Walker
    Yes, Metal Gear Solid 4 is the main event of this collection, but Peace Walker is one of the best games the series has to offer. Not to mention an essential part of the storyline heading into Metal Gear Solid 5.

    Don't play it if...

    You haven't played Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol 1.
    Metal Gear Solid 4 was made with the idea that you'll have the knowledge of the original trilogy of Metal Gear Solid games at a bare minimum, leading to a plot that will be extremely hard to follow for anyone not caught up. Not to mention that all of the emotional impact will be nullified without prior knowledge

    Accessibility features

    Both Metal Gear Solid 4 and Peace Walker have subtitles and controller remapping features, but otherwise the accessibility features included in this collection are the same as they were back in the original releases.

    This means no color blind support, audio description, or gameplay tweaks are available – which could cause issues during moments in both games when tons of button mashing is required.

    How I reviewed Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2

    I played 12 hours of Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 on PS5 Pro using a DualSense Wireless Controller, on an LG C5 OLED TV with an LG-US70TY soundbar.

    During this time, I played a full run of Metal Gear Solid 4 while skipping most cutscenes (as I had replayed the game very recently for comparison) through to the end of Act 4. I played through to the end of Chapter 1 of Metal Gear Solid Peace Walker, and roughly half of Metal Gear: Ghost Babel. I have played all of these games multiple times before this review, and was able to compare to other versions where applicable.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/metal-gear-solid-master-collection-vol-2-review wuWBfZiFt7xCupvfKgSovB Fri, 21 Aug 2026 07:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Metal Gear Solid 4: Guns of the Patriots has become something of a legend over the years, being the one big game in the franchise that never left its original platform – the PlayStation 3.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: PS5
    Available on: PS5, PC, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 27, 2026

    Finally, the port once thought impossible has returned in the new Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2. The first collection packaged the classic stealth trilogy with the MSX and NES games that preceded it, and this time around the package is headlined by the return of Metal Gear Solid 4 and the duo of the PlayStation Portable’s excellent Peace Walker and underrated Game Boy Color spinoff Ghost Babel.

    Off the bat, it may seem like a bit of a raw deal for the second to only feature one bonus title compared to the first collection, which offers three of the greatest games ever made along with four bonus titles and two graphic novels.

    However, the work done on Metal Gear Solid 4 is far more than the bare-bones re-releases of the first game and Bluepoint's 2011 HD Collection versions of Metal Gear Solid 2 and 3 found in its predecessor, while Peace Walker is a phenomenal mainline entry and Ghost Babel ranks among the series' greatest spinoffs (and is better than the NES games at least).

    It's a fairer trade than the numbers suggest.

    War has changed

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Metal Gear Solid 4 is the crown jewel of this collection, and unlike the first – which had some major issues at launch – I'm happy to report that this is a phenomenal port. Running at 4K and a solid 60 frames per second (fps) throughout with massively improved loading times between areas, it's hard to see any flaws in this version of the stealth classic… well, aside from those that were already there.

    Long thought unportable due to being made specifically for the esoteric PS3 system architecture and a hefty number of licensed products appearing in-game, Metal Gear Solid 4 remains mostly intact.

    You still have the iPod; you still see the PS3 console in your plane. However, Konami has gone back and remixed some elements to make sense on modern consoles, with the famous "we're on PS3" scene changed to your platform of choice – even if the almost 20-year difference in Christopher Randolph's voice is pretty obvious.

    In fact, the only thing I noticed that was missing was the now-redundant installation menu featuring Snake smoking between chapters.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Despite its notoriety, Metal Gear Solid 4 is a strange game. I'd even argue it's the worst of the six main games in the series, even if it is still a great time.

    It gets off to a really strong start with chapters set in the Middle East and South America, featuring some incredible stealth gameplay with a unique battlefield stealth mechanic which allows you to manipulate the ongoing war between rebel militia and PMC groups.

    It's a genius bit of game design, and it’s a shame that it's abandoned by the end of the second chapter.

    After an Act 3, which boils down to a not-so-great tailing mission, Metal Gear Solid 4 goes off the rails with its plot, lengthy cutscenes, and gameplay segments.

    Some of these are highlights of the game, such as the entirety of Act 4 or the final boss fight that ranks among the best in the series. However, some plot decisions and retcons make for the messiest story in the franchise's history – I won't go into detail, but a particular retcon about Metal Gear Solid 3's Para-Medic is a terrible choice that I'm still bugged by years later.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    What's there is still a great game I'd recommend to anyone, though it's a shame some of the most interesting gameplay elements are abandoned almost entirely, even if the rollercoaster ride of set-piece and fan-service moments is a joy to play through.

    The opening to Act 4 in particular is one of my favorite gaming moments ever and still gives me chills to this day.

    We're nomads, and we always will be

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Peace Walker, on the other hand, is an unsung part of the saga. Originally released on the PSP, it was somewhat overlooked, but this game is Metal Gear Solid 5 in all but name.

    Taking place between Snake Eater and The Phantom Pain, Peace Walker is Metal Gear crossed with Monster Hunter, with a mission-based design that allows for short bursts of play. It introduced base management, weapon development, and nicking soldiers via balloon aspects that The Phantom Pain would later expand upon.

    Best Bit

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Returning to Shadow Moses in Act 4 of Metal Gear Solid 4 is one of the greatest bits of fan service ever deployed in a game, and the needle drop of The Best Is Yet To Come still sends chills down my spine almost 20 years later.

    While not quite on the level of the original trilogy, Peace Walker has a great story, which helps show how Big Boss eventually became the person we saw as a villain in the original MSX games – arguably better than The Phantom Pain did. It also features one of the best supporting casts in the series, with Kazuhira Miller returning from Metal Gear Solid and being fleshed out into one of the series' best, while the likes of Amanda, Paz, and Professor Galvez are memorable additions to the series canon.

    I say Metal Gear crossed with Monster Hunter, but nowhere is that more felt than in the bossfights, which have you take on massive mecha over a prolonged period. While I like this in theory, these bosses are unfortunately the worst the series has to offer – and aside from the titular Peace Walker and true final boss – are not memorable in the slightest.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Peace Walker also features co-op and versus multiplayer modes, which are present in this new collection, though I wasn’t able to test them over the review period. From my experiences with the HD Collection version, Peace Walker multiplayer is a blast.

    This port is a bit rougher than Metal Gear Solid 4, mostly because there isn't too much you can do to make PSP assets shine in 4K. However, the addition of new higher-quality versions of the comic-book-like cutscenes by Ashley Wood is a welcome bonus

    It's not over yet

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    If you played Master Collection Vol 1, you will have a good idea of what to expect this time around. Both main games come with a Screenplay Book and Master Book, which features rundowns of the story, background info on characters, and strategy-guide-esque details to let you find secrets in-game.

    There are also soundtrack selections and the ability to download other language versions of the games if you please. The Metal Gear Solid 4 edition also features the Metal Gear Solid 4 Database app, which was released on PS3 around the launch of the original game, although sadly its version of Metal Gear Online is not present.

    And while the bonus titles included the original MSX2 version of Metal Gear and Metal Gear 2 – which I wrote about how good they are a few years back – and the less-good NES versions of them, this time around the only additional title is Metal Gear: Ghost Babel for the Game Boy Color.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 being played on a PS5 Pro console.

    (Image credit: Konami)

    Ghost Babel takes gameplay akin to Metal Gear 2, but fuses it with some elements of the PS1 classic while adapting it to a stage-based formula for handheld. While it doesn't quite match the main series, Ghost Babel should not be slept on, as it's one of the best spinoff titles the franchise has to offer.

    Sadly, that's it though. It's a shame, as the likes of Metal Gear Acid or Metal Gear Rising would've been much appreciated additions.

    Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 is another package of two fantastic games, with some great bonuses included. While it's mostly a vehicle to get Metal Gear Solid 4 out of PS3 jail, Peace Walker and Ghost Babel are two brilliant additions that you might have missed the first time around.

    Should you play Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2?

    Play it if...

    You didn't have a PS3
    Metal Gear Solid 4 is out of PS3 jail after almost 20 years. For those who have been waiting, this is one of the biggest dream ports to finally get, and being able to play it in a version that sticks to a solid 4K resolution and 60fps is worth a return trip even if you did play it on PS3.

    You never played Metal Gear Solid: Peace Walker
    Yes, Metal Gear Solid 4 is the main event of this collection, but Peace Walker is one of the best games the series has to offer. Not to mention an essential part of the storyline heading into Metal Gear Solid 5.

    Don't play it if...

    You haven't played Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol 1.
    Metal Gear Solid 4 was made with the idea that you'll have the knowledge of the original trilogy of Metal Gear Solid games at a bare minimum, leading to a plot that will be extremely hard to follow for anyone not caught up. Not to mention that all of the emotional impact will be nullified without prior knowledge

    Accessibility features

    Both Metal Gear Solid 4 and Peace Walker have subtitles and controller remapping features, but otherwise the accessibility features included in this collection are the same as they were back in the original releases.

    This means no color blind support, audio description, or gameplay tweaks are available – which could cause issues during moments in both games when tons of button mashing is required.

    How I reviewed Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2

    I played 12 hours of Metal Gear Solid Master Collection Vol.2 on PS5 Pro using a DualSense Wireless Controller, on an LG C5 OLED TV with an LG-US70TY soundbar.

    During this time, I played a full run of Metal Gear Solid 4 while skipping most cutscenes (as I had replayed the game very recently for comparison) through to the end of Act 4. I played through to the end of Chapter 1 of Metal Gear Solid Peace Walker, and roughly half of Metal Gear: Ghost Babel. I have played all of these games multiple times before this review, and was able to compare to other versions where applicable.

    First reviewed August 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Nintendo has confirmed the Nintendo Switch 2's new UK price — it's only going up by £24 ]]>
  • The Nintendo Switch 2 UK price will go from £395.99 to £419.99 next month
  • Nintendo announced the changes for the US, Canada, Europe, and Japan in May
  • The new pricing comes into effect on September 1, 2026

    • Nintendo has officially confirmed the new UK price of the Nintendo Switch 2, which is set to increase next month.

    Back in May, the Mario maker announced fresh Switch 2 price increases for the US, Canada, Japan, and Europe. Effective September 1, 2026, they were billed as a "response to various market conditions, which are expected to extend over the medium to long term."

    "We understand that pricing changes can be challenging for customers and deeply appreciate the continued enthusiasm of our fans for Nintendo products and experiences," Nintendo shared at the time.

    The US price will rise from $449.99 to $499.99, while Canada will see a $50 increase from $629.99 to $679.99. Europe will rise by €30 from €469.99 to €499.99, and Japan will jump from ¥49,980 to ¥59,980.

    There was no confirmation at the time for the UK, but now, in a new X post from Nintendo Store UK, it's revealed that the Switch 2's price will increase by £24, bringing the Switch 2 from £395.99 to £419.99.

    The new Switch 2 pricing comes as no surprise, as the global RAM crisis, driven primarily by the rapid demand for AI data centers, continues to impact consoles and hardware manufacturing.

    Microsoft has increased the price of its Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S consoles multiple times this year, including earlier this month in the UK, which saw the 512GB Series S shoot up from £299.99 to £429.99, and the Xbox Series X 1TB skyrocket from £349.99 to £519.99.

    The PS5 and PS5 Pro consoles also received price changes earlier this year, with the base PS5 jumping $100 / £100 from $549.99 / £479.99 to $649.99 / £569.99.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-has-confirmed-the-nintendo-switch-2s-new-uk-price-its-only-going-up-by-gbp24 vGdGQdc2ihhPWrknVnVG65 Thu, 20 Aug 2026 16:53:56 +0000 false false false
    • The Nintendo Switch 2 UK price will go from £395.99 to £419.99 next month
    • Nintendo announced the changes for the US, Canada, Europe, and Japan in May
    • The new pricing comes into effect on September 1, 2026

    Nintendo has officially confirmed the new UK price of the Nintendo Switch 2, which is set to increase next month.

    Back in May, the Mario maker announced fresh Switch 2 price increases for the US, Canada, Japan, and Europe. Effective September 1, 2026, they were billed as a "response to various market conditions, which are expected to extend over the medium to long term."

    "We understand that pricing changes can be challenging for customers and deeply appreciate the continued enthusiasm of our fans for Nintendo products and experiences," Nintendo shared at the time.

    The US price will rise from $449.99 to $499.99, while Canada will see a $50 increase from $629.99 to $679.99. Europe will rise by €30 from €469.99 to €499.99, and Japan will jump from ¥49,980 to ¥59,980.

    There was no confirmation at the time for the UK, but now, in a new X post from Nintendo Store UK, it's revealed that the Switch 2's price will increase by £24, bringing the Switch 2 from £395.99 to £419.99.

    The new Switch 2 pricing comes as no surprise, as the global RAM crisis, driven primarily by the rapid demand for AI data centers, continues to impact consoles and hardware manufacturing.

    Microsoft has increased the price of its Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S consoles multiple times this year, including earlier this month in the UK, which saw the 512GB Series S shoot up from £299.99 to £429.99, and the Xbox Series X 1TB skyrocket from £349.99 to £519.99.

    The PS5 and PS5 Pro consoles also received price changes earlier this year, with the base PS5 jumping $100 / £100 from $549.99 / £479.99 to $649.99 / £569.99.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Leaker claims Nintendo Switch 2 version of Diablo 4 will finally arrive two days after BlizzCon and include two expansions ]]>
  • Leaker Billbil-kun claims the Nintendo Switch 2 version of Diablo 4 will launch on September 15
  • The "Age of Hatred Collection" will reportedly include the base game and the Vessel of Hatred and Lord of Hatred expansions
  • The physical edition will have a code in the box

    • The long-rumored Nintendo Switch 2 port of Diablo 4 could reportedly launch very soon after BlizzCon 2026.

    That's according to reliable leaker 'billbil-kun' of French outlet Dealabs (via Resetera), who originally reported on the Switch 2 version of Diablo 4 earlier this month.

    Now, they claim that Diablo 4 will arrive on Switch 2 on September 15, nearly three years after its release on PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, Xbox One, and PC, two days after BlizzCon 2026, which takes place between September 12 and September 13.

    The edition will be called the "Age of Hatred Collection," and will include the base game and its two expansions, Vessel of Hatred and Lord of Hatred, and will cost $69.99 / £62.99 / €69.99.

    Pre-orders are expected to begin on September 12, coinciding with the opening of BlizzCon 2026, and it appears that the physical version won't have a cartridge, but will offer a code in a box instead.

    Billbil-kun couldn't determine when the game will be announced, but suggested that an official reveal could be made during Gamescom 2026 next week, where Xbox has confirmed its presence, but it's currently unclear. The announcement could just as well arrive at BlizzCon, too.

    Diablo 4 launched in 2023 and is regarded as one of the best isometric, open-world role-playing games (RPGs). In TechRadar Gaming's five-star review, freelance contributor Cat Bussell praised the game's "darkly compelling fantasy world," "fluid combat that scales well in single and multiplayer," and "endlessly customizable characters."

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/leaker-claims-nintendo-switch-2-version-of-diablo-4-will-finally-arrive-two-days-after-blizzcon-and-include-two-expansions arNaFvZvF7MbkFtUT3zsKA Wed, 19 Aug 2026 03:01:29 +0000 false false false
    • Leaker Billbil-kun claims the Nintendo Switch 2 version of Diablo 4 will launch on September 15
    • The "Age of Hatred Collection" will reportedly include the base game and the Vessel of Hatred and Lord of Hatred expansions
    • The physical edition will have a code in the box

    The long-rumored Nintendo Switch 2 port of Diablo 4 could reportedly launch very soon after BlizzCon 2026.

    That's according to reliable leaker 'billbil-kun' of French outlet Dealabs (via Resetera), who originally reported on the Switch 2 version of Diablo 4 earlier this month.

    Now, they claim that Diablo 4 will arrive on Switch 2 on September 15, nearly three years after its release on PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, Xbox One, and PC, two days after BlizzCon 2026, which takes place between September 12 and September 13.

    The edition will be called the "Age of Hatred Collection," and will include the base game and its two expansions, Vessel of Hatred and Lord of Hatred, and will cost $69.99 / £62.99 / €69.99.

    Pre-orders are expected to begin on September 12, coinciding with the opening of BlizzCon 2026, and it appears that the physical version won't have a cartridge, but will offer a code in a box instead.

    Billbil-kun couldn't determine when the game will be announced, but suggested that an official reveal could be made during Gamescom 2026 next week, where Xbox has confirmed its presence, but it's currently unclear. The announcement could just as well arrive at BlizzCon, too.

    Diablo 4 launched in 2023 and is regarded as one of the best isometric, open-world role-playing games (RPGs). In TechRadar Gaming's five-star review, freelance contributor Cat Bussell praised the game's "darkly compelling fantasy world," "fluid combat that scales well in single and multiplayer," and "endlessly customizable characters."

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Here’s 6Kingdom Hearts 4 worlds I think we’ll see following Coco’s official D23 reveal — including the one Tetsuya Nomura has ‘always’ wanted to include ]]> Over the weekend, we were treated to Disney’s annual D23 showcase, and while many will be soaking up the major Marvel Cinematic Universe reveals (including the X-Men cast announcement), I was far more interested in the brand-new Kingdom Hearts 4 trailer.

    Not only was the Late 2027 release date set in stone, but it revealed the arrival of Coco to the series and gave us plenty of juicy details about the wider story while still keeping plenty a secret — such as which other worlds we’ll be visiting.

    However, I’ve gone through every detail of the trailers we have so far, as well as comments made by series creator Tetsuya Nomura during a D23 Kingdom Hearts Deep Dive panel, to pick out six worlds I believe are shoo-ins for Kingdom Hearts 4.

    Think I’m right or completely disagree? Vote in my poll at the bottom of the page, or comment below which world you most want to see when Kingdom Hearts 4 releases next year.

    1. Onward

    Onward - Oltre la magia

    (Image credit: Onward - Oltre la magia)

    Based on Coco’s inclusion and the plot details trailers have revealed so far, it is seemingly safe to assume that several Kingdom Hearts 4 worlds will have an afterlife or otherworldly theme. We also know that Donald and Goofy are on a quest to find and contact Sora — and a Disney Pixar film that combines both of these ideas is Onward.

    The 2020 animated adventure follows brothers Ian and Barley Lightfoot (played by Tom Holland and Chris Pratt, respectively) as they set out on a mission to cast a visitation spell so they can speak to their deceased father one last time. A quest I’m sure Sora’s friends would want to join to talk to their lost friend.

    It’s a fantastical setting with plenty of space for magic and combat to suit Kingdom Hearts’ gameplay, and based on its story alone, it makes perfect sense as a world for Sora’s friends to visit. Its release date would also fit well within KH4’s development timeline, which leads me to believe we’ll see Onward as a world in the next game.

    2. Star Wars

    Luke Skywalker grimacing as he holds his green lightsaber in Star Wars Episode VI: Return of the Jedi

    (Image credit: Lucasfilm)

    According to fans, Star Wars has already been revealed in Kingdom Hearts 4’s very first teaser trailer. A forest scene looks exactly like a view from the forest moon of Endor, and there’s also an object that looks distinctly like an AT-ST foot at the edge of a shot. In the most recent trailer, Donald and Goofy are also briefly seen as blue projections that look a lot like Force ghosts.

    I don’t think any more confirmation is needed, frankly. My question is, how does this world fit into Kingdom Hearts 4? Besides just being a cool inclusion fans have been begging for since Disney bought the franchise, that is. Well, I have two theories.

    Perhaps after failing to bring Sora to them in Onward’s world, his friends instead try to reach out to him using the help of someone like Luke Skywalker or Yoda to project a manifestation of themselves to wherever their friend is.

    Alternatively, perhaps knowing that Sora is stuck in Unreality — a realm beyond the regular universe — his friends may try venturing in the Gummi Ship far beyond anywhere they have traveled before; i.e., to a galaxy far, far away

    Regardless of the reason why it appears, I think many safely assume Star Wars will feature in Kingdom Hearts, and I’ll be certain they’re on the money until I’m proven otherwise.

    3. Moana

    An animated girl holds up a paddle with a whale behind her

    (Image credit: Disney )

    There’s one other teaser fans have spotted in previous Kingdom Hearts 4 trailers, but the community is divided over whether it’s for Moana or Elemental. That’s because all we’ve seen is a Keyblade design blending fire/lava and water, which could fit with either of these stories.

    I was previously on the Elemental side of the aisle, but I’m changing my tune. Admittedly, my actual belief is we’ll see both, but if it must be either/or, I’m now leaning towards Moana.

    The driving factor is the theme of the underworld/afterlife. While one character does seemingly sacrifice themself in Elemental the afterlife isn’t a core part of the movie — but in Moana we do visit the underworld in the form of Lalotai.

    It’s more a realm of monsters than a place of the undead, but it still makes sense as a place for Sora’s friends to look to find him, and the neon underwater fluorescence would be a beautiful environment to explore with interesting, unique Heartless designs to battle against.

    Tamatoa would also be the perfect final boss.

    Admittedly this theory butts up against the keyblade’s design as it would maybe look more like treasure from Tamatoa’s horde than of the fiery aspect of Te Fiti -– Te Kā — creating havoc for the watery world above, but as I said before I believe we’ll see both Elemental and Moana; Moana for its underworld, and Elemental as a palette cleanser that suits KH’s wider themes but isn’t directly associated with the otherworldliness we’re assuming will be present in most worlds.

    Wade and Ember smile at each other Pixar's Elemental movie

    (Image credit: Pixar/Disney)

    4. Bambi

    During D23’s Kingdom Hearts panel, series creator Tetsuya Nomura let slip that another Kingdom Hearts 4 world will be one he has always wanted to include. In fact, it was almost in Kingdom Hearts 3 but was cut because of development issues.

    Now, the internet has pointed to Cars as this secret world. KH3 leaks from a few years ago seem to prove the Pixar franchise was in consideration for long enough to be referenced in a demo version of the game.

    However, despite this evidence, I have a different pick based on Nomura’s “always” comment — if taken literally, it would need to be a Disney franchise older than 2002 (when KH1 was released), which 2006’s Cars isn’t.

    But Bambi is.

    Bambi

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Besides its age, Bambi ticks a few boxes that make it a prime candidate for inclusion in the series, KH4 specifically. It’s a story about friendship (a core Kingdom Hearts theme), but also the loss of loved ones, which is a key aspect in this next installment of the Disney meets Square Enix franchise.

    Bambi has also appeared in Kingdom Hearts before: as a Summon in the very first game. Clearly, the source material was on Nomura’s mind during development of the first title.

    It’s also one of only two of those Summons to never appear again in Kingdom Hearts (ignoring remakes and Chain of Memories, which has you re-experience the first game’s events). All the others have since appeared in their own KH world except for Bambi and Dumbo — who may be tricky to add given his story’s reliance on racist stereotypes.

    Given the other part of Nomura’s statement, a Bambi setting would also likely cause development issues. The team would need to create forest animal models for Sora (and his companions) to don in this space — and work out how Sora’s critter form would wield a Keyblade.

    In the same panel, Nomura apparently said he likes to try and include curveball picks in his games, starting with The Nightmare Before Christmas all the way back in KH1. Perhaps I’m merely high on my own supply, but I don't think anything would be more of a curveball than this.

    5. Wreck-it Ralph

    Wreck-it-Ralph characters walking forwards

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Rounding things off with two picks that are a little more sensible, I suspect we’ll see Wreck-It Ralph in Kingdom Hearts 4 — specifically Ralph Breaks the Internet.

    This Disney series has appeared in Kingdom Hearts twice before, once as a Summon in Kingdom Hearts 3, and as a collection of worlds visitable in the mobile spin-off title Unchained-X. So a more full-on inclusion in a mainline entry would fit.

    My belief, however, mostly centers on Yozora: a video game character we see in Verum Rex in the Toy Story world who also appears in KH3’s DLC as a boss you fight in Quadratum — the otherworldly space Sora now finds himself trapped in. The Kingdom Hearts series has played with the idea of digital worlds before, and so perhaps Verum Rex contains a digital version of Quadratum.

    Wreck-It Ralph comes in as the series sees its characters hopping between digital worlds, and could perhaps be a way for Sora’s friends to either find an original ‘true’ copy of Verum Rex, or to somehow locate the real world it is based on. I feel this idea fits better with the internet-hopping second movie, which has its characters hunting down a game as I’ve pitched, and we’ve already seen the first movie recreated in Kingdom Hearts (even if it was via a spin-off).

    6. The Princess and the Frog

    Princess Tiana holding a frog in her hand and smiling in The Princess and the Frog.

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Lastly, I think we’ll visit New Orleans from The Princess and the Frog.

    The Kingdom Hearts franchise puts special emphasis on Disney’s princesses as so-called Princesses of Heart, and Tiana is a notable example we have yet to see represented in the series. Though my belief yet again comes down to how Sora’s allies need help contacting a friend on the other side, something this movie’s antagonist, Dr. Facilier, is an expert in.

    His use of the power of darkness, even being called the Shadow Man in the movie itself, also feels so superbly Kingdom Hearts that I’m surprised Facillier has yet to feature in the game series — and if Kingdom Hearts 4 sees us playing more as characters other than Sora (which the trailer suggests) this land could be one that’s perfect for Riku to visit given his history.

    I’d also love to see Riku’s reaction to being turned into a frog, or some other Bayou critter, and needing to battle swampy Heartless after a deal he makes with Facillier goes wrong.

    So am I on the money or trapped in the Realm of Sleep? Vote in my poll, or comment below which world you think is most likely to appear in Kingdom Hearts 4.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/heres-6-kingdom-hearts-4-worlds-i-think-well-see-following-cocos-official-d23-reveal-including-the-one-tetsuya-nomura-has-always-wanted-to-include BL4Tbjc4Upx7ksULP6jGA4 Tue, 18 Aug 2026 03:30:00 +0000 Tue, 18 Aug 2026 08:34:57 +0000 false false false

    Over the weekend, we were treated to Disney’s annual D23 showcase, and while many will be soaking up the major Marvel Cinematic Universe reveals (including the X-Men cast announcement), I was far more interested in the brand-new Kingdom Hearts 4 trailer.

    Not only was the Late 2027 release date set in stone, but it revealed the arrival of Coco to the series and gave us plenty of juicy details about the wider story while still keeping plenty a secret — such as which other worlds we’ll be visiting.

    However, I’ve gone through every detail of the trailers we have so far, as well as comments made by series creator Tetsuya Nomura during a D23 Kingdom Hearts Deep Dive panel, to pick out six worlds I believe are shoo-ins for Kingdom Hearts 4.

    Think I’m right or completely disagree? Vote in my poll at the bottom of the page, or comment below which world you most want to see when Kingdom Hearts 4 releases next year.

    1. Onward

    Onward - Oltre la magia

    (Image credit: Onward - Oltre la magia)

    Based on Coco’s inclusion and the plot details trailers have revealed so far, it is seemingly safe to assume that several Kingdom Hearts 4 worlds will have an afterlife or otherworldly theme. We also know that Donald and Goofy are on a quest to find and contact Sora — and a Disney Pixar film that combines both of these ideas is Onward.

    The 2020 animated adventure follows brothers Ian and Barley Lightfoot (played by Tom Holland and Chris Pratt, respectively) as they set out on a mission to cast a visitation spell so they can speak to their deceased father one last time. A quest I’m sure Sora’s friends would want to join to talk to their lost friend.

    It’s a fantastical setting with plenty of space for magic and combat to suit Kingdom Hearts’ gameplay, and based on its story alone, it makes perfect sense as a world for Sora’s friends to visit. Its release date would also fit well within KH4’s development timeline, which leads me to believe we’ll see Onward as a world in the next game.

    2. Star Wars

    Luke Skywalker grimacing as he holds his green lightsaber in Star Wars Episode VI: Return of the Jedi

    (Image credit: Lucasfilm)

    According to fans, Star Wars has already been revealed in Kingdom Hearts 4’s very first teaser trailer. A forest scene looks exactly like a view from the forest moon of Endor, and there’s also an object that looks distinctly like an AT-ST foot at the edge of a shot. In the most recent trailer, Donald and Goofy are also briefly seen as blue projections that look a lot like Force ghosts.

    I don’t think any more confirmation is needed, frankly. My question is, how does this world fit into Kingdom Hearts 4? Besides just being a cool inclusion fans have been begging for since Disney bought the franchise, that is. Well, I have two theories.

    Perhaps after failing to bring Sora to them in Onward’s world, his friends instead try to reach out to him using the help of someone like Luke Skywalker or Yoda to project a manifestation of themselves to wherever their friend is.

    Alternatively, perhaps knowing that Sora is stuck in Unreality — a realm beyond the regular universe — his friends may try venturing in the Gummi Ship far beyond anywhere they have traveled before; i.e., to a galaxy far, far away

    Regardless of the reason why it appears, I think many safely assume Star Wars will feature in Kingdom Hearts, and I’ll be certain they’re on the money until I’m proven otherwise.

    3. Moana

    An animated girl holds up a paddle with a whale behind her

    (Image credit: Disney )

    There’s one other teaser fans have spotted in previous Kingdom Hearts 4 trailers, but the community is divided over whether it’s for Moana or Elemental. That’s because all we’ve seen is a Keyblade design blending fire/lava and water, which could fit with either of these stories.

    I was previously on the Elemental side of the aisle, but I’m changing my tune. Admittedly, my actual belief is we’ll see both, but if it must be either/or, I’m now leaning towards Moana.

    The driving factor is the theme of the underworld/afterlife. While one character does seemingly sacrifice themself in Elemental the afterlife isn’t a core part of the movie — but in Moana we do visit the underworld in the form of Lalotai.

    It’s more a realm of monsters than a place of the undead, but it still makes sense as a place for Sora’s friends to look to find him, and the neon underwater fluorescence would be a beautiful environment to explore with interesting, unique Heartless designs to battle against.

    Tamatoa would also be the perfect final boss.

    Admittedly this theory butts up against the keyblade’s design as it would maybe look more like treasure from Tamatoa’s horde than of the fiery aspect of Te Fiti -– Te Kā — creating havoc for the watery world above, but as I said before I believe we’ll see both Elemental and Moana; Moana for its underworld, and Elemental as a palette cleanser that suits KH’s wider themes but isn’t directly associated with the otherworldliness we’re assuming will be present in most worlds.

    Wade and Ember smile at each other Pixar's Elemental movie

    (Image credit: Pixar/Disney)

    4. Bambi

    During D23’s Kingdom Hearts panel, series creator Tetsuya Nomura let slip that another Kingdom Hearts 4 world will be one he has always wanted to include. In fact, it was almost in Kingdom Hearts 3 but was cut because of development issues.

    Now, the internet has pointed to Cars as this secret world. KH3 leaks from a few years ago seem to prove the Pixar franchise was in consideration for long enough to be referenced in a demo version of the game.

    However, despite this evidence, I have a different pick based on Nomura’s “always” comment — if taken literally, it would need to be a Disney franchise older than 2002 (when KH1 was released), which 2006’s Cars isn’t.

    But Bambi is.

    Bambi

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Besides its age, Bambi ticks a few boxes that make it a prime candidate for inclusion in the series, KH4 specifically. It’s a story about friendship (a core Kingdom Hearts theme), but also the loss of loved ones, which is a key aspect in this next installment of the Disney meets Square Enix franchise.

    Bambi has also appeared in Kingdom Hearts before: as a Summon in the very first game. Clearly, the source material was on Nomura’s mind during development of the first title.

    It’s also one of only two of those Summons to never appear again in Kingdom Hearts (ignoring remakes and Chain of Memories, which has you re-experience the first game’s events). All the others have since appeared in their own KH world except for Bambi and Dumbo — who may be tricky to add given his story’s reliance on racist stereotypes.

    Given the other part of Nomura’s statement, a Bambi setting would also likely cause development issues. The team would need to create forest animal models for Sora (and his companions) to don in this space — and work out how Sora’s critter form would wield a Keyblade.

    In the same panel, Nomura apparently said he likes to try and include curveball picks in his games, starting with The Nightmare Before Christmas all the way back in KH1. Perhaps I’m merely high on my own supply, but I don't think anything would be more of a curveball than this.

    5. Wreck-it Ralph

    Wreck-it-Ralph characters walking forwards

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Rounding things off with two picks that are a little more sensible, I suspect we’ll see Wreck-It Ralph in Kingdom Hearts 4 — specifically Ralph Breaks the Internet.

    This Disney series has appeared in Kingdom Hearts twice before, once as a Summon in Kingdom Hearts 3, and as a collection of worlds visitable in the mobile spin-off title Unchained-X. So a more full-on inclusion in a mainline entry would fit.

    My belief, however, mostly centers on Yozora: a video game character we see in Verum Rex in the Toy Story world who also appears in KH3’s DLC as a boss you fight in Quadratum — the otherworldly space Sora now finds himself trapped in. The Kingdom Hearts series has played with the idea of digital worlds before, and so perhaps Verum Rex contains a digital version of Quadratum.

    Wreck-It Ralph comes in as the series sees its characters hopping between digital worlds, and could perhaps be a way for Sora’s friends to either find an original ‘true’ copy of Verum Rex, or to somehow locate the real world it is based on. I feel this idea fits better with the internet-hopping second movie, which has its characters hunting down a game as I’ve pitched, and we’ve already seen the first movie recreated in Kingdom Hearts (even if it was via a spin-off).

    6. The Princess and the Frog

    Princess Tiana holding a frog in her hand and smiling in The Princess and the Frog.

    (Image credit: Disney)

    Lastly, I think we’ll visit New Orleans from The Princess and the Frog.

    The Kingdom Hearts franchise puts special emphasis on Disney’s princesses as so-called Princesses of Heart, and Tiana is a notable example we have yet to see represented in the series. Though my belief yet again comes down to how Sora’s allies need help contacting a friend on the other side, something this movie’s antagonist, Dr. Facilier, is an expert in.

    His use of the power of darkness, even being called the Shadow Man in the movie itself, also feels so superbly Kingdom Hearts that I’m surprised Facillier has yet to feature in the game series — and if Kingdom Hearts 4 sees us playing more as characters other than Sora (which the trailer suggests) this land could be one that’s perfect for Riku to visit given his history.

    I’d also love to see Riku’s reaction to being turned into a frog, or some other Bayou critter, and needing to battle swampy Heartless after a deal he makes with Facillier goes wrong.

    So am I on the money or trapped in the Realm of Sleep? Vote in my poll, or comment below which world you think is most likely to appear in Kingdom Hearts 4.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Xenoblade Chronicles 2's Nintendo Switch 2 edition could have been perfection — but unending menus left me burning with rage like Pyra ]]> I made the original Nintendo Switch my opportunity to experience a wider breadth of the titles in the Japanese company’s repertoire; moving past simply the latest Super Mario or Legend of Zelda story and into the entries I only knew about through Super Smash Bros. Among this list of experiments was Xenoblade Chronicles 2.

    My complete lack of knowledge about the first game thankfully didn’t hold me back (outside of a not overly important detail in the ending) from mastering the Blades-based combat system and finishing Rex and Pyra’s quest.

    Unfortunately, the melodramatic story, staccato cutscenes, and some general tediousness to side-quests and menu management meant I exited the Xenoblade franchise; content with what I had sampled but with no desire to order a second course.

    Despite that initial assessment, the series and this game specifically have re-entered my life through the Nintendo Switch 2 edition — a standalone title for newcomers, or upgrade pack for returning players — as Nintendo works to bring the Xenoblade Chronicles trilogy to its latest console.

    With Xenoblade Chronicles 2’s enhanced edition comes visual updates — specifically the promise of 4K resolution and 60 frames per second (fps) in docked mode, and full-HD 60fps in handheld — plus a few minor new content treats.

    The trouble is the update misses a few much-needed improvements that would turn this undeniably definitive way to play XC2 into the perfect way to experience the adventure I had hoped it would be,

    Pyra fighting off another blade

    A battle for the Aegis (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Back to basics

    Just like previous Switch 2 refreshes, we’ve seen the story and gameplay remain almost entirely unchanged.

    As with the Switch version, protagonist Rex yet again finds himself the Driver of a powerful and sought-after blade known as the Aegis — or Pyra as she prefers to call herself — following a salvaging gig-gone-wrong. And after saving his life, the pair venture out together with the goal of reaching Elysium — a place which could hold the answers to the troubles facing the world of Alrest, such as the steady decline of its Titans.

    On this quest, Rex and his allies recruit Blades (living weapons) who fight alongside them. Most are obtained through gacha-style Cores that spit out either unique rare or generic common Blades — purchased using in-game currency. You can also find rare blades through special crystals obtained through completing specific objectives meaning progress isn’t entirely luck-based.

    Momo from Xenoblade Chronicles 2 Switch 2 edition

    Momo is the Switch 2 exclusive Blade (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Among these guaranteed unlocks is the Switch 2 exclusive Blade Momo. She’s a healer-class given to the player about halfway through Chapter 2 and has the special ability to change her attribute between Light and Dark. I’ve had a blast using her and her bunny ball weapon, though it seems she’s a solid starting-out ally and not a Blade that’ll carry all the way into the post-game.

    Every Blade has its own weapon, attribute, role, and moveset. Finding and building a synergistic collection of Blades for each character will help massively with challenging combats, though I never found it essential to complete the main story.

    Xenoblade Chronicles 2’s Blades combat is also much the same as it was before.

    Characters and their Blade will automatically attack their target when in range while more powerful moves (known as Arts) charge up. Using Arts will then charge your Special attack, and these Special attacks can be chained in a specific order to pull off devastating combos.

    There’s a few other mechanics at play on top of this, and admittedly XC2 can feel like that board game your friend swears isn’t as complex as the dozens of pages-long rule book implies — you’ll learn a lot be doing, but I feel the game’s explanations could be snappier and more effective (the tutorial can be a slog, and even on my replay I left it feeling not entirely confident until I checked out a guide online).

    Xenoblade Chronicles 2 characters fighting a bird

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    That said, the auto-battle nature and recharge time on Arts makes XC2’s combat feel very turn-based in gameplay while being real-time in nature. If you find fast-paced action games inaccessible but are tired of turn-based combat, I suspect the slower pace of XC2 could be a happy middle ground for you.

    It’s not all old stuff gameplay-wise. The Switch 2 edition also includes the brand-new Merc Assault mode.

    In the original, Merc Missions are a passive way to use your unequipped Blades to complete tasks and earn rewards. The passive option gameplay remains; however, Assault mode, once unlocked, allows you to actively control blades while they’re out on a subset of these missions.

    You’ll get additional Core Crystal, EXP, Gold, and other rewards as a bonus for taking a more active part in the mission.

    I’d say it’s a fun novelty and is a lot quicker than waiting the time for a passive Merc Mission to complete (assuming you’re successful), but It’s not an all-out upgrade on what came before.

    Filling frustration

    Morag diverting first with her sword

    Couldn't have said it better myself (Image credit: Nintendo)

    “Not an all-out upgrade” describes much of how I felt about the rest of the game. Because despite being the community’s most common gripe with the original, the Switch 2 update doesn’t do much to solve the general tedium present in Xenoblade Chronicles 2.

    There are so many different menus and tutorial screens tied to different buttons rather than being consolidated to one or two places, and far too frequently there’s no easy way — or, in the case of Tiger! Tiger!’s menu, any way — to quickly back out of the menu if you accidentally enter it. This forces you to click through multiple screens to finally exit (or, in the worst instances, exit and then re-enter if you fall into the spiralling trap of button mashing in your frustration only to over-mash and get caught in an unending menu cycle).

    Speaking of that Tiger! Tiger! minigame, much like the original, there's also no way to swiftly reset it, making the quest to complete perfect runs (which are needed for some character upgrade requirements) that little bit more laborious than it needs to be.

    You can’t even mass sell items from your inventory, or mass release Blades if your collection is bursting with common duds. I’d also love the option to open Core Crystals in bulk and just choose the Blades I want to keep, releasing the rest.

    I’d also have hoped something could be done to improve the flow of cutscenes, as the odd gaps between characters speaking can make conversations feel noticeably disjointed, or maybe just add voice acting to a few scenes that lack it.

    What’s perhaps worst of all is it’s not like the original’s tedium hasn’t been touched at all.

    Rex and Pyra fighting a bug

    It feels like I'm still playing this earlier draft of the game at times (Image credit: Monolith Soft)

    Field skills have been fixed so that you no longer need the Blade actively in your party, just in your collection, for it to aid with in-world interactions like breaking into chests or harvesting more goodies from collection points.

    Interacting with collection points also looks to have been sped up, letting you more quickly collect resources.

    Clearly some identified issues were addressed by the update, but too many more were missed.

    Quality of life changes aren’t as flashy as new characters or game modes, but when they were such a frustrating part of Xenoblade Chronicles 2 on the Switch, I can’t help but feel like these small improvements would be perfect for the Switch 2 enhancement.

    Not just perfect for, but expected from such an upgrade.

    For new Switch 2 players, this enhanced edition is of course the one to opt for now that it’s available. As for returning players, while the update is neat, I’m not convinced it’s worth picking up unless you’re a Xenoblade diehard who has been wanting an excuse to replay the game since launch.

    That’s not me. While I've experienced some slight nostalgia on this jaunt, I’m ready to leave Xenoblade behind once more.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/xenoblade-chronicles-2s-nintendo-switch-2-edition-could-have-been-perfection-but-unending-menus-left-me-burning-with-rage-like-pyra fog5aYYrixxDNKWWsJ9nRV Sun, 16 Aug 2026 03:00:00 +0000 false false false

    I made the original Nintendo Switch my opportunity to experience a wider breadth of the titles in the Japanese company’s repertoire; moving past simply the latest Super Mario or Legend of Zelda story and into the entries I only knew about through Super Smash Bros. Among this list of experiments was Xenoblade Chronicles 2.

    My complete lack of knowledge about the first game thankfully didn’t hold me back (outside of a not overly important detail in the ending) from mastering the Blades-based combat system and finishing Rex and Pyra’s quest.

    Unfortunately, the melodramatic story, staccato cutscenes, and some general tediousness to side-quests and menu management meant I exited the Xenoblade franchise; content with what I had sampled but with no desire to order a second course.

    Despite that initial assessment, the series and this game specifically have re-entered my life through the Nintendo Switch 2 edition — a standalone title for newcomers, or upgrade pack for returning players — as Nintendo works to bring the Xenoblade Chronicles trilogy to its latest console.

    With Xenoblade Chronicles 2’s enhanced edition comes visual updates — specifically the promise of 4K resolution and 60 frames per second (fps) in docked mode, and full-HD 60fps in handheld — plus a few minor new content treats.

    The trouble is the update misses a few much-needed improvements that would turn this undeniably definitive way to play XC2 into the perfect way to experience the adventure I had hoped it would be,

    Pyra fighting off another blade

    A battle for the Aegis (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Back to basics

    Just like previous Switch 2 refreshes, we’ve seen the story and gameplay remain almost entirely unchanged.

    As with the Switch version, protagonist Rex yet again finds himself the Driver of a powerful and sought-after blade known as the Aegis — or Pyra as she prefers to call herself — following a salvaging gig-gone-wrong. And after saving his life, the pair venture out together with the goal of reaching Elysium — a place which could hold the answers to the troubles facing the world of Alrest, such as the steady decline of its Titans.

    On this quest, Rex and his allies recruit Blades (living weapons) who fight alongside them. Most are obtained through gacha-style Cores that spit out either unique rare or generic common Blades — purchased using in-game currency. You can also find rare blades through special crystals obtained through completing specific objectives meaning progress isn’t entirely luck-based.

    Momo from Xenoblade Chronicles 2 Switch 2 edition

    Momo is the Switch 2 exclusive Blade (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Among these guaranteed unlocks is the Switch 2 exclusive Blade Momo. She’s a healer-class given to the player about halfway through Chapter 2 and has the special ability to change her attribute between Light and Dark. I’ve had a blast using her and her bunny ball weapon, though it seems she’s a solid starting-out ally and not a Blade that’ll carry all the way into the post-game.

    Every Blade has its own weapon, attribute, role, and moveset. Finding and building a synergistic collection of Blades for each character will help massively with challenging combats, though I never found it essential to complete the main story.

    Xenoblade Chronicles 2’s Blades combat is also much the same as it was before.

    Characters and their Blade will automatically attack their target when in range while more powerful moves (known as Arts) charge up. Using Arts will then charge your Special attack, and these Special attacks can be chained in a specific order to pull off devastating combos.

    There’s a few other mechanics at play on top of this, and admittedly XC2 can feel like that board game your friend swears isn’t as complex as the dozens of pages-long rule book implies — you’ll learn a lot be doing, but I feel the game’s explanations could be snappier and more effective (the tutorial can be a slog, and even on my replay I left it feeling not entirely confident until I checked out a guide online).

    Xenoblade Chronicles 2 characters fighting a bird

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    That said, the auto-battle nature and recharge time on Arts makes XC2’s combat feel very turn-based in gameplay while being real-time in nature. If you find fast-paced action games inaccessible but are tired of turn-based combat, I suspect the slower pace of XC2 could be a happy middle ground for you.

    It’s not all old stuff gameplay-wise. The Switch 2 edition also includes the brand-new Merc Assault mode.

    In the original, Merc Missions are a passive way to use your unequipped Blades to complete tasks and earn rewards. The passive option gameplay remains; however, Assault mode, once unlocked, allows you to actively control blades while they’re out on a subset of these missions.

    You’ll get additional Core Crystal, EXP, Gold, and other rewards as a bonus for taking a more active part in the mission.

    I’d say it’s a fun novelty and is a lot quicker than waiting the time for a passive Merc Mission to complete (assuming you’re successful), but It’s not an all-out upgrade on what came before.

    Filling frustration

    Morag diverting first with her sword

    Couldn't have said it better myself (Image credit: Nintendo)

    “Not an all-out upgrade” describes much of how I felt about the rest of the game. Because despite being the community’s most common gripe with the original, the Switch 2 update doesn’t do much to solve the general tedium present in Xenoblade Chronicles 2.

    There are so many different menus and tutorial screens tied to different buttons rather than being consolidated to one or two places, and far too frequently there’s no easy way — or, in the case of Tiger! Tiger!’s menu, any way — to quickly back out of the menu if you accidentally enter it. This forces you to click through multiple screens to finally exit (or, in the worst instances, exit and then re-enter if you fall into the spiralling trap of button mashing in your frustration only to over-mash and get caught in an unending menu cycle).

    Speaking of that Tiger! Tiger! minigame, much like the original, there's also no way to swiftly reset it, making the quest to complete perfect runs (which are needed for some character upgrade requirements) that little bit more laborious than it needs to be.

    You can’t even mass sell items from your inventory, or mass release Blades if your collection is bursting with common duds. I’d also love the option to open Core Crystals in bulk and just choose the Blades I want to keep, releasing the rest.

    I’d also have hoped something could be done to improve the flow of cutscenes, as the odd gaps between characters speaking can make conversations feel noticeably disjointed, or maybe just add voice acting to a few scenes that lack it.

    What’s perhaps worst of all is it’s not like the original’s tedium hasn’t been touched at all.

    Rex and Pyra fighting a bug

    It feels like I'm still playing this earlier draft of the game at times (Image credit: Monolith Soft)

    Field skills have been fixed so that you no longer need the Blade actively in your party, just in your collection, for it to aid with in-world interactions like breaking into chests or harvesting more goodies from collection points.

    Interacting with collection points also looks to have been sped up, letting you more quickly collect resources.

    Clearly some identified issues were addressed by the update, but too many more were missed.

    Quality of life changes aren’t as flashy as new characters or game modes, but when they were such a frustrating part of Xenoblade Chronicles 2 on the Switch, I can’t help but feel like these small improvements would be perfect for the Switch 2 enhancement.

    Not just perfect for, but expected from such an upgrade.

    For new Switch 2 players, this enhanced edition is of course the one to opt for now that it’s available. As for returning players, while the update is neat, I’m not convinced it’s worth picking up unless you’re a Xenoblade diehard who has been wanting an excuse to replay the game since launch.

    That’s not me. While I've experienced some slight nostalgia on this jaunt, I’m ready to leave Xenoblade behind once more.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Exclusive: 'If we're going to do it half-assed, let's not do it at all' — Co-founder reveals how a Batman chair changed Secretlab forever ]]> Founded in 2014 by competitive Starcraft 2 players Ian Ang and Alaric Choo, Secretlab has steadily grown from one of Singapore’s countless plucky start-ups to one of the most recognizable gaming chair brands in the world.

    The award-winning Secretlab Titan Evo 2022 is its flagship product (named one of the best gaming chairs on the market in our review). The brand also manufactures a successful line of desks and this year branched into the productivity-focused task chair market with its new Atlas model.

    Special edition gear has steadily become a key part of the offering as well. Shoppers can scoop up officially licensed products tied to some of the biggest games like Overwatch and Cyberpunk 2077, massive multimedia franchises including Pokémon and Warhammer, popular esports teams, or even luxury car brands McLaren and Lamborghini.

    But it all began with a certain caped crusader.

    The Batman blueprint

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future

    “I chose Batman at the start,” Choo, who also heads the company’s partnerships, explains as I relax on a sofa in his corner office at the brand’s HQ. A pile of material samples amassed over years of research and development sits on the glass coffee table in front of me: strips of bright orange fabric designed to look like Dragon Ball hero Goku’s iconic robes, a moulded plate inspired by the front of a supercar, a detailed print of the Marauder's Map from Harry Potter, and countless other items.

    “We were much smaller back then, so we didn't have many options, but Batman was such a huge IP, and I just felt like it made sense for us,” he continues. This was nine years ago and, although other gaming furniture brands have embraced similar collaborations in the years since, Choo says a crossover gaming chair was a novel idea at the time.

    “DC was kind of like, 'we have a lot of license categories. We have everything. We have figures, we have statues, we have cups, we have shirts and bags, but we've never done a chair.’"

    In such uncharted territory, Choo reckons that it took a whole year to work out how to approach the product’s design. “It sounds obvious now: a Batman chair is black, right? But do you go with the iconic Batman, where it's a yellow logo and retro? We were coming off the armor and whatnot — the [Dark Knight] movie was out at the time, so we went that direction.”

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.

    (Image credit: Future)

    “We were thinking about what Batman would sit in; what chair would he have in his bat cave?” reveals Choo. The final design is sleek and understated, adorned with a subtle bat emblem and a carbon-fiber-like pattern. It looks like something that could exist in the world of comics, and this approach immediately resonated not just with franchise owner Warner Bros. but also with consumers.

    Warner Bros. entered Secretlab in the 2021 Licensing International Excellence Awards, where it won ‘Best Licensed Product’ in the home décor category, and the chair remains one of the company’s most popular designs. It even caught the attention of Batman artist Jim Lee, who snuck the Secretlab logo onto the hero’s personal seat in Batman comic book issue #159.

    “It was crazy. [A picture of the panel] was just sent to us randomly,” laughs Choo. “I bought three copies: I kept one for myself. I sent one to the guy that's in charge of Warner Bros. in Singapore, and then the third one I showed my mom.”

    Becoming the experts

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    The success of the Batman chair gave Secretlab plenty of reason to pursue future collaborations, and informed how it approaches each one to this day. “We don't want to just put logos on things and call it a day. We want to go in depth. We want to know the lore,” begins Choo.

    Whether it's poring over comic book panels, diving into video games, or watching all the movies or cartoons in a particular series, the team isn’t afraid to go deep into the source material of any intellectual property they are working with. “If we weren't originally fans of the IP before, we become experts,” he adds.

    Choo does admit there are occasions when this isn’t possible though, like the build-up to a new release where details are kept under wraps: “Sometimes we're designing stuff with very little information. We don't like to do that, but sometimes we have to do it.”

    Walking around the company’s global headquarters, it’s easy to see that employees are encouraged not to shy away from the properties they love. Desks are covered in figurines and other collectibles based on a wide range of games, comic books, manga, movies, and more. Even Choo’s own space is adorned with nerdy memorabilia.

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future

    “All the IP that we work with, even currently, a lot of it is stuff that we are very, very passionate about. “I'm a Pokémon fan, so I don't just want to put whatever on a chair. I want to go deep into it with them; I want to collaborate at a high level. I want to come up with, like, assembly manuals that have custom art and that kind of thing,” he continues, gesturing to a colorful Genshin Impact print.

    Secretlab currently has three separate Pokémon chair designs inspired by Pikachu, Gengar, and Eevee. You might assume that choosing which characters to base designs on is a simple popularity contest. Still, Choo argues that the team is actually more concerned with coming up with ideas that are unique and fit Secretlab’s premium brand image.

    “Sometimes a popular Pokémon doesn't have a good color scheme, for example, and it would be off brand for us. We also need to think about Pokémon's guidelines as well; it's one of those things where there are so many rules,” he explains. “If it's all color, then it's too loud as well. Only a kid would want it. How do I make it tasteful in a way where an older fan can have it in their house, and it will be a good fit?

    Consistent quality

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Secretlab collaborations are characterized by a careful attention to detail, with intricate design elements that often incorporate new materials and manufacturing techniques.

    “I think we've always gone all out on all of our collabs,” says Choo. “We have certain manufacturing methods that have become more viable to use. One of the things that we talk about a lot is the embroidery. It's something that I think companies don't like to use because it's very expensive. It's very time-consuming. We have certain panels that can take seven, eight hours to do.”

    We've always gone all out on all of our collabs

    Alaric Choo, co-founder and technical & partnerships director at Secretlab

    Secretlab’s crossovers with luxury car brands stand out as perhaps the most materially complex in its portfolio. The most premium Automobili Lamborghini editions, for example, are decked out in the same Dinamica microsuede material found on high-end car dashboards and lightweight carbon fiber plating.

    “Lamborghini is one of the greatest luxury names, so we were thinking about how we can elevate the partnership,” Choo explains as I examine a sturdy black panel from the table. “When we look at Lamborghinis, there is a lot of carbon fiber usage. The weave that they use and how they put it together — carbon fiber is a pain in the ass to work with. It's like you're layering different sheets, and it bubbles very easily.

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    “When we did it, we looked at the shape of the carbon fiber on Lamborghini cars, and we were like, ‘We think that this is it.’ We had to come up with a mounting method and learn to use carbon fiber. Obviously, we used it sometimes in certain prototypes, but we hadn’t actually mass-produced it, so it was a first for us.”

    Creating new manufacturing processes and tools can be expensive, but Choo isn’t worried that the added cost could hurt profits. “It may not always directly translate financially, but we don't think about things in so much of the short term,” he says. “In the overall term, it pays off that when we do something, we do it properly. I think that's the main point for us: if we're going to do it half-assed, let's not do it at all.”

    He thinks that consumers appreciate the overall “consistency” and have come to expect a lot of effort from the brand: “Holding yourself to a very high standard pays off over time.”

    A privately held company, Secretlab can afford to invest in developing this kind of relationship with consumers in a way that some of its biggest competitors perhaps can’t. With the company’s value estimated to be nearing the billion-dollar mark back in 2021, Choo’s long-term thinking is obviously paying off.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/co-founder-reveals-how-a-batman-chair-changed-secretlab-forever LKWANcxmFVnDaJtca6qXhM Sat, 15 Aug 2026 18:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Founded in 2014 by competitive Starcraft 2 players Ian Ang and Alaric Choo, Secretlab has steadily grown from one of Singapore’s countless plucky start-ups to one of the most recognizable gaming chair brands in the world.

    The award-winning Secretlab Titan Evo 2022 is its flagship product (named one of the best gaming chairs on the market in our review). The brand also manufactures a successful line of desks and this year branched into the productivity-focused task chair market with its new Atlas model.

    Special edition gear has steadily become a key part of the offering as well. Shoppers can scoop up officially licensed products tied to some of the biggest games like Overwatch and Cyberpunk 2077, massive multimedia franchises including Pokémon and Warhammer, popular esports teams, or even luxury car brands McLaren and Lamborghini.

    But it all began with a certain caped crusader.

    The Batman blueprint

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future

    “I chose Batman at the start,” Choo, who also heads the company’s partnerships, explains as I relax on a sofa in his corner office at the brand’s HQ. A pile of material samples amassed over years of research and development sits on the glass coffee table in front of me: strips of bright orange fabric designed to look like Dragon Ball hero Goku’s iconic robes, a moulded plate inspired by the front of a supercar, a detailed print of the Marauder's Map from Harry Potter, and countless other items.

    “We were much smaller back then, so we didn't have many options, but Batman was such a huge IP, and I just felt like it made sense for us,” he continues. This was nine years ago and, although other gaming furniture brands have embraced similar collaborations in the years since, Choo says a crossover gaming chair was a novel idea at the time.

    “DC was kind of like, 'we have a lot of license categories. We have everything. We have figures, we have statues, we have cups, we have shirts and bags, but we've never done a chair.’"

    In such uncharted territory, Choo reckons that it took a whole year to work out how to approach the product’s design. “It sounds obvious now: a Batman chair is black, right? But do you go with the iconic Batman, where it's a yellow logo and retro? We were coming off the armor and whatnot — the [Dark Knight] movie was out at the time, so we went that direction.”

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.

    (Image credit: Future)

    “We were thinking about what Batman would sit in; what chair would he have in his bat cave?” reveals Choo. The final design is sleek and understated, adorned with a subtle bat emblem and a carbon-fiber-like pattern. It looks like something that could exist in the world of comics, and this approach immediately resonated not just with franchise owner Warner Bros. but also with consumers.

    Warner Bros. entered Secretlab in the 2021 Licensing International Excellence Awards, where it won ‘Best Licensed Product’ in the home décor category, and the chair remains one of the company’s most popular designs. It even caught the attention of Batman artist Jim Lee, who snuck the Secretlab logo onto the hero’s personal seat in Batman comic book issue #159.

    “It was crazy. [A picture of the panel] was just sent to us randomly,” laughs Choo. “I bought three copies: I kept one for myself. I sent one to the guy that's in charge of Warner Bros. in Singapore, and then the third one I showed my mom.”

    Becoming the experts

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    The success of the Batman chair gave Secretlab plenty of reason to pursue future collaborations, and informed how it approaches each one to this day. “We don't want to just put logos on things and call it a day. We want to go in depth. We want to know the lore,” begins Choo.

    Whether it's poring over comic book panels, diving into video games, or watching all the movies or cartoons in a particular series, the team isn’t afraid to go deep into the source material of any intellectual property they are working with. “If we weren't originally fans of the IP before, we become experts,” he adds.

    Choo does admit there are occasions when this isn’t possible though, like the build-up to a new release where details are kept under wraps: “Sometimes we're designing stuff with very little information. We don't like to do that, but sometimes we have to do it.”

    Walking around the company’s global headquarters, it’s easy to see that employees are encouraged not to shy away from the properties they love. Desks are covered in figurines and other collectibles based on a wide range of games, comic books, manga, movies, and more. Even Choo’s own space is adorned with nerdy memorabilia.

    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future
    Limited Edition Secretlab chairs at the company's head office.
    Future

    “All the IP that we work with, even currently, a lot of it is stuff that we are very, very passionate about. “I'm a Pokémon fan, so I don't just want to put whatever on a chair. I want to go deep into it with them; I want to collaborate at a high level. I want to come up with, like, assembly manuals that have custom art and that kind of thing,” he continues, gesturing to a colorful Genshin Impact print.

    Secretlab currently has three separate Pokémon chair designs inspired by Pikachu, Gengar, and Eevee. You might assume that choosing which characters to base designs on is a simple popularity contest. Still, Choo argues that the team is actually more concerned with coming up with ideas that are unique and fit Secretlab’s premium brand image.

    “Sometimes a popular Pokémon doesn't have a good color scheme, for example, and it would be off brand for us. We also need to think about Pokémon's guidelines as well; it's one of those things where there are so many rules,” he explains. “If it's all color, then it's too loud as well. Only a kid would want it. How do I make it tasteful in a way where an older fan can have it in their house, and it will be a good fit?

    Consistent quality

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Secretlab collaborations are characterized by a careful attention to detail, with intricate design elements that often incorporate new materials and manufacturing techniques.

    “I think we've always gone all out on all of our collabs,” says Choo. “We have certain manufacturing methods that have become more viable to use. One of the things that we talk about a lot is the embroidery. It's something that I think companies don't like to use because it's very expensive. It's very time-consuming. We have certain panels that can take seven, eight hours to do.”

    We've always gone all out on all of our collabs

    Alaric Choo, co-founder and technical & partnerships director at Secretlab

    Secretlab’s crossovers with luxury car brands stand out as perhaps the most materially complex in its portfolio. The most premium Automobili Lamborghini editions, for example, are decked out in the same Dinamica microsuede material found on high-end car dashboards and lightweight carbon fiber plating.

    “Lamborghini is one of the greatest luxury names, so we were thinking about how we can elevate the partnership,” Choo explains as I examine a sturdy black panel from the table. “When we look at Lamborghinis, there is a lot of carbon fiber usage. The weave that they use and how they put it together — carbon fiber is a pain in the ass to work with. It's like you're layering different sheets, and it bubbles very easily.

    Secretlab items photographed at the brand's Singapore HQ.

    (Image credit: Future)

    “When we did it, we looked at the shape of the carbon fiber on Lamborghini cars, and we were like, ‘We think that this is it.’ We had to come up with a mounting method and learn to use carbon fiber. Obviously, we used it sometimes in certain prototypes, but we hadn’t actually mass-produced it, so it was a first for us.”

    Creating new manufacturing processes and tools can be expensive, but Choo isn’t worried that the added cost could hurt profits. “It may not always directly translate financially, but we don't think about things in so much of the short term,” he says. “In the overall term, it pays off that when we do something, we do it properly. I think that's the main point for us: if we're going to do it half-assed, let's not do it at all.”

    He thinks that consumers appreciate the overall “consistency” and have come to expect a lot of effort from the brand: “Holding yourself to a very high standard pays off over time.”

    A privately held company, Secretlab can afford to invest in developing this kind of relationship with consumers in a way that some of its biggest competitors perhaps can’t. With the company’s value estimated to be nearing the billion-dollar mark back in 2021, Choo’s long-term thinking is obviously paying off.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ This massive standing desk is everything I need and more — and best of all the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro won’t demolish your bank account ]]> Standing desks boast a variety of comfort and long-term health benefits over sitting in your chair all day, and if you’re looking for one that won’t just serve as a simple desk but a command center for your setup — be it for working from home, content creation, or gaming, or a mixture of all three — you’ll love the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro, and it's one of the best standing desks we've tested.

    I’ve been testing it for the past couple of months, and this frankly giant station has all the space you could need. My previous gaming desk always felt too cramped, whereas now I have more freedom than I know what to do with. To this end, while the Aero Pro is just fine as a desk only one person will use, it feels especially good for a shared space — I have enough room for all my gear, and whenever I’m not working from home, my partner has been able to easily set up her laptop to work without needing to shove my gear out the way.

    Despite its size, this desk feels supremely stable, even at its max height. I’ve gone as far as to shake the desk a fair amount, and I never had any fear it would collapse and destroy my home setup.

    Adjusting the desk’s height is as easy as pushing a button to control the electric motors, and with memory presets it’s no trouble at all to adjust the desk between your preferred settings.

    My only gripes are that the lighting it boasts is a tad lackluster and that the price, while more than reasonable for what you get, pushes this desk firmly out of the affordable tier. The size is also something of a double-edged sword — the Aero Pro can consume a more compact room.

    That said, if you're looking to pick up a standing desk that’s spacious enough for pretty much any setup, and will encourage you to not stay seated all day, then the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro is one to keep your eyes on.

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro's main desk with a notebook and MTG deck

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Price and Availability

    • Prices start at $619 (around £460 / AU$865)
    • Only available in the US, but does ship to the UK
    • Multiple sizes and material choices available

    Premium gaming desks, especially standing desks, don’t come cheap, but the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro comes in at a decidedly mid-range price point despite its impressive size and useful features.

    The more affordable 63"x23" size option will set you back $619 (around £460 / AU$865), while the larger 72"x23" model I’ve been testing starts at $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115) — with solid wood designs costing more than the MDF alternatives if you’re after something with a little extra style and durability.

    The larger size doesn’t just boast more main desk space; it comes with a pull-out under-shelf for your keyboard and mouse, which offers added ergonomic comfort — otherwise both designs are identical in terms of their shape.

    As for availability, Eureka Ergonomics primarily sells to the United States, though they do have retail partners in the UK and select European companies — unfortunately, they don’t sell their desks in Australia, so you’re out of luck there for the Aero Pro and the company’s other designs.

    • Value score: 4.5/5

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Specs

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    Price

    $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115)

    Height

    29.5-48in / 75-122cm

    Load capacity

    220lbs / 100kg

    Material

    Alloy Steel frame, wood top material

    Dimensions (H x W x D)

    29.5-48in x 72in x 30in / 75-122cm x 183cm x 76.2cm

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro's undershelf lighting

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Design

    • Lots of usable space across multiple levels
    • Shelves for up to a three monitor setup
    • Lighting is a let down

    The wing-shaped Aero Pro from Eureka Ergonomics feels at times less like a standing desk and more like a standing station — especially if you opt for the larger 72x23 inch model I’ve been testing. The huge size is more than you could ever need for gaming, working, or streaming, and the winged shape’s slight curve immerses you in your chosen setup (though it’s in an approachable way, rather than seeming like your desk might swallow you whole).

    What compounds the sense of spaciousness this desk provides is that not only are you treated to a massive main desk space — which offers plenty of room for a laptop, a desktop music setup, your notebooks, or a playmat for an online TCG match — but you also have a trio of monitor shelves at your disposal.

    These are ideal for, well, monitors but also your PC speakers, or something like a streaming setup. I have a dual-monitor setup across two, with my mic, prompter and light attached to the third shelf. On smaller desks this practical but busy setup has felt crowded, but with the Aero Pro I have it all set up neatly with plenty of room left over — my desk feels usable, not cluttered.

    This spaciousness also means the desk can easily serve as a shared space. I don’t mean two people using it at once, but when I’ve not been working from home, my partner has found she can come and use this standing desk with no trouble; there’s all the room she could need to set up her laptop without needing to disassemble or move my gear. When I come home, I can just close the laptop lid and get back to using my PC.

    Part of this lack of clutter is helped by the larger Aero Pro model’s other upgrade: its fourth shelf. This adjustable one slides out from underneath the desk and is ideal for your keyboard and mouse. I’ve found it helps me find the comfort sweet spot for my PC peripherals, and again keeps the main desk clutter-free.

    A mug in the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro cup holder

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Whichever size you choose, the Aero Pro comes with a couple of extra design features that range from just fine to very useful. Under the desk you’ll find a hanging controller station on the left which supports a pair of handsets, a cupholder on the right for which I have yet to find a cup/mug/glass that it isn’t an ideal size for, and a pair of brackets which are a massive help for cable management — I use them to support my monitor’s power cable bricks.

    Speaking of, I appreciated the various cable management solutions the desk comes with. My current setup isn’t perfect, but I have plenty of tools to make it better, and the only part I feel I’m missing is a bracket to hang my desktop from the desk so that the changing height doesn’t put as much strain on my HDMI cables.

    On the desk itself are a pair of small troughs which are perfect for propping up a phone or tablet. Plus, with the small holes in the bottom to run a USB-C cable through, you can charge your gadget up while it’s docked in the desk.

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Lastly, there’s under-shelf lighting, though it’s nothing to write home about. It’s a tad annoying to turn/off or change, and even when you do get it working, the lighting isn’t all that bright — limiting their usefulness and aesthetic appeal.

    When it comes to assembling this desk, the instructions are easy enough to follow, but I’d highly recommend building this desk in as clear a space as possible, and with a second pair of hands.

    I did successfully build this desk entirely on my own without the need for any additional equipment — all of the tools you’ll need come in the Aero Pro’s box. However, I wish I’d given myself more space to assemble this beast and had an extra hand for a couple of portions of the build. (especially when flipping the desk over).

    • Design score: 5/5

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Features

    • Adjustable height between 29.5 and 48-inches
    • Quiet yet speedy electric motor
    • Three memory options you can set to your preferred heights

    Of course, the core feature of a standing desk is that it can be raised or lowered so you can use it sitting in a gaming chair or while standing upright. For the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro, its lowest height is 29.5 inches, while the max height is 48 inches.

    To change the height, there’s an electric motor that is controlled with a simple panel. The Plus and Minus buttons raise or lower the desk height gradually between its extremes, and there’s a trio of memory options which can be set to three preferred heights — and pressing one of these options after it's set will see the Aero Pro automatically adjust itself to the current position.

    If you’re worried about squashing anything under your desk, there’s a built-in safety sensor that, based on my testing, works effectively at detecting any obstructions. If the Aero Pro does bump into anything, it will retreat to a safe height so you can make necessary adjustments before telling it to descend again.

    Plus the motor is fairly quiet. There's a noticeable whir when it goes, but it’s not especially loud or grating. Though if anyone does find it annoying, the desk’s adjustments are at least fairly speedy.

    The controls for the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)
    • Feature score: 4/5

    Should I buy the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro?

    Buy it if…

    You want a great standing desk at a reasonable price
    This mid-range standing desk option is solid value for money given its size and feature set

    You don’t need fancy aesthetics
    This desk is curved, but otherwise boasts a classic look that I adore.

    You need space
    If your desk setup snakes other stations feel overcrowded, the Aero Pro could be the spacious solution you’ve been after.

    Don’t buy it if…

    You love gamer glow
    If your gaming setup must be infused with RGB glow in every way, this desk’s lighting might not be what you’re after.

    You have a small office
    This desk’s large size is a blessing and a curse. In smaller offices it will take over the room.

    Also consider…

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    Corsair Platform:4

    Secretlab Magnus Pro

    Price

    $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115)

    $699.99 / £799.99 / around AU$1,600 or $899.99 / £999.99 (Elevate) / around AU$2,000

    $799 / £770

    Height

    29.5-48in / 75-122cm

    29in / 74cm (up to 48in / 122cm Elevate)

    25.6-49.2in / 65-125cm

    Load capacity

    220lbs / 100kg

    330lbs / 150kg

    264.6lbs / 120kg

    Material

    Alloy Steel frame, wood top material

    Steel, laminate / birchwood

    Steel, wood fiberboard

    Dimensions

    29.5-48in x 72in x 30in / 75-122cm x 183cm x 76.2cm

    29in / 74cm x 47in / 120cm x 30in / 76cm

    59.1 x 27.6 x 25.6-49.2in / 150 x 70 x 65-125cm

    Corsair Platform:4
    The ultimate high-end gaming desk, ideal for creators and those who crave high-quality materials and Elgato support. It's expensive, yes, but the functionality feels almost endless.

    For more information, check out our full Corsair Platform:4 review

    Secretlab Magnus Pro
    A rival for the Platform:4, but in a Secretlab package? Probably, with exceptional cable management, a great built-in controller, sleek and professional, and with a ton of magnetic accessories, it's seriously slick.

    For more information, check out our full Secretlab Magnus Pro review

    How I tested the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro Standing Desk

    I used this desk in my home office over a couple of months, relying on it every day for my work, PC gaming, and other desk needs. My partner also shares this office with her own desk, and so I got a sense of how it fits into a more compact space — which is to say, it can take over a room.

    As I mentioned earlier in my review, I made sure to assemble this desk entirely on my own to get a sense of how easy/difficult the task is: it’s doable, but getting your partner/housemate/a buddy to lend a hand will make the process a lot smoother.

    First reviewed May 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/eureka-ergonomic-aero-pro-desk-review iCTBexsQNkuSJVqcD4wTnB Sat, 15 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Standing desks boast a variety of comfort and long-term health benefits over sitting in your chair all day, and if you’re looking for one that won’t just serve as a simple desk but a command center for your setup — be it for working from home, content creation, or gaming, or a mixture of all three — you’ll love the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro, and it's one of the best standing desks we've tested.

    I’ve been testing it for the past couple of months, and this frankly giant station has all the space you could need. My previous gaming desk always felt too cramped, whereas now I have more freedom than I know what to do with. To this end, while the Aero Pro is just fine as a desk only one person will use, it feels especially good for a shared space — I have enough room for all my gear, and whenever I’m not working from home, my partner has been able to easily set up her laptop to work without needing to shove my gear out the way.

    Despite its size, this desk feels supremely stable, even at its max height. I’ve gone as far as to shake the desk a fair amount, and I never had any fear it would collapse and destroy my home setup.

    Adjusting the desk’s height is as easy as pushing a button to control the electric motors, and with memory presets it’s no trouble at all to adjust the desk between your preferred settings.

    My only gripes are that the lighting it boasts is a tad lackluster and that the price, while more than reasonable for what you get, pushes this desk firmly out of the affordable tier. The size is also something of a double-edged sword — the Aero Pro can consume a more compact room.

    That said, if you're looking to pick up a standing desk that’s spacious enough for pretty much any setup, and will encourage you to not stay seated all day, then the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro is one to keep your eyes on.

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro's main desk with a notebook and MTG deck

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Price and Availability

    • Prices start at $619 (around £460 / AU$865)
    • Only available in the US, but does ship to the UK
    • Multiple sizes and material choices available

    Premium gaming desks, especially standing desks, don’t come cheap, but the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro comes in at a decidedly mid-range price point despite its impressive size and useful features.

    The more affordable 63"x23" size option will set you back $619 (around £460 / AU$865), while the larger 72"x23" model I’ve been testing starts at $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115) — with solid wood designs costing more than the MDF alternatives if you’re after something with a little extra style and durability.

    The larger size doesn’t just boast more main desk space; it comes with a pull-out under-shelf for your keyboard and mouse, which offers added ergonomic comfort — otherwise both designs are identical in terms of their shape.

    As for availability, Eureka Ergonomics primarily sells to the United States, though they do have retail partners in the UK and select European companies — unfortunately, they don’t sell their desks in Australia, so you’re out of luck there for the Aero Pro and the company’s other designs.

    • Value score: 4.5/5

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Specs

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    Price

    $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115)

    Height

    29.5-48in / 75-122cm

    Load capacity

    220lbs / 100kg

    Material

    Alloy Steel frame, wood top material

    Dimensions (H x W x D)

    29.5-48in x 72in x 30in / 75-122cm x 183cm x 76.2cm

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro's undershelf lighting

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Design

    • Lots of usable space across multiple levels
    • Shelves for up to a three monitor setup
    • Lighting is a let down

    The wing-shaped Aero Pro from Eureka Ergonomics feels at times less like a standing desk and more like a standing station — especially if you opt for the larger 72x23 inch model I’ve been testing. The huge size is more than you could ever need for gaming, working, or streaming, and the winged shape’s slight curve immerses you in your chosen setup (though it’s in an approachable way, rather than seeming like your desk might swallow you whole).

    What compounds the sense of spaciousness this desk provides is that not only are you treated to a massive main desk space — which offers plenty of room for a laptop, a desktop music setup, your notebooks, or a playmat for an online TCG match — but you also have a trio of monitor shelves at your disposal.

    These are ideal for, well, monitors but also your PC speakers, or something like a streaming setup. I have a dual-monitor setup across two, with my mic, prompter and light attached to the third shelf. On smaller desks this practical but busy setup has felt crowded, but with the Aero Pro I have it all set up neatly with plenty of room left over — my desk feels usable, not cluttered.

    This spaciousness also means the desk can easily serve as a shared space. I don’t mean two people using it at once, but when I’ve not been working from home, my partner has found she can come and use this standing desk with no trouble; there’s all the room she could need to set up her laptop without needing to disassemble or move my gear. When I come home, I can just close the laptop lid and get back to using my PC.

    Part of this lack of clutter is helped by the larger Aero Pro model’s other upgrade: its fourth shelf. This adjustable one slides out from underneath the desk and is ideal for your keyboard and mouse. I’ve found it helps me find the comfort sweet spot for my PC peripherals, and again keeps the main desk clutter-free.

    A mug in the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro cup holder

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Whichever size you choose, the Aero Pro comes with a couple of extra design features that range from just fine to very useful. Under the desk you’ll find a hanging controller station on the left which supports a pair of handsets, a cupholder on the right for which I have yet to find a cup/mug/glass that it isn’t an ideal size for, and a pair of brackets which are a massive help for cable management — I use them to support my monitor’s power cable bricks.

    Speaking of, I appreciated the various cable management solutions the desk comes with. My current setup isn’t perfect, but I have plenty of tools to make it better, and the only part I feel I’m missing is a bracket to hang my desktop from the desk so that the changing height doesn’t put as much strain on my HDMI cables.

    On the desk itself are a pair of small troughs which are perfect for propping up a phone or tablet. Plus, with the small holes in the bottom to run a USB-C cable through, you can charge your gadget up while it’s docked in the desk.

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Lastly, there’s under-shelf lighting, though it’s nothing to write home about. It’s a tad annoying to turn/off or change, and even when you do get it working, the lighting isn’t all that bright — limiting their usefulness and aesthetic appeal.

    When it comes to assembling this desk, the instructions are easy enough to follow, but I’d highly recommend building this desk in as clear a space as possible, and with a second pair of hands.

    I did successfully build this desk entirely on my own without the need for any additional equipment — all of the tools you’ll need come in the Aero Pro’s box. However, I wish I’d given myself more space to assemble this beast and had an extra hand for a couple of portions of the build. (especially when flipping the desk over).

    • Design score: 5/5

    The Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro: Features

    • Adjustable height between 29.5 and 48-inches
    • Quiet yet speedy electric motor
    • Three memory options you can set to your preferred heights

    Of course, the core feature of a standing desk is that it can be raised or lowered so you can use it sitting in a gaming chair or while standing upright. For the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro, its lowest height is 29.5 inches, while the max height is 48 inches.

    To change the height, there’s an electric motor that is controlled with a simple panel. The Plus and Minus buttons raise or lower the desk height gradually between its extremes, and there’s a trio of memory options which can be set to three preferred heights — and pressing one of these options after it's set will see the Aero Pro automatically adjust itself to the current position.

    If you’re worried about squashing anything under your desk, there’s a built-in safety sensor that, based on my testing, works effectively at detecting any obstructions. If the Aero Pro does bump into anything, it will retreat to a safe height so you can make necessary adjustments before telling it to descend again.

    Plus the motor is fairly quiet. There's a noticeable whir when it goes, but it’s not especially loud or grating. Though if anyone does find it annoying, the desk’s adjustments are at least fairly speedy.

    The controls for the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    (Image credit: Future / Hamish Hector)
    • Feature score: 4/5

    Should I buy the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro?

    Buy it if…

    You want a great standing desk at a reasonable price
    This mid-range standing desk option is solid value for money given its size and feature set

    You don’t need fancy aesthetics
    This desk is curved, but otherwise boasts a classic look that I adore.

    You need space
    If your desk setup snakes other stations feel overcrowded, the Aero Pro could be the spacious solution you’ve been after.

    Don’t buy it if…

    You love gamer glow
    If your gaming setup must be infused with RGB glow in every way, this desk’s lighting might not be what you’re after.

    You have a small office
    This desk’s large size is a blessing and a curse. In smaller offices it will take over the room.

    Also consider…

    Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro

    Corsair Platform:4

    Secretlab Magnus Pro

    Price

    $799 (around £595 / AU$1,115)

    $699.99 / £799.99 / around AU$1,600 or $899.99 / £999.99 (Elevate) / around AU$2,000

    $799 / £770

    Height

    29.5-48in / 75-122cm

    29in / 74cm (up to 48in / 122cm Elevate)

    25.6-49.2in / 65-125cm

    Load capacity

    220lbs / 100kg

    330lbs / 150kg

    264.6lbs / 120kg

    Material

    Alloy Steel frame, wood top material

    Steel, laminate / birchwood

    Steel, wood fiberboard

    Dimensions

    29.5-48in x 72in x 30in / 75-122cm x 183cm x 76.2cm

    29in / 74cm x 47in / 120cm x 30in / 76cm

    59.1 x 27.6 x 25.6-49.2in / 150 x 70 x 65-125cm

    Corsair Platform:4
    The ultimate high-end gaming desk, ideal for creators and those who crave high-quality materials and Elgato support. It's expensive, yes, but the functionality feels almost endless.

    For more information, check out our full Corsair Platform:4 review

    Secretlab Magnus Pro
    A rival for the Platform:4, but in a Secretlab package? Probably, with exceptional cable management, a great built-in controller, sleek and professional, and with a ton of magnetic accessories, it's seriously slick.

    For more information, check out our full Secretlab Magnus Pro review

    How I tested the Eureka Ergonomic Aero Pro Standing Desk

    I used this desk in my home office over a couple of months, relying on it every day for my work, PC gaming, and other desk needs. My partner also shares this office with her own desk, and so I got a sense of how it fits into a more compact space — which is to say, it can take over a room.

    As I mentioned earlier in my review, I made sure to assemble this desk entirely on my own to get a sense of how easy/difficult the task is: it’s doable, but getting your partner/housemate/a buddy to lend a hand will make the process a lot smoother.

    First reviewed May 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Just as I recovered from my months-long Pokopia fixation, the new Bubbly Basin DLC is here to reel me straight back in ]]> Whether you haven’t played Pokémon Pokopia since the town-builder launched earlier this year or you’ve been waiting to dive in, you might want to mosey on down to your favorite cozy gaming corner and download the free update. Especially when paired with the newly released Expansion Pass, the game (which I already gave five stars, our highest score, and called one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games) reaches new heights. Or rather, depths.

    Bubbly Basin is the first of a three-part DLC package (with parts two and three releasing in late 2026 and sometime in 2027, respectively), bringing a new underwater town based on Cerulean City and a tonne of aquatic Pokémon to discover.

    Facilitating this expansion is a free update that gives Ditto a new ability — Dive — which select Pokémon like Smeargu and Tinkmaster can also learn to help you build and decorate underwater.

    That’s not all that came with the free update; a raft of quality-of-life updates mean most criticisms I had of Pokopia after months of play are next to non-existent.

    Ditto meets Manaphy in Bubbly Basin
    Introductory dialogue remains a real strong-suitFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Staryu in Bubbly Basin
    Pray, tell me more, StaryuFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Barboach in Bubbly Basin
    Crying tears as big as your head must be pretty exhaustingFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Starmie in Bubbly Basin
    Starmie gets philosophicalFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Wugtrio in Bubbly Basin
    No, sir, I am trying to figure out how these spotlights work underwaterFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force

    Under the sea

    But first, let’s start with Bubbly Basin. I’ve spent most of the last week exploring its depths, and for several reasons, it’s my new favorite town in Pokopia.

    I’ve always had a soft spot for Cerulean City, the inspiration behind Bubbly Basin; Misty is one of my favorite characters from the franchise, and I favor water-type Pokémon. Now almost entirely submerged, it’s the perfect playground to explore with the new Dive ability and get creative with underground building.

    Water levels are notoriously a pain across all areas of gaming, but building-based games in particular can suffer (I’m looking at you, Minecraft). Thankfully, Game Freak and Koei Tecmo's Omega Force prove adept at thinking ahead; there are few instances where removing or placing blocks leads to any disruption to the water (glass panes and roof tiles can cause a very brief empty block), and the only time I’ve been able to cause any unseemly flowing water tiles is when messing with the surface layer; even that has been mitigated impressively, though that's another component of the 2.0.0 free update. Navigation, as we’ll touch on in the free updates section, is a doddle once you get to grips with the swimming controls, too.

    Much like Rocky Ridges and Sparkling Skyland, there’s a lot of verticality to the town too, with flooded subterranean tunnels, a few ruins above sea level and new murky depths that need to be lit so you can better take in your surroundings. Amongst the ruins, you’ll find treasure maps that help you locate the six Pokéballs necessary to build Starmie’s habitat, which gives a bit more purpose to the dowsing tool and search abilities.

    Ditto on adventures around Bubbly Basin
    Bubbly Basin definitely feels like one of the most photogenic towns in the gameFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force

    And we lived beneath the waves

    There’s plenty to work through in terms of quests and activities, and it’s really well paced, with 50 new Pokémon and 36 habitats to restore. I’ve especially loved working to connect and re-imagine the various hotspots in Bubbly Basin more than in any other town so far; bridging the deep ravine, tunneling through hillsides and transforming all of its many nooks and crannies into unique dwellings for local Pokémon has never felt more fun.

    It’s probably the best-looking town too; it’s vibrant and teeming with life, and though clearing out the sand is a bit of a pain, it’s at least far less of an eyesore than the compressed junk, ash, and black sludge that plague the base game towns. The new flora follows suit; I can’t wait to put some time into adding coral and the new Seafloor Algae blocks to Bleak Beach and Palette Town to spruce up the somewhat dismal coastlines there, too.

    Two new building and furniture aesthetics are introduced in Bubble Basin, both of which I love: a seashell- and coral-inspired set, but also Japanese temple-themed furniture and building blocks.

    The latter might not feel particularly native to the Cerulean town we know, but one Reddit user speculates it’s a reference to Ryūgū-jō, the mythical undersea palace belonging to the dragon god of the sea in Japanese folklore. It’s a nice touch and brings a great set of new blocks to design with.

    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force

    The best things in life are free

    A huge part of what makes Bubbly Basin so enjoyable is the free updates that came with the 2.0.0 patch, which added a range of quality-of-life features. Dive is fantastically implemented; swimming feels fluid and free, and it’s still super easy to build even without Magnet Rise. It’s really important to pay attention during the tutorial, though; I missed two huge time-saving moves (underwater surf and spinning to sink), which wasted a lot of time.

    There’s much more to it than Dive, though. Now, you can build a safe but also a portal pod, a universal storage system which can be accessed in all locations. I’ve taken to keeping one on me at all times as a kind of backpack-extender, and it’s making moving items between worlds a whole lot easier.

    There are new recipes, new emotes, hair colors, and more paintable items too, but perhaps my favorite additions are the simplest. You can now bulk move items between the storage box and bag, but also delete items placed inside trash cans.

    Some tweaks have been made to annoying in-game quirks, too; if you destroy a Pokémon’s habitat and rebuild it nearby, it’ll move back in of its own accord, you can open your bag and inhale items while using Rollout, and Leafage can now return farm soil to a normal soil block. This, plus a raft of bug fixes, makes the game more frictionless than ever before.

    Such a hearty version 2.0 update so soon after the game’s release is a huge win for Pokopia fans; hype for the game has just barely subsided, and with in-game events being a little middling at best thus far, I for one am hoping this is just the beginning of Game Freak and Omega Force’s plans to keep the game feeling fresh and fun for players old and new. And if Bubbly Basin is anything to go by, the next town (which arrives as the final part of the Expansion Pass next year) could be a magnum opus for Pokopia.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/just-as-i-recovered-from-my-months-long-pokopia-fixation-the-new-bubbly-basin-dlc-is-here-to-reel-me-straight-back-in aVPAADr4YPfxFQ6Wughrn4 Sat, 15 Aug 2026 02:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Whether you haven’t played Pokémon Pokopia since the town-builder launched earlier this year or you’ve been waiting to dive in, you might want to mosey on down to your favorite cozy gaming corner and download the free update. Especially when paired with the newly released Expansion Pass, the game (which I already gave five stars, our highest score, and called one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games) reaches new heights. Or rather, depths.

    Bubbly Basin is the first of a three-part DLC package (with parts two and three releasing in late 2026 and sometime in 2027, respectively), bringing a new underwater town based on Cerulean City and a tonne of aquatic Pokémon to discover.

    Facilitating this expansion is a free update that gives Ditto a new ability — Dive — which select Pokémon like Smeargu and Tinkmaster can also learn to help you build and decorate underwater.

    That’s not all that came with the free update; a raft of quality-of-life updates mean most criticisms I had of Pokopia after months of play are next to non-existent.

    Ditto meets Manaphy in Bubbly Basin
    Introductory dialogue remains a real strong-suitFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Staryu in Bubbly Basin
    Pray, tell me more, StaryuFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Barboach in Bubbly Basin
    Crying tears as big as your head must be pretty exhaustingFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Starmie in Bubbly Basin
    Starmie gets philosophicalFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto meets Wugtrio in Bubbly Basin
    No, sir, I am trying to figure out how these spotlights work underwaterFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force

    Under the sea

    But first, let’s start with Bubbly Basin. I’ve spent most of the last week exploring its depths, and for several reasons, it’s my new favorite town in Pokopia.

    I’ve always had a soft spot for Cerulean City, the inspiration behind Bubbly Basin; Misty is one of my favorite characters from the franchise, and I favor water-type Pokémon. Now almost entirely submerged, it’s the perfect playground to explore with the new Dive ability and get creative with underground building.

    Water levels are notoriously a pain across all areas of gaming, but building-based games in particular can suffer (I’m looking at you, Minecraft). Thankfully, Game Freak and Koei Tecmo's Omega Force prove adept at thinking ahead; there are few instances where removing or placing blocks leads to any disruption to the water (glass panes and roof tiles can cause a very brief empty block), and the only time I’ve been able to cause any unseemly flowing water tiles is when messing with the surface layer; even that has been mitigated impressively, though that's another component of the 2.0.0 free update. Navigation, as we’ll touch on in the free updates section, is a doddle once you get to grips with the swimming controls, too.

    Much like Rocky Ridges and Sparkling Skyland, there’s a lot of verticality to the town too, with flooded subterranean tunnels, a few ruins above sea level and new murky depths that need to be lit so you can better take in your surroundings. Amongst the ruins, you’ll find treasure maps that help you locate the six Pokéballs necessary to build Starmie’s habitat, which gives a bit more purpose to the dowsing tool and search abilities.

    Ditto on adventures around Bubbly Basin
    Bubbly Basin definitely feels like one of the most photogenic towns in the gameFuture / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force

    And we lived beneath the waves

    There’s plenty to work through in terms of quests and activities, and it’s really well paced, with 50 new Pokémon and 36 habitats to restore. I’ve especially loved working to connect and re-imagine the various hotspots in Bubbly Basin more than in any other town so far; bridging the deep ravine, tunneling through hillsides and transforming all of its many nooks and crannies into unique dwellings for local Pokémon has never felt more fun.

    It’s probably the best-looking town too; it’s vibrant and teeming with life, and though clearing out the sand is a bit of a pain, it’s at least far less of an eyesore than the compressed junk, ash, and black sludge that plague the base game towns. The new flora follows suit; I can’t wait to put some time into adding coral and the new Seafloor Algae blocks to Bleak Beach and Palette Town to spruce up the somewhat dismal coastlines there, too.

    Two new building and furniture aesthetics are introduced in Bubble Basin, both of which I love: a seashell- and coral-inspired set, but also Japanese temple-themed furniture and building blocks.

    The latter might not feel particularly native to the Cerulean town we know, but one Reddit user speculates it’s a reference to Ryūgū-jō, the mythical undersea palace belonging to the dragon god of the sea in Japanese folklore. It’s a nice touch and brings a great set of new blocks to design with.

    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force
    Ditto on adventures around Bubble Basin
    Future / Game Freak / Omega Force

    The best things in life are free

    A huge part of what makes Bubbly Basin so enjoyable is the free updates that came with the 2.0.0 patch, which added a range of quality-of-life features. Dive is fantastically implemented; swimming feels fluid and free, and it’s still super easy to build even without Magnet Rise. It’s really important to pay attention during the tutorial, though; I missed two huge time-saving moves (underwater surf and spinning to sink), which wasted a lot of time.

    There’s much more to it than Dive, though. Now, you can build a safe but also a portal pod, a universal storage system which can be accessed in all locations. I’ve taken to keeping one on me at all times as a kind of backpack-extender, and it’s making moving items between worlds a whole lot easier.

    There are new recipes, new emotes, hair colors, and more paintable items too, but perhaps my favorite additions are the simplest. You can now bulk move items between the storage box and bag, but also delete items placed inside trash cans.

    Some tweaks have been made to annoying in-game quirks, too; if you destroy a Pokémon’s habitat and rebuild it nearby, it’ll move back in of its own accord, you can open your bag and inhale items while using Rollout, and Leafage can now return farm soil to a normal soil block. This, plus a raft of bug fixes, makes the game more frictionless than ever before.

    Such a hearty version 2.0 update so soon after the game’s release is a huge win for Pokopia fans; hype for the game has just barely subsided, and with in-game events being a little middling at best thus far, I for one am hoping this is just the beginning of Game Freak and Omega Force’s plans to keep the game feeling fresh and fun for players old and new. And if Bubbly Basin is anything to go by, the next town (which arrives as the final part of the Expansion Pass next year) could be a magnum opus for Pokopia.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The Corsair HS35 v3 wireless headset strips back a gaming headset to exactly what matters: premium quality at a reasonable price ]]> Corsair HS35 v3: One-minute reivew

    The Corsair HS35 v3 wireless gaming headset is an underdog in the mid-range category. It doesn't feature a huge number of flourishes to help set it above its competitors, but instead hones in on what really matters: audio quality and microphone performance.

    It delivers crystal clear audio no matter what you're using it for, whether that's gaming, calls, or getting some tunes in while you work. There's no software to fiddle around with, and barely any buttons to get used to. If you need something that's good to go as soon as it's out of the box, this headset definitely suits.

    Comfort is also clearly key with the Corsair HS35 v3. Between the floating headband design, the soft, cushioned earcups, and the lightweight design, at no point did I have to readjust the headset, my glasses, or take a break from wearing it. Again, for a mid-range headset, it feels surprisingly high-quality.

    Although I appreciate its simplicity, there are definitely a few things that are bound to put a competitive gamer off, and most of that comes through its lack of customisation. It's great that the headset is good to go as soon as it's out of the box, rather than having to worry about downloading any more software, but if you want to make the most of its full audio capabilities, the lack of these features might be make-or-break.

    Corsair HS35 v3 box, showing yellow and black branding and details about the headset, against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Price and Availability

    • Priced at $79.99/£69.99/$124.99AU
    • Available via Corsair and major retailers
    • White and black versions available

    The Corsair HS35 v3 will set you back a reasonable $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99, so it's by no means a premium headset. But it's certainly not a budget pick either. Fortunately, it manages to justify its price through the quality of its audio and microphone, making it a worthy option for anyone looking to upgrade their current setup, or looking to stray from the typical features of a wireless gaming headset.

    In fact, the only reason the headset isn't more expensive is probably due to its lack of additional software, and the fact that there are no typical flourishes you'd usually find on a gaming headset like an input switch button, a microphone that tucks away on the headset itself, or a separate mic mute button. Despite these "missing" features, though, the core expectation of the headset, providing high-quality sound during gaming, is definitely met.

    Corsair HS35 v3: Specs

    Corsair HS35 v3

    Price

    $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99

    Weight

    8.8oz / 250g

    Compatability

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    Connection type

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / USB Wired

    Battery

    30 hours

    Software

    None

    Corsair HS35 v3 headband showing corsair branding in white, with earcups in background against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Design and features

    • Incredibly lightweight design
    • Doesn't look as bulky as other gaming headsets
    • Sleek, all-black design

    Straight out of the box, the Corsair HS35 v3 doesn't look too dissimilar to the vast majority of wireless gaming headsets available. Its entirely black design is sleek, with subtle Corsair logos in a black gloss on each ear cup, alongside branding in white across the top of the headband. This is definitely my preferred style, rather than having any RGB flair for the sake of it, just because it feels like something you can use for everything, rather than having to swap out your rather garish gaming headset when you want to listen to music or attend a meeting.

    In fact, there aren't any flourishes at all on the Corsair HS35 v3. Aside from the incredibly subtle branding, the only thing that offers a pop of colour is two yellow bands that connect the ear cups to the headband. The rest of the headset maintains the stylish black appearance, and it's certainly better for it. If I didn't spend so much time tethered to my PC or console, I'd definitely be content in taking this headset out on a commute rather than a pair of earphones. It's definitely one of the simpler headsets I've ever used. Not only in terms of design, but also how simple its layout is.

    One thing that immediately stood out was the lack of wheels or dials to control your volume. I didn't realise how much of a make-or-break this was to me, but as it turns out, I actually like being able to tune my audio volume to the decibel. The Corsair HS35 v3 exchanges the wheel I know and love in favour of a little toggle/lever which takes your audio up or down two at a time. It's such a small frustration, but it definitely felt like I had less control over exactly how I wanted my audio to be. Especially after using the Razer Blackshark V3 for so long, alongside other similarly priced headsets such as the JBL Quantum 360X wireless.

    Corsair HS35 v3 headset with mic plugged in close up against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    In fact, the ear cups are surprisingly bare. Alongside the aforementioned toggle, you've got the power button, alongside the USB-C port on the left ear cup. On the right, you've got absolutely nothing. There's not even a separate mic mute button; you just push in the volume toggle. It's great for someone like me who always takes an embarrassingly long time to get used to the layout of a new headset; this definitely felt like a blessing in disguise. As a result, the headset feels incredibly straightforward to set up and use. Though this does feel like you're sacrificing some of the customisation you'd usually get.

    Additional software which helps you to customise your listening profiles, like the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro, definitely feels like a more premium add-on. Since the Corsair HS35 v3 is a mid-range headset, it's not surprising that it doesn't boast the same features. But if you're looking to replace your headset for a slightly cheaper model, this lack of complete control and customisation definitely might put buyers off.

    Close up of the Corsair HS35 v3 headset ear cups on a white hardwood background

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Performance

    • 30-hour battery life
    • Comfortable for long sessions due to floating headband
    • Fantastic audio quality

    I've been using the Razer Blackshark V3 for well over a year now, so "downgrading" to a more reasonably priced headset definitely raised some concerns about overall audio quality. However, the Corsair HS35 v3 delivers clear audio with no issues, and even though it's by no means a premium headset, it still boasts impressive audio quality. When gaming, you can pick up on all the more subtle sound effects, be that enemy footsteps or audio cues in horror games like The Outlast Trials.

    The only time the audio feels low quality is when you switch the headset on, and the muffled, not-quite-human "power on, toggle connected" line plays. Aside from that, it's really easy to block out external noise to focus on your game, which is especially impressive given the headset isn't noise-cancelling in any way. Which, is actually a feature I found with the JBL Quantum 360X too, the design itself feels noise cancelling rather than the actual hardware.

    This is massively helped by the 30-hour battery life of the set, which I pushed to its absolute limit in my testing. For several weeks, I used this headset for everything in my daily life: meetings, gaming, and listening to music in between. And it's safe to say that the 30-hour battery life really does help to keep you immersed in whatever you're playing, or locked in on whatever you're working on.

    Corsair HS35 v3 ear cups showing subtle corsair branding against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    It also only takes three hours to fully charge. Sure, that's not the rapid 15-minute charge for two hours of play that the Razer Blackshark V3 offers, but for the price you're paying, it's definitely worth it. Plus, the cable provided with the headset is long enough for you to still be able to continue playing without feeling constrained by the cable. A nice design touch is that the interior of the USB and USB-C is the same yellow colour as the bands linking the earcups to the headband too, but that'll probably go unnoticed to the average gamer.

    It's also an incredibly comfortable headset to wear for long sessions. The lightweight frame and cushioned earcups feel much looser without ever feeling like it'll slip off your head, rather than the usual firm padding and pleather-esque material we're used to seeing in slightly cheaper headsets like the Turtle Beach Stealth 500.

    The microphone quality is where this headset really shines, though. Nothing about the mic when you pull it out of the box screams premium quality. It's got no foam muffler or pop filter, so I expected the audio quality to be pretty lackluster. But when testing across Google Meet and Discord, the audio is genuinely astounding for a mid-range headset. It's crystal clear and picks up incredibly quiet talking without any of the annoying background noises like chewing, breathing, or keyboard clicks. It never peaks when speaking loudly either, which is a huge plus.

    Corsair HS35 v3 headset earcup and dongle and headset on a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should you buy the Corsair HS35 v3?

    Buy it if...

    You prioritise comfort over customisation
    The Corsair HS35 v3 is one of the most comfortable headsets I've ever used, which is incredibly high praise. If you prefer something that's comfortable over something you can get into the nuts and bolts of to create a more niche listening experience, then the Corsair HS35 v3 definitely prioritises this.

    You need a headset primarily for meetings or calls
    There are no faults with the Corsair HS35 v3 when gaming, but the audio quality of the microphone is definitely wasted if you're not using it for calls. Even if you're just playing games with proximity chat, like R.E.P.O or Big Walk, you'll still be making the most of the biggest selling point of the set.

    Don't buy it if...

    You like tailoring your audio profiles to your gaming preferences
    Between the lack of a volume scroll wheel and no software to help you create custom audio settings, for an extreme gamer it might seem like there's a lot of customisation missing for a mid-range price tag. It's not a complete bust, as there are still so many positives for the headset, but I can still see why this would put a competitive gamer off.

    Also consider...

    Still not sold on the Corsair HS35 v3 Wireless headset? Here's how it compares to two similar wireless gaming headsets.

    Corsair HS35 v3 Wireless headset

    Turtle Beach Stealth 500

    JBL Quantum 360X wireless headset

    Price

    $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99

    $79.99 / £79.99 / AU$139

    $64.95 / £63.99

    Weight

    8.8oz / 250g

    8.22oz / 233g

    8.9oz / 253g

    Compatibility

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    PC, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch

    Connection type

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / USB Wired

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / Wired (3.5mm)

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / Wired

    Battery

    30 hours

    40 hours

    22 hours

    Software

    None

    Swarm II

    JBL QuantumENGINE

    Turtle Beach Stealth 500
    The Turtle Beach Stealth 500 is a decent wireless headset available at a similar price point, and despite its shorter battery life, it's still got a few impressive features such as powerful spatial audio and variable mic monitoring. With the addition of the Swarm II software, you've also got the wiggle room for a more personal listening experience, unlike the Corsair HS35 v3.

    For more information, check out our full Turtle Beach Stealth 500 review

    Also consider the JBL Quantum 360X wireless headset
    If you're after a headset which feels more specialised for gaming, the JBL Quantum 360X might be just that. Not only does it have a more gamer-esque appearance courtesy of its black and green design, but it also blocks out background noise thanks to its ear cup design, and has a pretty decent sound profile considering its mid-range price tag. You also have the option to alter your audio with the JBL QuantumENGINE software, too.

    For more information, check out our full JBL Quantum 360X review

    contents of the Corsair HS35 v3 headset box including the headset, mic, dongle, and USB C cable against a white hardwood floor background

    (Image credit: Future)

    How I tested the Corsair HS35 v3

    • Tested across six weeks
    • Used for PC and PlayStation gaming
    • Used for Discord and Google Meet calls

    I tested the Corsair HS35 v3 wireless headset across the course of six weeks, abandoning my beloved Razer Blackshark V3. Throughout that time, I used the HS35 v3 for all my daily duties, whether that was jumping in and out of meetings, listening to music throughout the day, or hopping on Discord with my friends in the evening. The long battery life meant I never had to worry about my headset switching off mid-session, and the mic quality guaranteed my audio would never cut out.

    When gaming, I also made sure to test the headset in games where in-game chat is essential, like Big Walk and Content Warning. I also played several hours of The Outlast Trials with friends to test the full depth of the headset's capabilities, and even the quietest footsteps and audio cues came through clearly.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed August 2026.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gaming-accessories/corsair-hs35-v3-review hapdLiS7VEPnaUq7xxLBVa Fri, 14 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Corsair HS35 v3: One-minute reivew

    The Corsair HS35 v3 wireless gaming headset is an underdog in the mid-range category. It doesn't feature a huge number of flourishes to help set it above its competitors, but instead hones in on what really matters: audio quality and microphone performance.

    It delivers crystal clear audio no matter what you're using it for, whether that's gaming, calls, or getting some tunes in while you work. There's no software to fiddle around with, and barely any buttons to get used to. If you need something that's good to go as soon as it's out of the box, this headset definitely suits.

    Comfort is also clearly key with the Corsair HS35 v3. Between the floating headband design, the soft, cushioned earcups, and the lightweight design, at no point did I have to readjust the headset, my glasses, or take a break from wearing it. Again, for a mid-range headset, it feels surprisingly high-quality.

    Although I appreciate its simplicity, there are definitely a few things that are bound to put a competitive gamer off, and most of that comes through its lack of customisation. It's great that the headset is good to go as soon as it's out of the box, rather than having to worry about downloading any more software, but if you want to make the most of its full audio capabilities, the lack of these features might be make-or-break.

    Corsair HS35 v3 box, showing yellow and black branding and details about the headset, against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Price and Availability

    • Priced at $79.99/£69.99/$124.99AU
    • Available via Corsair and major retailers
    • White and black versions available

    The Corsair HS35 v3 will set you back a reasonable $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99, so it's by no means a premium headset. But it's certainly not a budget pick either. Fortunately, it manages to justify its price through the quality of its audio and microphone, making it a worthy option for anyone looking to upgrade their current setup, or looking to stray from the typical features of a wireless gaming headset.

    In fact, the only reason the headset isn't more expensive is probably due to its lack of additional software, and the fact that there are no typical flourishes you'd usually find on a gaming headset like an input switch button, a microphone that tucks away on the headset itself, or a separate mic mute button. Despite these "missing" features, though, the core expectation of the headset, providing high-quality sound during gaming, is definitely met.

    Corsair HS35 v3: Specs

    Corsair HS35 v3

    Price

    $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99

    Weight

    8.8oz / 250g

    Compatability

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    Connection type

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / USB Wired

    Battery

    30 hours

    Software

    None

    Corsair HS35 v3 headband showing corsair branding in white, with earcups in background against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Design and features

    • Incredibly lightweight design
    • Doesn't look as bulky as other gaming headsets
    • Sleek, all-black design

    Straight out of the box, the Corsair HS35 v3 doesn't look too dissimilar to the vast majority of wireless gaming headsets available. Its entirely black design is sleek, with subtle Corsair logos in a black gloss on each ear cup, alongside branding in white across the top of the headband. This is definitely my preferred style, rather than having any RGB flair for the sake of it, just because it feels like something you can use for everything, rather than having to swap out your rather garish gaming headset when you want to listen to music or attend a meeting.

    In fact, there aren't any flourishes at all on the Corsair HS35 v3. Aside from the incredibly subtle branding, the only thing that offers a pop of colour is two yellow bands that connect the ear cups to the headband. The rest of the headset maintains the stylish black appearance, and it's certainly better for it. If I didn't spend so much time tethered to my PC or console, I'd definitely be content in taking this headset out on a commute rather than a pair of earphones. It's definitely one of the simpler headsets I've ever used. Not only in terms of design, but also how simple its layout is.

    One thing that immediately stood out was the lack of wheels or dials to control your volume. I didn't realise how much of a make-or-break this was to me, but as it turns out, I actually like being able to tune my audio volume to the decibel. The Corsair HS35 v3 exchanges the wheel I know and love in favour of a little toggle/lever which takes your audio up or down two at a time. It's such a small frustration, but it definitely felt like I had less control over exactly how I wanted my audio to be. Especially after using the Razer Blackshark V3 for so long, alongside other similarly priced headsets such as the JBL Quantum 360X wireless.

    Corsair HS35 v3 headset with mic plugged in close up against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    In fact, the ear cups are surprisingly bare. Alongside the aforementioned toggle, you've got the power button, alongside the USB-C port on the left ear cup. On the right, you've got absolutely nothing. There's not even a separate mic mute button; you just push in the volume toggle. It's great for someone like me who always takes an embarrassingly long time to get used to the layout of a new headset; this definitely felt like a blessing in disguise. As a result, the headset feels incredibly straightforward to set up and use. Though this does feel like you're sacrificing some of the customisation you'd usually get.

    Additional software which helps you to customise your listening profiles, like the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro, definitely feels like a more premium add-on. Since the Corsair HS35 v3 is a mid-range headset, it's not surprising that it doesn't boast the same features. But if you're looking to replace your headset for a slightly cheaper model, this lack of complete control and customisation definitely might put buyers off.

    Close up of the Corsair HS35 v3 headset ear cups on a white hardwood background

    (Image credit: Future)

    Corsair HS35 v3: Performance

    • 30-hour battery life
    • Comfortable for long sessions due to floating headband
    • Fantastic audio quality

    I've been using the Razer Blackshark V3 for well over a year now, so "downgrading" to a more reasonably priced headset definitely raised some concerns about overall audio quality. However, the Corsair HS35 v3 delivers clear audio with no issues, and even though it's by no means a premium headset, it still boasts impressive audio quality. When gaming, you can pick up on all the more subtle sound effects, be that enemy footsteps or audio cues in horror games like The Outlast Trials.

    The only time the audio feels low quality is when you switch the headset on, and the muffled, not-quite-human "power on, toggle connected" line plays. Aside from that, it's really easy to block out external noise to focus on your game, which is especially impressive given the headset isn't noise-cancelling in any way. Which, is actually a feature I found with the JBL Quantum 360X too, the design itself feels noise cancelling rather than the actual hardware.

    This is massively helped by the 30-hour battery life of the set, which I pushed to its absolute limit in my testing. For several weeks, I used this headset for everything in my daily life: meetings, gaming, and listening to music in between. And it's safe to say that the 30-hour battery life really does help to keep you immersed in whatever you're playing, or locked in on whatever you're working on.

    Corsair HS35 v3 ear cups showing subtle corsair branding against a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    It also only takes three hours to fully charge. Sure, that's not the rapid 15-minute charge for two hours of play that the Razer Blackshark V3 offers, but for the price you're paying, it's definitely worth it. Plus, the cable provided with the headset is long enough for you to still be able to continue playing without feeling constrained by the cable. A nice design touch is that the interior of the USB and USB-C is the same yellow colour as the bands linking the earcups to the headband too, but that'll probably go unnoticed to the average gamer.

    It's also an incredibly comfortable headset to wear for long sessions. The lightweight frame and cushioned earcups feel much looser without ever feeling like it'll slip off your head, rather than the usual firm padding and pleather-esque material we're used to seeing in slightly cheaper headsets like the Turtle Beach Stealth 500.

    The microphone quality is where this headset really shines, though. Nothing about the mic when you pull it out of the box screams premium quality. It's got no foam muffler or pop filter, so I expected the audio quality to be pretty lackluster. But when testing across Google Meet and Discord, the audio is genuinely astounding for a mid-range headset. It's crystal clear and picks up incredibly quiet talking without any of the annoying background noises like chewing, breathing, or keyboard clicks. It never peaks when speaking loudly either, which is a huge plus.

    Corsair HS35 v3 headset earcup and dongle and headset on a white hardwood floor

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should you buy the Corsair HS35 v3?

    Buy it if...

    You prioritise comfort over customisation
    The Corsair HS35 v3 is one of the most comfortable headsets I've ever used, which is incredibly high praise. If you prefer something that's comfortable over something you can get into the nuts and bolts of to create a more niche listening experience, then the Corsair HS35 v3 definitely prioritises this.

    You need a headset primarily for meetings or calls
    There are no faults with the Corsair HS35 v3 when gaming, but the audio quality of the microphone is definitely wasted if you're not using it for calls. Even if you're just playing games with proximity chat, like R.E.P.O or Big Walk, you'll still be making the most of the biggest selling point of the set.

    Don't buy it if...

    You like tailoring your audio profiles to your gaming preferences
    Between the lack of a volume scroll wheel and no software to help you create custom audio settings, for an extreme gamer it might seem like there's a lot of customisation missing for a mid-range price tag. It's not a complete bust, as there are still so many positives for the headset, but I can still see why this would put a competitive gamer off.

    Also consider...

    Still not sold on the Corsair HS35 v3 Wireless headset? Here's how it compares to two similar wireless gaming headsets.

    Corsair HS35 v3 Wireless headset

    Turtle Beach Stealth 500

    JBL Quantum 360X wireless headset

    Price

    $79.99 / £69.99 / AU$124.99

    $79.99 / £79.99 / AU$139

    $64.95 / £63.99

    Weight

    8.8oz / 250g

    8.22oz / 233g

    8.9oz / 253g

    Compatibility

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Mobile

    PC, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch

    Connection type

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / USB Wired

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / Wired (3.5mm)

    Wireless 2.4GHz / Bluetooth 5.2 / Wired

    Battery

    30 hours

    40 hours

    22 hours

    Software

    None

    Swarm II

    JBL QuantumENGINE

    Turtle Beach Stealth 500
    The Turtle Beach Stealth 500 is a decent wireless headset available at a similar price point, and despite its shorter battery life, it's still got a few impressive features such as powerful spatial audio and variable mic monitoring. With the addition of the Swarm II software, you've also got the wiggle room for a more personal listening experience, unlike the Corsair HS35 v3.

    For more information, check out our full Turtle Beach Stealth 500 review

    Also consider the JBL Quantum 360X wireless headset
    If you're after a headset which feels more specialised for gaming, the JBL Quantum 360X might be just that. Not only does it have a more gamer-esque appearance courtesy of its black and green design, but it also blocks out background noise thanks to its ear cup design, and has a pretty decent sound profile considering its mid-range price tag. You also have the option to alter your audio with the JBL QuantumENGINE software, too.

    For more information, check out our full JBL Quantum 360X review

    contents of the Corsair HS35 v3 headset box including the headset, mic, dongle, and USB C cable against a white hardwood floor background

    (Image credit: Future)

    How I tested the Corsair HS35 v3

    • Tested across six weeks
    • Used for PC and PlayStation gaming
    • Used for Discord and Google Meet calls

    I tested the Corsair HS35 v3 wireless headset across the course of six weeks, abandoning my beloved Razer Blackshark V3. Throughout that time, I used the HS35 v3 for all my daily duties, whether that was jumping in and out of meetings, listening to music throughout the day, or hopping on Discord with my friends in the evening. The long battery life meant I never had to worry about my headset switching off mid-session, and the mic quality guaranteed my audio would never cut out.

    When gaming, I also made sure to test the headset in games where in-game chat is essential, like Big Walk and Content Warning. I also played several hours of The Outlast Trials with friends to test the full depth of the headset's capabilities, and even the quietest footsteps and audio cues came through clearly.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed August 2026.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ New leak claims the first special edition Nintendo Switch 2 will be released to celebrate The Legend of Zelda's 40th anniversary — and yes, there are pictures ]]>
  • A Legend of Zelda Nintendo Switch 2 and Pro Controller have reportedly leaked
  • New images posted online appear to show the packaging for 40th anniversary Zelda editions of the console and Pro Controller
  • Nintendo has yet to formally announce new special edition hardware

    • Nintendo could be planning to release a special edition Nintendo Switch 2 and Switch 2 Pro Controller inspired by The Legend of Zelda, after leaked images were posted online.

    That's according to the Centro LEAKS account on X (via VGC), which posted two images showing the packaging for the themed Switch 2 and Pro Controller, which are seemingly designed to celebrate Zelda's 40th anniversary.

    The Switch 2 has black and green Joy-Cons with the iconic Triforce emblem on one side, while the dock itself has the more elaborate design, showing the gold Triforce on the front.

    Similarly, the Pro Controller has black and green grips, with a different gold Triforce in the center. Looking more closely at the packaging, you can also see a 40th anniversary logo.

    Brazilian journalist and Universo Nintendo editor-in-chief ‘Necro’ Felipe Lima previously claimed to have been shown both products, and in a separate post, said the new images are "exactly as I saw it previously."

    If these leaks are real, I'm glad I waited to purchase a Switch 2. However, Nintendo hasn't made an official announcement just yet, but it would be the first special edition Switch 2 since the console launched.

    Additionally, while some speculated that Nintendo would release a new special edition Switch 2 alongside The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake, which is due to arrive this year, it appears the supposed leaked console may not be inspired by the game.

    The Ocarina of Time remake was announced this summer and will be a Switch 2 exclusive, though a launch date hasn't been set.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/new-leak-claims-the-first-special-edition-nintendo-switch-2-will-be-released-to-celebrate-the-legend-of-zeldas-40th-anniversary-and-yes-there-are-pictures KejHLKTJgizd83XjSgMAS9 Thu, 13 Aug 2026 15:12:22 +0000 false false false
    • A Legend of Zelda Nintendo Switch 2 and Pro Controller have reportedly leaked
    • New images posted online appear to show the packaging for 40th anniversary Zelda editions of the console and Pro Controller
    • Nintendo has yet to formally announce new special edition hardware

    Nintendo could be planning to release a special edition Nintendo Switch 2 and Switch 2 Pro Controller inspired by The Legend of Zelda, after leaked images were posted online.

    That's according to the Centro LEAKS account on X (via VGC), which posted two images showing the packaging for the themed Switch 2 and Pro Controller, which are seemingly designed to celebrate Zelda's 40th anniversary.

    The Switch 2 has black and green Joy-Cons with the iconic Triforce emblem on one side, while the dock itself has the more elaborate design, showing the gold Triforce on the front.

    Similarly, the Pro Controller has black and green grips, with a different gold Triforce in the center. Looking more closely at the packaging, you can also see a 40th anniversary logo.

    Brazilian journalist and Universo Nintendo editor-in-chief ‘Necro’ Felipe Lima previously claimed to have been shown both products, and in a separate post, said the new images are "exactly as I saw it previously."

    If these leaks are real, I'm glad I waited to purchase a Switch 2. However, Nintendo hasn't made an official announcement just yet, but it would be the first special edition Switch 2 since the console launched.

    Additionally, while some speculated that Nintendo would release a new special edition Switch 2 alongside The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake, which is due to arrive this year, it appears the supposed leaked console may not be inspired by the game.

    The Ocarina of Time remake was announced this summer and will be a Switch 2 exclusive, though a launch date hasn't been set.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Nintendo is now warning customers about upcoming Switch 2 price hike in stores — and it's a reminder to buy ASAP if you want one ]]>
  • Nintendo is warning customers about an upcoming Switch 2 price increase via in-store kiosks
  • The Nintendo Switch 2 will retail at $499.99 starting on September 1, 2026
  • Consumers are praising Nintendo for giving ample time to purchase before the price increase

    • Price hikes across PC and game consoles are running rampant due to the RAM crisis, and one case requires urgent action from interested customers.

    As reported by Notebookcheck, Nintendo is now warning customers about the Switch 2's price hike at kiosks in stores. The retail price for the Nintendo Switch 2 will increase from $449.99 (£395 / AU$699.95) to $499.99 (around £430 / AU$769.95), starting on September 1, 2026.

    This was highlighted on Reddit, where users are praising Nintendo's generosity in informing customers long before price changes come into effect — a move not every PC or game console manufacturer has replicated.

    Unsurprisingly, this is a direct result of the RAM crisis, with DRAM shortages impacting almost all hardware manufacturers. Nintendo seemingly managed to avoid any price increases after the Switch 2's launch, but shortages have persisted.

    Switch 2 kiosks are warning people about the console's price increase that will happen next month.
     from r/NintendoSwitch2

    Nintendo worthy of praise?

    Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The price increase itself isn't exactly a major one, at least compared to PlayStation ($90 increase) and Xbox ($150 increase) console price hikes. It's also worth noting that the Nintendo Switch was subjected to a price hike in August 2025.

    So it's fair to say that the writing has been on the wall for an eventual Switch 2 price increase, and Nintendo has given customers ample time to get their hands on the handheld gaming device.

    Frankly, Nintendo, Microsoft, and Sony are not to blame for the price increases, as it's well reported that memory shortages are directly impacting manufacturing costs, and that's been the case for most of 2026.

    The crisis is only expected to get worse, with Samsung, one of the big three RAM manufacturers, anticipating even more significant shortages in 2027, 2028, and beyond.

    However, consumers will only hope that good measures such as Nintendo's (giving consumers time to avoid paying more) can become a new normal across the gaming and tech industry. Will that happen, though? Probably not.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-is-now-warning-customers-about-upcoming-switch-2-price-hike-in-stores-and-its-a-reminder-to-buy-asap-if-you-want-one trzfP9mBXBq635RspZfp36 Thu, 13 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 Fri, 14 Aug 2026 05:25:49 +0000 false false false
    • Nintendo is warning customers about an upcoming Switch 2 price increase via in-store kiosks
    • The Nintendo Switch 2 will retail at $499.99 starting on September 1, 2026
    • Consumers are praising Nintendo for giving ample time to purchase before the price increase

    Price hikes across PC and game consoles are running rampant due to the RAM crisis, and one case requires urgent action from interested customers.

    As reported by Notebookcheck, Nintendo is now warning customers about the Switch 2's price hike at kiosks in stores. The retail price for the Nintendo Switch 2 will increase from $449.99 (£395 / AU$699.95) to $499.99 (around £430 / AU$769.95), starting on September 1, 2026.

    This was highlighted on Reddit, where users are praising Nintendo's generosity in informing customers long before price changes come into effect — a move not every PC or game console manufacturer has replicated.

    Unsurprisingly, this is a direct result of the RAM crisis, with DRAM shortages impacting almost all hardware manufacturers. Nintendo seemingly managed to avoid any price increases after the Switch 2's launch, but shortages have persisted.

    Switch 2 kiosks are warning people about the console's price increase that will happen next month.
     from r/NintendoSwitch2

    Nintendo worthy of praise?

    Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The price increase itself isn't exactly a major one, at least compared to PlayStation ($90 increase) and Xbox ($150 increase) console price hikes. It's also worth noting that the Nintendo Switch was subjected to a price hike in August 2025.

    So it's fair to say that the writing has been on the wall for an eventual Switch 2 price increase, and Nintendo has given customers ample time to get their hands on the handheld gaming device.

    Frankly, Nintendo, Microsoft, and Sony are not to blame for the price increases, as it's well reported that memory shortages are directly impacting manufacturing costs, and that's been the case for most of 2026.

    The crisis is only expected to get worse, with Samsung, one of the big three RAM manufacturers, anticipating even more significant shortages in 2027, 2028, and beyond.

    However, consumers will only hope that good measures such as Nintendo's (giving consumers time to avoid paying more) can become a new normal across the gaming and tech industry. Will that happen, though? Probably not.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I’ve played Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, and it could be the epic tactical RPG that defines the Nintendo Switch 2 — here’s why it’s already got me hooked ]]> The year was 2013. I can remember the sheer excitement I felt as I stepped into my local video game store and laid eyes on the title that I’d been desperate to play for months. I’d brought a bag filled with Nintendo DS games that I’d played to near death, traded them in at the counter, and finally got my hands on the 3DS release that changed my gaming life for good: Fire Emblem Awakening.

    Awakening was the game that truly got me into RPGs. Its vibrant cast of characters, its stellar strategic gameplay, its engrossing narrative — twelve-year-old me was enraptured by its brilliance.

    Now, 13 years on, those feelings of excitement and enthusiasm have been reawakened. And that’s because I got the chance to play Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, a title which — so far — has encapsulated everything that made me fall in love with the series all those years ago. Here’s how I’ve found my time with Fortune’s Weave, and why I think it could be the epic tactical RPG that defines the Nintendo Switch 2.

    Enter the Flame Lords

    Theodora looks on in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Theodora is one of the four Flame Lords you can play as in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Our adventure is centered around the land of Dagda, a kingdom enjoying a period of relative prosperity under the rule of Divine Sovereign Solel. A grand event is soon to take place in Dagda’s capital, Dagsion, which is drawing great warriors from around the kingdom and beyond: the Heroic Games. This tournament’s victor is to be granted one wish of their choosing, and the city is abuzz with anticipation. But little do the combatants know that a great calamity is soon to befall the world around them.

    Five years after the Heroic Games have concluded, turmoil runs rife across Dagda. The demonic god, Balor, has returned, and the forces of the underworld have humanity hanging by a thread. One individual — you, the main protagonist — is tasked by the goddess Sothis to bring about salvation for humanity and drive away the darkness. And this is where we get into the real meat of Fortune’s Weave.

    Four great warriors from the Heroic Games, known as the Flame Lords, have vanished. With the help of the goddess Fortuna, you are able to go back in time, alter the causality across each hero’s path, and recruit them to assist in the battle for Dagda’s deliverance.

    As the player, you get to travel back to the time of the Heroic Games and delve into four individual campaigns that enable you to control each of the four Flame Lords: Cai, Dietrich, Theodora, and Leda. Meanwhile, you, the main protagonist, will appear as the Pale Raven, and be able to give advice on upcoming battles and watch over the Flame Lords along their journey.

    It may sound like a lot to take in, and a lot of back and forths along the timeline, but the storytelling in the early section of the game — which I’ll be discussing here — is incredibly tight, clear, and gripping.

    Walk the path of great heroes

    Dietrich stands beside a large cat in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Here we have Dietrich, stood beside an abnormally large black cat (Image credit: Nintendo)

    After completing a brief prologue, you’re given the chance to pick from any of the four heroes, although you’re able to swap between each individual storyline whenever you feel like. I started by following Dietrich’s path, and wow. What a way to kick off my adventure.

    First of all, I have to shout out the character design. Dietrich himself is a truly majestic specimen (something pointed out by many through your journey), and his chilling killer instincts and thirst for battle are reflected in his visceral combat style to perfection. He’s joined by a brilliantly charismatic cast, including the mysterious and eccentric priest, Fabio, the young and skilled Esmeralda, and the former mercenary Mikaela, to name a few.

    Each character is surprisingly layered and full of charisma and intrigue, not to mention the absolutely phenomenal voice acting, which is already shaping up to be some of the best the series has ever produced. Naturally, you can build your support with each member of your party and view special conversations, just as you could in previous instalments.

    Did you know TechRadar now has membership?

    Various tech product cutouts next to the words 'Insider TechRadar Learn More'

    (Image credit: Future)

    Become a TechRadar Insider by simply clicking 'Join Now' at the top of this page. Have a question? Please email membership@techradar.com

    Although Dietrich’s path has been my favorite so far, I’ve dipped into the story of each protagonist, and all offer a strong lineup of characters, distinct yet interwoven narratives, and unique mechanics to drill into.

    For instance, Theodora can assign battalions, which can boost a unit’s attack power and inflict status effects on foes, and Dietrich can learn new combat arts from wandering warriors. It keeps each pathway feeling fresh and distinct, and incentivized me to try out each and every one of the Flame Lords’ campaigns.

    Although you’ll spend a decent amount of time on main story battles, you’ll also be given free time here and there. With this time, you can access training facilities to strengthen a unit's skill with certain weapons or magic, you can serve at a temple to earn favor from the gods, or you can dine at an inn to build up support with allies and regain motivation (required for certain tasks).

    This is just a taste of what’s on offer, but the bottom line is, I found that there was never a shortage of things to do during my free time, and the variety on offer breathes vibrancy and life into Dagsion, making it feel like the esteemed capital it’s presented as.

    Gameplay and combat: timeless fundamentals with some neat twists

    Protagonist battles a hologram in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Combat is as great as ever in Fortune's Weave, with some new mechanics such as Blaze Arts helping the experience feel fresh for returning fans (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Let’s talk about the core gameplay on offer, though, which will be the most exciting aspect for a lot of returning fans.

    A lot of the bones are the same. Other than some dungeon sections, which incorporate a mild amount of action combat and 3D exploration, you’re mainly playing a tactical JRPG with the usual grid-based combat. Each map is a blast to play through, and although things start out very easy, you’ll soon have to be considerate of which units you select, how you position them, and how you approach the enemy.

    At its core, Fortune’s Weave is a continuation of what made the series great, and whether you play in Casual (where units return to your ranks after defeat), or Classic (where units are gone forever if they fall in battle), you’ll find that just about each decision you make on the battlefield matters — and building the perfect units and reclassing them to vanquish your opponent is still outrageously enjoyable.

    Combat Arts are back, which degrade weapon durability in exchange for powerful actions, and Blessings from the gods give you boons in combat, such as a reduction in damage received or a higher chance of avoiding attacks. But there are also some new additions. Perhaps the most high-profile, and one I’ve been loving, is Blaze Arts.

    Blaze Arts sacrifice a portion of your HP in return for powerful moves, but aren’t available to all units. Dietrich, for example, can warp forward multiple spaces and attack afterwards. Or Theodora can unleash an especially long-range attack on distant foes. The HP sacrifice prevents you from using them without consequence, and the abilities can help you clutch up in tense situations.

    I’ve also been loving the battle animations, which add solid immersion to the action. The way that some units will parry attacks and swiftly retaliate, and the elaborate Blaze Arts animations, are both clear standouts and make battles feel like the spectacle they’re intended to be.

    Outside of the excellent combat, it’s a lot of fun to just stroll through Dagsion, and movement feels both rapid and responsive. Fast travel is also an option if you want to get from A to B in an instant, but sometimes I just wanted to walk through the city and take in some of the amazing music. Whether it’s beautiful acoustic arrangements or ambient synth-led tracks, Fortune’s Weave is brimming with memorable music, and I can see myself coming back to the OST for years to come.

    My only small nitpick about traversing Dagsion is that some of the NPCs provide incredibly repetitive dialogue. I heard “you’re looking well” and its many variations a lot more times than I’d care to mention in my first few hours with the game.

    Graphics and performance: a clear step-up on Switch 2

    Fortuna looks to the side in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Characters are bursting with personality and color in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Moving on to performance now, and I have to say, I’m satisfied with what I’ve experienced from Fortune’s Weave so far.

    The Switch 2 has added some much-needed firepower, and the improvement from Three Houses is substantial. Character models, such as that of Fortuna, look excellent, with her beaming yellow and rich purple hair really popping on-screen. I’d argue that a few textures on environmental elements, such as trees, perhaps look a bit basic, but it doesn’t feel like the game’s first priority is to be a graphical marvel.

    Drawn characters look impressive during dialogue sections too, and have some animations to add emotion and depth to them. Beyond this, cinematic sequences are epic, and a couple of them reminded me of the grandeur exhibited by the opening of Fire Emblem Awakening (one that felt unskippable all those years ago).

    One interesting inclusion in Fortune’s Weave is mouse controls, which, as expected, are as smooth and effective as ever on Switch 2. I honestly didn’t use them much, as I prefer to stick with traditional controls, but it’s always good to see a new title make use of the Switch 2’s new technological capabilities.

    The game also runs really smoothly, and the Switch 2’s enhanced resolution makes for a more detailed experience than ever. Most of the time, loading screens are very brief too, although I did occasionally experience some minor delays when opening doors in Dagsion, for instance — nothing particularly grating though.

    My final thoughts (so far)

    Esmeralda interacts with Pale Raven in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    You can interact with the protagonist in the form of the Pale Raven, and boost your support points as you journey through each Flame Lord's path — and if your chat goes well, you can even achieve Perfect Bird Time. Pretty neat, right? (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Of course, there are a lot of battles that lie ahead, and there’s a lot more story to sink my teeth into, but the early signs are incredibly positive for Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave.

    So far, the captivating storytelling, brilliant cast of characters, refined turn-based tactical combat, and immersive world of Fortune’s Weave have got me hooked, and I can’t wait to spend more time with the game. These qualities really took me back in time to when I first fell in love with the series, and if my initial hours are anything to go by, I think long-time fans will appreciate the distinct yet interwoven stories, challenging battles, and high stakes.

    I should note that I had a good time with Fire Emblem: Three Houses, but the opening of Fortune’s Weave feels like it’s building on everything that made that entry click in a meaningful, substantive way.

    I’m sure there’ll be lots more to discuss when the full game launches in September, so keep your eyes peeled for our full review when the time comes, but until then, I’m going to enjoy my ride on the Fire Emblem hype train.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/fire-emblem-fortunes-weave-preview ZNfHHChPsEAYtnDj4aB3yR Thu, 13 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000 false false false

    The year was 2013. I can remember the sheer excitement I felt as I stepped into my local video game store and laid eyes on the title that I’d been desperate to play for months. I’d brought a bag filled with Nintendo DS games that I’d played to near death, traded them in at the counter, and finally got my hands on the 3DS release that changed my gaming life for good: Fire Emblem Awakening.

    Awakening was the game that truly got me into RPGs. Its vibrant cast of characters, its stellar strategic gameplay, its engrossing narrative — twelve-year-old me was enraptured by its brilliance.

    Now, 13 years on, those feelings of excitement and enthusiasm have been reawakened. And that’s because I got the chance to play Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, a title which — so far — has encapsulated everything that made me fall in love with the series all those years ago. Here’s how I’ve found my time with Fortune’s Weave, and why I think it could be the epic tactical RPG that defines the Nintendo Switch 2.

    Enter the Flame Lords

    Theodora looks on in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Theodora is one of the four Flame Lords you can play as in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Our adventure is centered around the land of Dagda, a kingdom enjoying a period of relative prosperity under the rule of Divine Sovereign Solel. A grand event is soon to take place in Dagda’s capital, Dagsion, which is drawing great warriors from around the kingdom and beyond: the Heroic Games. This tournament’s victor is to be granted one wish of their choosing, and the city is abuzz with anticipation. But little do the combatants know that a great calamity is soon to befall the world around them.

    Five years after the Heroic Games have concluded, turmoil runs rife across Dagda. The demonic god, Balor, has returned, and the forces of the underworld have humanity hanging by a thread. One individual — you, the main protagonist — is tasked by the goddess Sothis to bring about salvation for humanity and drive away the darkness. And this is where we get into the real meat of Fortune’s Weave.

    Four great warriors from the Heroic Games, known as the Flame Lords, have vanished. With the help of the goddess Fortuna, you are able to go back in time, alter the causality across each hero’s path, and recruit them to assist in the battle for Dagda’s deliverance.

    As the player, you get to travel back to the time of the Heroic Games and delve into four individual campaigns that enable you to control each of the four Flame Lords: Cai, Dietrich, Theodora, and Leda. Meanwhile, you, the main protagonist, will appear as the Pale Raven, and be able to give advice on upcoming battles and watch over the Flame Lords along their journey.

    It may sound like a lot to take in, and a lot of back and forths along the timeline, but the storytelling in the early section of the game — which I’ll be discussing here — is incredibly tight, clear, and gripping.

    Walk the path of great heroes

    Dietrich stands beside a large cat in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Here we have Dietrich, stood beside an abnormally large black cat (Image credit: Nintendo)

    After completing a brief prologue, you’re given the chance to pick from any of the four heroes, although you’re able to swap between each individual storyline whenever you feel like. I started by following Dietrich’s path, and wow. What a way to kick off my adventure.

    First of all, I have to shout out the character design. Dietrich himself is a truly majestic specimen (something pointed out by many through your journey), and his chilling killer instincts and thirst for battle are reflected in his visceral combat style to perfection. He’s joined by a brilliantly charismatic cast, including the mysterious and eccentric priest, Fabio, the young and skilled Esmeralda, and the former mercenary Mikaela, to name a few.

    Each character is surprisingly layered and full of charisma and intrigue, not to mention the absolutely phenomenal voice acting, which is already shaping up to be some of the best the series has ever produced. Naturally, you can build your support with each member of your party and view special conversations, just as you could in previous instalments.

    Did you know TechRadar now has membership?

    Various tech product cutouts next to the words 'Insider TechRadar Learn More'

    (Image credit: Future)

    Become a TechRadar Insider by simply clicking 'Join Now' at the top of this page. Have a question? Please email membership@techradar.com

    Although Dietrich’s path has been my favorite so far, I’ve dipped into the story of each protagonist, and all offer a strong lineup of characters, distinct yet interwoven narratives, and unique mechanics to drill into.

    For instance, Theodora can assign battalions, which can boost a unit’s attack power and inflict status effects on foes, and Dietrich can learn new combat arts from wandering warriors. It keeps each pathway feeling fresh and distinct, and incentivized me to try out each and every one of the Flame Lords’ campaigns.

    Although you’ll spend a decent amount of time on main story battles, you’ll also be given free time here and there. With this time, you can access training facilities to strengthen a unit's skill with certain weapons or magic, you can serve at a temple to earn favor from the gods, or you can dine at an inn to build up support with allies and regain motivation (required for certain tasks).

    This is just a taste of what’s on offer, but the bottom line is, I found that there was never a shortage of things to do during my free time, and the variety on offer breathes vibrancy and life into Dagsion, making it feel like the esteemed capital it’s presented as.

    Gameplay and combat: timeless fundamentals with some neat twists

    Protagonist battles a hologram in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Combat is as great as ever in Fortune's Weave, with some new mechanics such as Blaze Arts helping the experience feel fresh for returning fans (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Let’s talk about the core gameplay on offer, though, which will be the most exciting aspect for a lot of returning fans.

    A lot of the bones are the same. Other than some dungeon sections, which incorporate a mild amount of action combat and 3D exploration, you’re mainly playing a tactical JRPG with the usual grid-based combat. Each map is a blast to play through, and although things start out very easy, you’ll soon have to be considerate of which units you select, how you position them, and how you approach the enemy.

    At its core, Fortune’s Weave is a continuation of what made the series great, and whether you play in Casual (where units return to your ranks after defeat), or Classic (where units are gone forever if they fall in battle), you’ll find that just about each decision you make on the battlefield matters — and building the perfect units and reclassing them to vanquish your opponent is still outrageously enjoyable.

    Combat Arts are back, which degrade weapon durability in exchange for powerful actions, and Blessings from the gods give you boons in combat, such as a reduction in damage received or a higher chance of avoiding attacks. But there are also some new additions. Perhaps the most high-profile, and one I’ve been loving, is Blaze Arts.

    Blaze Arts sacrifice a portion of your HP in return for powerful moves, but aren’t available to all units. Dietrich, for example, can warp forward multiple spaces and attack afterwards. Or Theodora can unleash an especially long-range attack on distant foes. The HP sacrifice prevents you from using them without consequence, and the abilities can help you clutch up in tense situations.

    I’ve also been loving the battle animations, which add solid immersion to the action. The way that some units will parry attacks and swiftly retaliate, and the elaborate Blaze Arts animations, are both clear standouts and make battles feel like the spectacle they’re intended to be.

    Outside of the excellent combat, it’s a lot of fun to just stroll through Dagsion, and movement feels both rapid and responsive. Fast travel is also an option if you want to get from A to B in an instant, but sometimes I just wanted to walk through the city and take in some of the amazing music. Whether it’s beautiful acoustic arrangements or ambient synth-led tracks, Fortune’s Weave is brimming with memorable music, and I can see myself coming back to the OST for years to come.

    My only small nitpick about traversing Dagsion is that some of the NPCs provide incredibly repetitive dialogue. I heard “you’re looking well” and its many variations a lot more times than I’d care to mention in my first few hours with the game.

    Graphics and performance: a clear step-up on Switch 2

    Fortuna looks to the side in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    Characters are bursting with personality and color in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Moving on to performance now, and I have to say, I’m satisfied with what I’ve experienced from Fortune’s Weave so far.

    The Switch 2 has added some much-needed firepower, and the improvement from Three Houses is substantial. Character models, such as that of Fortuna, look excellent, with her beaming yellow and rich purple hair really popping on-screen. I’d argue that a few textures on environmental elements, such as trees, perhaps look a bit basic, but it doesn’t feel like the game’s first priority is to be a graphical marvel.

    Drawn characters look impressive during dialogue sections too, and have some animations to add emotion and depth to them. Beyond this, cinematic sequences are epic, and a couple of them reminded me of the grandeur exhibited by the opening of Fire Emblem Awakening (one that felt unskippable all those years ago).

    One interesting inclusion in Fortune’s Weave is mouse controls, which, as expected, are as smooth and effective as ever on Switch 2. I honestly didn’t use them much, as I prefer to stick with traditional controls, but it’s always good to see a new title make use of the Switch 2’s new technological capabilities.

    The game also runs really smoothly, and the Switch 2’s enhanced resolution makes for a more detailed experience than ever. Most of the time, loading screens are very brief too, although I did occasionally experience some minor delays when opening doors in Dagsion, for instance — nothing particularly grating though.

    My final thoughts (so far)

    Esmeralda interacts with Pale Raven in Fire Emblem: Fortune's Weave

    You can interact with the protagonist in the form of the Pale Raven, and boost your support points as you journey through each Flame Lord's path — and if your chat goes well, you can even achieve Perfect Bird Time. Pretty neat, right? (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Of course, there are a lot of battles that lie ahead, and there’s a lot more story to sink my teeth into, but the early signs are incredibly positive for Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave.

    So far, the captivating storytelling, brilliant cast of characters, refined turn-based tactical combat, and immersive world of Fortune’s Weave have got me hooked, and I can’t wait to spend more time with the game. These qualities really took me back in time to when I first fell in love with the series, and if my initial hours are anything to go by, I think long-time fans will appreciate the distinct yet interwoven stories, challenging battles, and high stakes.

    I should note that I had a good time with Fire Emblem: Three Houses, but the opening of Fortune’s Weave feels like it’s building on everything that made that entry click in a meaningful, substantive way.

    I’m sure there’ll be lots more to discuss when the full game launches in September, so keep your eyes peeled for our full review when the time comes, but until then, I’m going to enjoy my ride on the Fire Emblem hype train.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ 'Everyone who bought this game should be eligible for a full refund': A digital-only Nintendo Switch game just became unplayable for those who paid for it — showing exactly why gamers are rebelling against Sony's disc-free PlayStation plans ]]>
  • Aliens: Fireteam Elite has been shut down on Nintendo Switch
  • The game was offered as a cloud version on the platform, which meant it relied on being streamed from a server over the internet
  • Those that spent money on the game do not appear to have been refunded

    • The Nintendo Switch version of Aliens: Fireteam Elite has been shut down, rendering it unplayable for those who bought it.

    The game launched on Nintendo Switch on April 26, 2023, and unlike the versions available on other platforms, was a cloud version. That means it relied on being streamed from a server over an internet connection. A short demo version was available to try for free, but access to the full game cost $29.99.

    There was even a $59.99 Ultimate Edition on offer, which threw in a raft of DLC, and means that some players would have paid 60 bucks for something that they can now no longer access at all.

    Developer Cold Iron Studios quietly announced the shutdown back in March this year, sending a message to players thanking them for their support and confirming that the game "will be accessible until August 5, 2026" at which point buyers would "no longer be able to access the game."

    It continued: "We apologize to our loyal customers for any inconvenience this may cause, and we appreciate your understanding. We hope you will continue to enjoy our other game titles."

    Noticeably, there was no mention of any kind of refund for those who spent money on the game, and it doesn't appear that any affected players got one.

    The news has picked up some steam on the r/gaming subreddit, with commenters rallying against cloud gaming and referencing fears surrounding the recent confirmation that Sony would be discontinuing the production of physical game discs in 2028 — pushing gamers towards digital formats.

    "Everyone who bought this game should be eligible for a full refund," reads the top-rated comment. "This is why you don't buy a 'Cloud' version of a game," added another commenter. "It is a ticking clock."

    One user wrote: "This is going to happen more and more as an all-digital future becomes standard... You don't own anything, you're just paying for the license to play something until it gets taken away."

    A sequel, Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2, is expected to launch this year for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S on August 25. It's also expected to come to Nintendo Switch 2 at a later date. Importantly, it won't be a cloud version, which will likely come as a relief to potential buyers.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/everyone-who-bought-this-game-should-be-eligible-for-a-full-refund-a-digital-only-nintendo-switch-game-just-became-unplayable-for-those-who-paid-for-it-showing-exactly-why-gamers-are-rebelling-against-sonys-disc-free-playstation-plans yrmP8UaQvtU7szTH5JRPbW Mon, 10 Aug 2026 15:50:07 +0000 Tue, 11 Aug 2026 16:19:46 +0000 false false false
    • Aliens: Fireteam Elite has been shut down on Nintendo Switch
    • The game was offered as a cloud version on the platform, which meant it relied on being streamed from a server over the internet
    • Those that spent money on the game do not appear to have been refunded

    The Nintendo Switch version of Aliens: Fireteam Elite has been shut down, rendering it unplayable for those who bought it.

    The game launched on Nintendo Switch on April 26, 2023, and unlike the versions available on other platforms, was a cloud version. That means it relied on being streamed from a server over an internet connection. A short demo version was available to try for free, but access to the full game cost $29.99.

    There was even a $59.99 Ultimate Edition on offer, which threw in a raft of DLC, and means that some players would have paid 60 bucks for something that they can now no longer access at all.

    Developer Cold Iron Studios quietly announced the shutdown back in March this year, sending a message to players thanking them for their support and confirming that the game "will be accessible until August 5, 2026" at which point buyers would "no longer be able to access the game."

    It continued: "We apologize to our loyal customers for any inconvenience this may cause, and we appreciate your understanding. We hope you will continue to enjoy our other game titles."

    Noticeably, there was no mention of any kind of refund for those who spent money on the game, and it doesn't appear that any affected players got one.

    The news has picked up some steam on the r/gaming subreddit, with commenters rallying against cloud gaming and referencing fears surrounding the recent confirmation that Sony would be discontinuing the production of physical game discs in 2028 — pushing gamers towards digital formats.

    "Everyone who bought this game should be eligible for a full refund," reads the top-rated comment. "This is why you don't buy a 'Cloud' version of a game," added another commenter. "It is a ticking clock."

    One user wrote: "This is going to happen more and more as an all-digital future becomes standard... You don't own anything, you're just paying for the license to play something until it gets taken away."

    A sequel, Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2, is expected to launch this year for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S on August 25. It's also expected to come to Nintendo Switch 2 at a later date. Importantly, it won't be a cloud version, which will likely come as a relief to potential buyers.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2 review: a superbly versatile case that challenges Nintendo's ]]> Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2: review

    The Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 makes a good first impression. It’s quite sleek for a large Switch 2 carrying case, and also rather stylish. This is thanks to the dark grey color and the surprisingly elegant suede strip that runs around it, offset to the right. It features subtle blue and orange stitching, a nice detail and a nod to the color coding of the Joy-Con 2 controllers.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The material of the entire unit also impressed me with its ruggedness. The shell of the main compartment feels solid, too, with only a slight amount of flex. As for the detachable travel case on top, I appreciated the small rubber strip that runs along its back edge, as it provides a little more durability and protection when opening it up. What’s more, the entire case is pleasingly light and slender, which is all the more impressive considering what it’s designed to carry.

    The zips are similarly well-made, with a reasonably long string and a thin plastic topper that’s easy to grip. However, I did find them a little awkward to open at times, as the lids of both the travel case and main compartment have a tendency to sag inwards, slightly obscuring the teeth. This is a minor issue, though, and not one that’s likely to frustrate.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    It’s quite versatile in terms of storage. As mentioned, and as the name suggests, there are two elements to the PlayTrek 2-in-1. The first is the travel case, which is attached via hook-and-loop fastening. This feels quite strong, so I wasn’t worried about it detaching unintentionally. The case houses the console and up to 14 game cards, courtesy of the elastic slots attached to the screen protector flap. The inner part of the lid features zipped netting for storing other accessories, such as cables and the like. There’s no carrying handle, though, which is an oversight.

    The fit for the console is very snug, and the case itself is thin all over with next to no extraneous bulk. This makes it great for tucking into a backpack, like the best Nintendo Switch 2 accessories. However, it isn’t a hard shell; it flexes quite readily, so I wouldn’t be confident stacking anything heavy on top of it.

    By contrast, the main compartment feels sturdy. The sides can bend inwards quite easily, but the same isn’t true of its corners, so I wouldn’t be concerned if it were subjected to outward forces.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    Inside there are inserts for the console, the dock, the Joy-Cons, the charger, and a large gamepad, such as the Switch 2 Pro Controller. I managed to fit the GameSir G7 Pro here instead, which is one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 controllers you can buy, with ease. The fit was snug and secure, as it was for all the other parts. Nothing moved out of place when I threw the loaded case up and down and spun it upside down several times.

    The mold material is also just about soft enough to prevent scratching or marking the items within. However, during the course of my test, the glue adhering one side of the mold base to the bottom of the case failed, coming loose.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    Obviously this was disappointing, although it’s possible I got unlucky with my particular unit. Regardless, it at least suggests some quality control issues. Despite the failure, I wasn’t too concerned that this would compromise the security of my contents: the other side of the base remained affixed, and since it sits tightly within the compartment, I wouldn’t be worried if all the glue came unstuck.

    There are two straps adorning the main compartment. There’s a small carrying handle with a soft neoprene cover that’s very soft and comfortable in the hand. It provides just enough slack, although it's quite tight, which makes it awkward to move out of the way when accessing the main compartment and detaching the travel case; the handle slid out of one of its buckles accidentally on numerous occasions. On the other hand, this tightness does help to pin down the travel case on top, adding an extra layer of security to the hook-and-loop fastening.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The shoulder strap is a typical affair, with its nylon design and plastic karabiners. It's a small shame these and the buckles aren’t made of metal, but I guess this helps to keep the weight down. Fortunately, the karabiners are very solid, which can make them a little tough to remove, but this is a price I’m willing to pay for the security they offer in return.

    The length of the strap is adjustable to a reasonable degree, although it could perhaps offer more slack to more easily accommodate taller users. The padded cover over the adjustment buckle is a little thin and lacks the cushioning of the neoprene carrying handle, but I still found it sufficient to prevent the strap digging into my skin.

    At $50, the PlayTrek 2-in-1 is a reasonable price for such a feature-filled carrying case. It also has the quality to match, aside from the aforementioned issue with the inner mold. And since it’s cheaper than Nintendo’s own counterpart, it’s a compelling alternative.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2 review: Price & specs

    Price

    $49.99 / £39.99 (about AU$70)

    Dimensions

    5.83 x 12.60 x 7.99in / 148 x 320 x 203mm

    Weight

    1.78lbs / 809g

    Number of game card slots

    14

    Compartments

    7

    Handle

    Yes

    Color

    Grey

    Should I buy the Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2?

    Scorecard

    Attributes

    Notes

    Rating

    Design

    Light and bulk-free, while still providing enough protection. The travel case is a bit too soft, though.

    4 / 5

    Storage

    There’s plenty of room for your entire gaming setup, which is all the more impressive given its slender form.

    5 / 5

    Value

    It’s not exactly cheap, but it’s cheaper than Nintendo’s equivalent, yet has more features and storage space.

    4.5 / 5

    Buy it if…

    You want versatility
    With its detachable travel case and space for your Switch 2 and its accessories, this really is the all-encompassing solution for transporting your setup.

    You want to keep the bulk down
    It’s relatively slender and pleasingly light without being too flimsy.

    Don't buy it if…

    You want a tough travel case
    The detachable travel case isn’t as solid as many others, which is a shame.

    You want an unfussy handle
    The strap handle is awkward to move out of the way when opening the main compartment.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2 review: Also consider

    Nintendo Switch 2 All-In-One Carrying Case
    As Nintendo’s official carrying case, you’d imagine the quality would be high here. And indeed it is, but it’s more expensive than the PlayTrek, yet less solid and with fewer features. There aren’t as many game card slots, and there’s no detachable travel case. Read our full Nintendo Switch 2 All-In-One Carrying Case review.

    How I tested the Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    I tested this case for a few days, storing the Switch 2 in the travel case compartment, as well as in the main compartment along with the dock, Joy-Cons, and a large controller.

    I carried the case around, via both the handle and the shoulder strap, and regularly removed and replaced the handle to test how easy this was. I also tested the zips thoroughly by opening and closing them repeatedly.

    I threw the case up and down and spun it upside down several times to test both the hold of the detachable travel case and the hold provided by the inner molds of the main compartment.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/turtle-beach-playtrek-2-in-1-case-for-nintendo-switch-2-review oCKxmgwBhwvKrWKr6U3nrH Sun, 09 Aug 2026 16:00:00 +0000 Fri, 11 Sep 2026 08:31:48 +0000 false false false

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2: review

    The Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 makes a good first impression. It’s quite sleek for a large Switch 2 carrying case, and also rather stylish. This is thanks to the dark grey color and the surprisingly elegant suede strip that runs around it, offset to the right. It features subtle blue and orange stitching, a nice detail and a nod to the color coding of the Joy-Con 2 controllers.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The material of the entire unit also impressed me with its ruggedness. The shell of the main compartment feels solid, too, with only a slight amount of flex. As for the detachable travel case on top, I appreciated the small rubber strip that runs along its back edge, as it provides a little more durability and protection when opening it up. What’s more, the entire case is pleasingly light and slender, which is all the more impressive considering what it’s designed to carry.

    The zips are similarly well-made, with a reasonably long string and a thin plastic topper that’s easy to grip. However, I did find them a little awkward to open at times, as the lids of both the travel case and main compartment have a tendency to sag inwards, slightly obscuring the teeth. This is a minor issue, though, and not one that’s likely to frustrate.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    It’s quite versatile in terms of storage. As mentioned, and as the name suggests, there are two elements to the PlayTrek 2-in-1. The first is the travel case, which is attached via hook-and-loop fastening. This feels quite strong, so I wasn’t worried about it detaching unintentionally. The case houses the console and up to 14 game cards, courtesy of the elastic slots attached to the screen protector flap. The inner part of the lid features zipped netting for storing other accessories, such as cables and the like. There’s no carrying handle, though, which is an oversight.

    The fit for the console is very snug, and the case itself is thin all over with next to no extraneous bulk. This makes it great for tucking into a backpack, like the best Nintendo Switch 2 accessories. However, it isn’t a hard shell; it flexes quite readily, so I wouldn’t be confident stacking anything heavy on top of it.

    By contrast, the main compartment feels sturdy. The sides can bend inwards quite easily, but the same isn’t true of its corners, so I wouldn’t be concerned if it were subjected to outward forces.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    Inside there are inserts for the console, the dock, the Joy-Cons, the charger, and a large gamepad, such as the Switch 2 Pro Controller. I managed to fit the GameSir G7 Pro here instead, which is one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 controllers you can buy, with ease. The fit was snug and secure, as it was for all the other parts. Nothing moved out of place when I threw the loaded case up and down and spun it upside down several times.

    The mold material is also just about soft enough to prevent scratching or marking the items within. However, during the course of my test, the glue adhering one side of the mold base to the bottom of the case failed, coming loose.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    Obviously this was disappointing, although it’s possible I got unlucky with my particular unit. Regardless, it at least suggests some quality control issues. Despite the failure, I wasn’t too concerned that this would compromise the security of my contents: the other side of the base remained affixed, and since it sits tightly within the compartment, I wouldn’t be worried if all the glue came unstuck.

    There are two straps adorning the main compartment. There’s a small carrying handle with a soft neoprene cover that’s very soft and comfortable in the hand. It provides just enough slack, although it's quite tight, which makes it awkward to move out of the way when accessing the main compartment and detaching the travel case; the handle slid out of one of its buckles accidentally on numerous occasions. On the other hand, this tightness does help to pin down the travel case on top, adding an extra layer of security to the hook-and-loop fastening.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    The shoulder strap is a typical affair, with its nylon design and plastic karabiners. It's a small shame these and the buckles aren’t made of metal, but I guess this helps to keep the weight down. Fortunately, the karabiners are very solid, which can make them a little tough to remove, but this is a price I’m willing to pay for the security they offer in return.

    The length of the strap is adjustable to a reasonable degree, although it could perhaps offer more slack to more easily accommodate taller users. The padded cover over the adjustment buckle is a little thin and lacks the cushioning of the neoprene carrying handle, but I still found it sufficient to prevent the strap digging into my skin.

    At $50, the PlayTrek 2-in-1 is a reasonable price for such a feature-filled carrying case. It also has the quality to match, aside from the aforementioned issue with the inner mold. And since it’s cheaper than Nintendo’s own counterpart, it’s a compelling alternative.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2 review: Price & specs

    Price

    $49.99 / £39.99 (about AU$70)

    Dimensions

    5.83 x 12.60 x 7.99in / 148 x 320 x 203mm

    Weight

    1.78lbs / 809g

    Number of game card slots

    14

    Compartments

    7

    Handle

    Yes

    Color

    Grey

    Should I buy the Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2?

    Scorecard

    Attributes

    Notes

    Rating

    Design

    Light and bulk-free, while still providing enough protection. The travel case is a bit too soft, though.

    4 / 5

    Storage

    There’s plenty of room for your entire gaming setup, which is all the more impressive given its slender form.

    5 / 5

    Value

    It’s not exactly cheap, but it’s cheaper than Nintendo’s equivalent, yet has more features and storage space.

    4.5 / 5

    Buy it if…

    You want versatility
    With its detachable travel case and space for your Switch 2 and its accessories, this really is the all-encompassing solution for transporting your setup.

    You want to keep the bulk down
    It’s relatively slender and pleasingly light without being too flimsy.

    Don't buy it if…

    You want a tough travel case
    The detachable travel case isn’t as solid as many others, which is a shame.

    You want an unfussy handle
    The strap handle is awkward to move out of the way when opening the main compartment.

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2 review: Also consider

    Nintendo Switch 2 All-In-One Carrying Case
    As Nintendo’s official carrying case, you’d imagine the quality would be high here. And indeed it is, but it’s more expensive than the PlayTrek, yet less solid and with fewer features. There aren’t as many game card slots, and there’s no detachable travel case. Read our full Nintendo Switch 2 All-In-One Carrying Case review.

    How I tested the Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    Turtle Beach PlayTrek 2-in-1 Case for Nintendo Switch 2

    (Image credit: Future)

    I tested this case for a few days, storing the Switch 2 in the travel case compartment, as well as in the main compartment along with the dock, Joy-Cons, and a large controller.

    I carried the case around, via both the handle and the shoulder strap, and regularly removed and replaced the handle to test how easy this was. I also tested the zips thoroughly by opening and closing them repeatedly.

    I threw the case up and down and spun it upside down several times to test both the hold of the detachable travel case and the hold provided by the inner molds of the main compartment.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ It doesn't seem like Nintendo plans to drop cartridges anytime soon, as the Switch 2 maker reports 38.5% of its sales are physical ]]>
  • Nintendo has reported that 61.5% of its sales between March 30 and June 30, 2026, were digital purchases
  • This means 38.5% were physical sales
  • Digital sales also include other add-on software and downloadable content (DLC)

    • While Sony commits to ending the production of game discs, Nintendo has reported that almost 40% of its software sales are physical.

    That's according to Nintendo's latest financial report for the first quarter of fiscal year ending March 2027, which confirms that between March 30 and June 30, 2026, 61.5% of Nintendo's sales were from digital purchases, meaning 38.5% came from physical sales.

    The Mario maker reports that in the previous quarter, it earned 132.7 billion yen from digital sales alone, a 90% year-on-year increase and a 2.2% increase in the proportion of digital sales compared to the same time last year.

    Software sales for the Switch 2 also increased by 9.2% year-on-year to 9.46 million units, and original Switch software increased by 38.6% year-on-year to 33.81 million units.

    However, Nintendo confirmed the 61.5% digital sales include other software, such as Switch Online subscriptions, Switch 2 Edition upgrades, download-only titles, and downloadable content (DLC) purchases, which would boost digital sales. It also doesn't include digital copies of Mario Kart World, that would be bundled with a console.

    Meanwhile, for physical units, net sales for software bundled with hardware are classified as hardware sales.

    "As a result, although bundled software such as Mario Kart World is included in the number of software units sold, the corresponding revenue is not recognized as software sales or digital sales," Nintendo said.

    Nevertheless, the ratio is significant, and 38.5% in physical sales suggests that Nintendo doesn't plan to abandon boxed games any time soon, unlike Sony.

    The PlayStation company shared its plan to retire the production of game discs by January 2028 last month, and has recently confirmed that it is "cautiously" moving forward with its decision despite the backlash (via IGN).

    Although some game companies are willing to fight to keep physical games alive, Capcom has recently stated it's unlikely to be significantly impacted by the death of physical games, because 90% of its unit sales are digital.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/it-doesnt-seem-like-nintendo-plans-to-drop-cartridges-anytime-soon-as-the-switch-2-maker-reports-38-5-percent-of-its-sales-come-are-physical ni2XHsfjKjEdPCcDMFTRz7 Fri, 07 Aug 2026 14:03:46 +0000 Fri, 07 Aug 2026 14:03:57 +0000 false false false
    • Nintendo has reported that 61.5% of its sales between March 30 and June 30, 2026, were digital purchases
    • This means 38.5% were physical sales
    • Digital sales also include other add-on software and downloadable content (DLC)

    While Sony commits to ending the production of game discs, Nintendo has reported that almost 40% of its software sales are physical.

    That's according to Nintendo's latest financial report for the first quarter of fiscal year ending March 2027, which confirms that between March 30 and June 30, 2026, 61.5% of Nintendo's sales were from digital purchases, meaning 38.5% came from physical sales.

    The Mario maker reports that in the previous quarter, it earned 132.7 billion yen from digital sales alone, a 90% year-on-year increase and a 2.2% increase in the proportion of digital sales compared to the same time last year.

    Software sales for the Switch 2 also increased by 9.2% year-on-year to 9.46 million units, and original Switch software increased by 38.6% year-on-year to 33.81 million units.

    However, Nintendo confirmed the 61.5% digital sales include other software, such as Switch Online subscriptions, Switch 2 Edition upgrades, download-only titles, and downloadable content (DLC) purchases, which would boost digital sales. It also doesn't include digital copies of Mario Kart World, that would be bundled with a console.

    Meanwhile, for physical units, net sales for software bundled with hardware are classified as hardware sales.

    "As a result, although bundled software such as Mario Kart World is included in the number of software units sold, the corresponding revenue is not recognized as software sales or digital sales," Nintendo said.

    Nevertheless, the ratio is significant, and 38.5% in physical sales suggests that Nintendo doesn't plan to abandon boxed games any time soon, unlike Sony.

    The PlayStation company shared its plan to retire the production of game discs by January 2028 last month, and has recently confirmed that it is "cautiously" moving forward with its decision despite the backlash (via IGN).

    Although some game companies are willing to fight to keep physical games alive, Capcom has recently stated it's unlikely to be significantly impacted by the death of physical games, because 90% of its unit sales are digital.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ GHS Wireless InfinitePlay isn’t just a marketing name — I’ve used this Glorious gaming headset for weeks and the battery life really is (almost) infinite ]]> Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: one-minute review

    There’s something deeply satisfying about the way Glorious goes about speccing its gaming peripherals. The company has a sharp eye for nonsense, and ruthlessly strips it out of the mice and, now, the headset that it brings to the gaming market. Behold, then, the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay, a wireless gaming headset featuring precisely zero RGB, built around normal-sized 40mm drivers, just quietly getting on with giving you multiplatform audio with infinite battery life and two mic options for $230.

    With one swappable battery pack placed in the base station, it’s charging ready for use while you have the other one of the pair in your headset. Each one offers 85 hours of use from a full charge, and in case that wasn’t enough, a ‘guardian’ 45mAh built-in battery handles the changeover so you don’t need to turn the headset back on again after you swap. Handy.

    That same ‘you won’t need it, but just in case…’ ethos is evident in the mic spec. You’ve got a detachable 70Hz-10KHz noise-cancelling mic for when you’re seated, locked in and ready to absolutely bellow at your team-mates away from prying eyes, and a built-in mic to use when you’re out and about using the Bluetooth connection to a mobile device or Nintendo Switch, and don’t fancy looking like an air traffic controller. Yes, it has 2.4GHz and Bluetooth 5.4 connections, swappable with one button press.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    And that’s a very impressive feature set at any price, but especially for $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99. It’s not even super clear where the concessions have been made to hit the price point. The audio quality is simply good rather than audiophile-grade, but that’s totally in line with what this headset is for: gaming. It’s trying to articulate useful audio cues, not trick your ears into thinking they’re in the expensive seats at an IMAX cinema.

    Similarly, the construction materials are almost exclusively lightweight, brushed black plastic rather than anything showier, but that serves the sprightly 360g headset weight.

    One area of that headset build and design I did run into issues with is the headband. Your experience will vary depending on your head size, but I found a degree of pressure that becomes slightly uncomfortable during longer sessions. This being an elasticated suspended band design, it’s possible that this may ease as the band slackens over time, but during the month I’ve been using my unit I do still notice discomfort.

    Besides that, there’s very little to grumble about. The power button isn’t clearly labelled, and the Bluetooth button can easily be confused for it, but this is a one-time issue. Once you know what’s what, that moment of unintuitive design becomes moot and you can enjoy the fantastic feature set of these cans.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Price and availability

    • List price: $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99
    • Swappable batteries like the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless, for less
    • Packed with useful extras

    The extremely competitive pricing of this package is certainly one of its biggest assets. Packing a dual swappable battery design for less than Steelseries’ Arctis Nova Pro Wireless is a great way to announce one’s presence in the headset market, and Glorious backs that head-turning spec up with a number of handy additions that justify the price point.

    Namely, a choice of mics (detachable or built-in) and a ‘guardian’ built-in battery that kicks in when you swap between the rechargeable packs, along with some serious configuration flexibility offered by the base station and dongle.

    In this challenging economy, to put it mildly, you’d simply expect to see this package priced higher. The construction materials aren’t comparable with ultra-high-end models like the Audeze Maxwell 2 or the Logitech Astro A50 X, but they’re sturdy and finished to a high standard.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Specs

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    Price

    $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99

    Weight

    360g / 0.8lbs

    Battery life

    85 hours per pack

    Compatibility

    PC, PS4, PS5, Switch, Android, iPhone

    Connectivity

    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless, USB-C wired

    Microphone

    16-bit/48KHz

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Design and features

    • Black and orange design is Valve-esque
    • Prioritises light weight over looks
    • Battery packs look like retro FPS keycards

    There’s a duality here to Glorious’ headset stylings. On the one hand, it's extremely restrained with the brushed black plastic on the base station and headset, an elegant amount of orange contrast trim on the whole package, and battery packs that look like they’d unlock a door in a ‘90’s shooter.

    On the other hand, the company’s fundamental branding is based on a joke that got old quite a while ago. The brand's name references the glorious PC gaming master race meme and subreddit, which worked as a self-aware joke about PC gaming elitism in 2008 and 2011, but in 2026 works… less so. Look, this could just be an age thing, but to me the GabeN-like brand logo and ‘GGWP’ text on the lower-left earcup feel just a few steps away from a ‘Keep out mom, I’m gaming!’ poster. Given that this headset works with PS5, PS4, Switch and mobile devices (there’s no Xbox version), it’s also just confusing branding at this point.

    With that chiding out of the way, I do like the look of this headset. The orange trim feels Valve-esque in the right way, like someone very clever sat and thought about this for a long time. The base station is compact and smart, with indicator lights to show when it’s connected to your headset and the charge status of the battery pack slotted into it. Two USB-C ports to the rear connect to a wireless dongle which sits flush with the base station when connected, and a USB-C-to-USB-C cable to connect to your PC or console. A USB-C to A adapter is also provided.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    The base station, dongle, cables, and Bluetooth connection create tons of setup configurations. You can ditch the base station and just use the dongle if you like, although that does mean you don’t have a spare battery charging while you use it. You can even ditch the dongle too and connect the headset with the USB-C cable, although I haven’t found a use case yet where that makes sense, since the built-in battery has a few hours of life even when both swappable packs are depleted.

    The headset itself is pretty lightweight for a wireless model with a battery pack, eschewing flashy finishes for an all-plastic body with a fabric headband on suspended elastic, and breathable fabric earcups covering reasonably plush memory foam cushions. If you love that pulsing, sealed-in feeling of closed-back headphones like the HyperX Cloud, these aren’t your cans. They’re certainly closed-back, but the fabric around the earcups does affect the way you experience the audio from its 40mm drivers, producing a flat, detailed but not very low-end heavy response that’s reminiscent of Steelseries’ excellent Arctis Nova 7 and upwards.

    I don’t get on with the physical control layout here, though. The location of the (unmarked) power button on the upper-left earcup threw me initially, and I think this control and its right-hand earcup mate are trying to do too much. Both are rotary dials as well as buttons, and while the left controls chat mix, profile swapping and battery status, the right controls volume and media controls. I’m all for minimalist design, but try navigating that while you’re concentrating on something in-game. It took me a couple of weeks to memorise how to perform all those actions.

    Just one more gripe – the battery status readout would be much better if it gave you a percentage rather than simply an ‘ok’ or ‘charge now’. Maybe one for a future firmware update.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Performance

    • Tuned for gaming performance
    • Good suite of software tweaks
    • Battery life true to claims

    We all know by now that buying a mouse, keyboard, or headset doesn’t turn you into a Faze Clan member, and the gaming performance gains in the headset vertical are especially marginal. That said, if you’re listening out for footsteps in PUBG Battlegrounds and your 2014 cans with their 60mm grotesquely tuned drivers are too busy making a far-off gunfight sound like a drum and bass gig, you might notice a bit of an advantage when you update your audio hardware.

    That’s why it’s important that these drivers are tuned with a nice flat EQ response. That means that they don’t strongly emphasise one particular area of the EQ spectrum, unlike the aforementioned early 2010s models with their ‘scooped’ profiles that boosted the lows and highs like a sound engineer at a Metallica gig.

    Sticking with a roughly even volume distribution along the spectrum means that the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gives all frequencies space to voice and be heard. It might not sound mind-blowing like Audio-Technica or Audeze drivers, but it’s well-suited to games that reward a keen ear, from competitive shooters to singleplayer titles.

    I find headsets tuned this way really useful in racing sims too, where I need to hear brake lockups and tire squeals as early as possible, and as prominently in the mix as I can.

    Over in Glorious Core, the accompanying software, there’s a welcome and well-judged suite of options including a sidetone toggle, EQ tuning including some basic provided profiles, mic settings like noise cancellation toggling, and several options to tweak the headset behaviour, like when it auto-powers down and whether it gives you voice prompts. I don’t love that it’s taking up 0.99GB of my SSD space to do that, though, and would much prefer a browser-based tuning app.

    The battery life really is as long per pack as Glorious states, and swapping them out is easy while you’re mid-session. Just take the spent one out, let the ‘guardian’ battery take over until the end of the round or the next quiet moment, then swap in the other pack.

    I didn’t run into any setup issues when I used this with PC, PS5 or Switch, and found that the dual-wireless is pretty rock solid. It’s less suited as a console headset, particularly the Switch, since it really needs the base station to be connected in order to keep a battery pack charged and ready. But as a multiplatform solution (marketing types like to call these ‘battle station’ setups), it offers a no-fuss means to switch between devices.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should you buy the Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay?

    Buy it if...

    Running out of charge = death
    This is a hilariously extreme three-battery solution to the age-old wireless dilemma, and it works.

    You play on a few devices
    The base station and dongle configuration options make this ideal for multiplatform use.

    You’ve got a thing for retro shooter keycards
    These battery packs are unspeakably satisfying to swap in and out. You’ll feel like Doomguy every time.

    Don't buy it if...

    You need Xbox compatibility.
    There’s a long list of devices this headset supports, but Xbox isn’t one of them. If that's what you need, you should look at other models by.

    Tighter headbands tend to dig in and cause you discomfort
    There’s some adjustability to this headband, but not loads. If this is a frequent issue, try before you buy.

    The old PC master race meme makes you cringe
    When you build your brand on a meme that predates Skyrim, high cringe levels in 2026 are inevitable.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Also consider

    Not feeling like swapping in this wireless headset? Consider these premium wireless alternatives.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    Audeze Maxwell 2

    Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless

    Price

    $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99

    $349.99 / £329.99 / AU$520

    $349 (£329, AU$649)

    Weight

    360g / 0.8lbs

    490g / 1.1lbs

    0.75lbs / 339g

    Battery life

    85 hours

    80 hours

    36 hours

    Connection type

    PC, PS4, PS5, Switch, Android, iPhone

    2.4GHz wireless, digital wired (USB-C), analog wired (3.5mm audio jack), Bluetooth

    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless

    Compatibility


    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless, USB-C wired

    PC, Xbox (Xbox version only), PS5 (PlayStation version only), Switch, MacOS, iOS, Android

    Playstation 4/5, PC, Nintendo Switch, iOS, Android

    Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless
    Featuring Steelseries’ unique dual-battery charging solution, premium looks, plus ANC implementation, the Nova Pro Wireless is a premium headset option with few faults. No Xbox version, though, sadly.

    For more information, check out our full SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless review

    Audeze Maxwell 2
    Goodness, these headphones sound great. The raw audio fidelity out of the box is benchmark-setting and the build quality is audiophile-grade, but Glorious’ model is in the same conversation for a lot less.

    For more information, check out our full Audeze Maxwell 2 review

    How I tested the Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    • One month of use on PC, PS5, Switch and mobile.
    • All configurations tested
    • Tested with shooters, battle royales, racing games and more

    Something about the black and orange design of this headset and base station gave me an overwhelming urge to replay Half-Life 2 episodes 1 and 2, so that is where I began. Hearing those familiar audio files through new drivers is a good reference point, actually, which helps to suss out how good the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay is at positional audio.

    I’ve also been playing PUBG Battlegrounds, Counter-Strike 2 and F1 25 with this headset, and putting the mic through its paces with amateur found footage horror simulator, Content Warning.

    Since it offers an array of connection types – with or without the base station, wired connection – I’ve spent some time playing on all of them, across my PC, Switch, and PS5.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed April 2026.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/glorious-ghs-wireless-infiniteplay-review pBAPv3N5iKSWsaz3mG94nP Fri, 07 Aug 2026 11:54:10 +0000 Fri, 07 Aug 2026 11:54:39 +0000 false false false

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: one-minute review

    There’s something deeply satisfying about the way Glorious goes about speccing its gaming peripherals. The company has a sharp eye for nonsense, and ruthlessly strips it out of the mice and, now, the headset that it brings to the gaming market. Behold, then, the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay, a wireless gaming headset featuring precisely zero RGB, built around normal-sized 40mm drivers, just quietly getting on with giving you multiplatform audio with infinite battery life and two mic options for $230.

    With one swappable battery pack placed in the base station, it’s charging ready for use while you have the other one of the pair in your headset. Each one offers 85 hours of use from a full charge, and in case that wasn’t enough, a ‘guardian’ 45mAh built-in battery handles the changeover so you don’t need to turn the headset back on again after you swap. Handy.

    That same ‘you won’t need it, but just in case…’ ethos is evident in the mic spec. You’ve got a detachable 70Hz-10KHz noise-cancelling mic for when you’re seated, locked in and ready to absolutely bellow at your team-mates away from prying eyes, and a built-in mic to use when you’re out and about using the Bluetooth connection to a mobile device or Nintendo Switch, and don’t fancy looking like an air traffic controller. Yes, it has 2.4GHz and Bluetooth 5.4 connections, swappable with one button press.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    And that’s a very impressive feature set at any price, but especially for $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99. It’s not even super clear where the concessions have been made to hit the price point. The audio quality is simply good rather than audiophile-grade, but that’s totally in line with what this headset is for: gaming. It’s trying to articulate useful audio cues, not trick your ears into thinking they’re in the expensive seats at an IMAX cinema.

    Similarly, the construction materials are almost exclusively lightweight, brushed black plastic rather than anything showier, but that serves the sprightly 360g headset weight.

    One area of that headset build and design I did run into issues with is the headband. Your experience will vary depending on your head size, but I found a degree of pressure that becomes slightly uncomfortable during longer sessions. This being an elasticated suspended band design, it’s possible that this may ease as the band slackens over time, but during the month I’ve been using my unit I do still notice discomfort.

    Besides that, there’s very little to grumble about. The power button isn’t clearly labelled, and the Bluetooth button can easily be confused for it, but this is a one-time issue. Once you know what’s what, that moment of unintuitive design becomes moot and you can enjoy the fantastic feature set of these cans.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Price and availability

    • List price: $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99
    • Swappable batteries like the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless, for less
    • Packed with useful extras

    The extremely competitive pricing of this package is certainly one of its biggest assets. Packing a dual swappable battery design for less than Steelseries’ Arctis Nova Pro Wireless is a great way to announce one’s presence in the headset market, and Glorious backs that head-turning spec up with a number of handy additions that justify the price point.

    Namely, a choice of mics (detachable or built-in) and a ‘guardian’ built-in battery that kicks in when you swap between the rechargeable packs, along with some serious configuration flexibility offered by the base station and dongle.

    In this challenging economy, to put it mildly, you’d simply expect to see this package priced higher. The construction materials aren’t comparable with ultra-high-end models like the Audeze Maxwell 2 or the Logitech Astro A50 X, but they’re sturdy and finished to a high standard.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Specs

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    Price

    $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99

    Weight

    360g / 0.8lbs

    Battery life

    85 hours per pack

    Compatibility

    PC, PS4, PS5, Switch, Android, iPhone

    Connectivity

    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless, USB-C wired

    Microphone

    16-bit/48KHz

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Design and features

    • Black and orange design is Valve-esque
    • Prioritises light weight over looks
    • Battery packs look like retro FPS keycards

    There’s a duality here to Glorious’ headset stylings. On the one hand, it's extremely restrained with the brushed black plastic on the base station and headset, an elegant amount of orange contrast trim on the whole package, and battery packs that look like they’d unlock a door in a ‘90’s shooter.

    On the other hand, the company’s fundamental branding is based on a joke that got old quite a while ago. The brand's name references the glorious PC gaming master race meme and subreddit, which worked as a self-aware joke about PC gaming elitism in 2008 and 2011, but in 2026 works… less so. Look, this could just be an age thing, but to me the GabeN-like brand logo and ‘GGWP’ text on the lower-left earcup feel just a few steps away from a ‘Keep out mom, I’m gaming!’ poster. Given that this headset works with PS5, PS4, Switch and mobile devices (there’s no Xbox version), it’s also just confusing branding at this point.

    With that chiding out of the way, I do like the look of this headset. The orange trim feels Valve-esque in the right way, like someone very clever sat and thought about this for a long time. The base station is compact and smart, with indicator lights to show when it’s connected to your headset and the charge status of the battery pack slotted into it. Two USB-C ports to the rear connect to a wireless dongle which sits flush with the base station when connected, and a USB-C-to-USB-C cable to connect to your PC or console. A USB-C to A adapter is also provided.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    The base station, dongle, cables, and Bluetooth connection create tons of setup configurations. You can ditch the base station and just use the dongle if you like, although that does mean you don’t have a spare battery charging while you use it. You can even ditch the dongle too and connect the headset with the USB-C cable, although I haven’t found a use case yet where that makes sense, since the built-in battery has a few hours of life even when both swappable packs are depleted.

    The headset itself is pretty lightweight for a wireless model with a battery pack, eschewing flashy finishes for an all-plastic body with a fabric headband on suspended elastic, and breathable fabric earcups covering reasonably plush memory foam cushions. If you love that pulsing, sealed-in feeling of closed-back headphones like the HyperX Cloud, these aren’t your cans. They’re certainly closed-back, but the fabric around the earcups does affect the way you experience the audio from its 40mm drivers, producing a flat, detailed but not very low-end heavy response that’s reminiscent of Steelseries’ excellent Arctis Nova 7 and upwards.

    I don’t get on with the physical control layout here, though. The location of the (unmarked) power button on the upper-left earcup threw me initially, and I think this control and its right-hand earcup mate are trying to do too much. Both are rotary dials as well as buttons, and while the left controls chat mix, profile swapping and battery status, the right controls volume and media controls. I’m all for minimalist design, but try navigating that while you’re concentrating on something in-game. It took me a couple of weeks to memorise how to perform all those actions.

    Just one more gripe – the battery status readout would be much better if it gave you a percentage rather than simply an ‘ok’ or ‘charge now’. Maybe one for a future firmware update.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Performance

    • Tuned for gaming performance
    • Good suite of software tweaks
    • Battery life true to claims

    We all know by now that buying a mouse, keyboard, or headset doesn’t turn you into a Faze Clan member, and the gaming performance gains in the headset vertical are especially marginal. That said, if you’re listening out for footsteps in PUBG Battlegrounds and your 2014 cans with their 60mm grotesquely tuned drivers are too busy making a far-off gunfight sound like a drum and bass gig, you might notice a bit of an advantage when you update your audio hardware.

    That’s why it’s important that these drivers are tuned with a nice flat EQ response. That means that they don’t strongly emphasise one particular area of the EQ spectrum, unlike the aforementioned early 2010s models with their ‘scooped’ profiles that boosted the lows and highs like a sound engineer at a Metallica gig.

    Sticking with a roughly even volume distribution along the spectrum means that the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gives all frequencies space to voice and be heard. It might not sound mind-blowing like Audio-Technica or Audeze drivers, but it’s well-suited to games that reward a keen ear, from competitive shooters to singleplayer titles.

    I find headsets tuned this way really useful in racing sims too, where I need to hear brake lockups and tire squeals as early as possible, and as prominently in the mix as I can.

    Over in Glorious Core, the accompanying software, there’s a welcome and well-judged suite of options including a sidetone toggle, EQ tuning including some basic provided profiles, mic settings like noise cancellation toggling, and several options to tweak the headset behaviour, like when it auto-powers down and whether it gives you voice prompts. I don’t love that it’s taking up 0.99GB of my SSD space to do that, though, and would much prefer a browser-based tuning app.

    The battery life really is as long per pack as Glorious states, and swapping them out is easy while you’re mid-session. Just take the spent one out, let the ‘guardian’ battery take over until the end of the round or the next quiet moment, then swap in the other pack.

    I didn’t run into any setup issues when I used this with PC, PS5 or Switch, and found that the dual-wireless is pretty rock solid. It’s less suited as a console headset, particularly the Switch, since it really needs the base station to be connected in order to keep a battery pack charged and ready. But as a multiplatform solution (marketing types like to call these ‘battle station’ setups), it offers a no-fuss means to switch between devices.

    The Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay gaming headset in black and orange on a plain white desktop.

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should you buy the Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay?

    Buy it if...

    Running out of charge = death
    This is a hilariously extreme three-battery solution to the age-old wireless dilemma, and it works.

    You play on a few devices
    The base station and dongle configuration options make this ideal for multiplatform use.

    You’ve got a thing for retro shooter keycards
    These battery packs are unspeakably satisfying to swap in and out. You’ll feel like Doomguy every time.

    Don't buy it if...

    You need Xbox compatibility.
    There’s a long list of devices this headset supports, but Xbox isn’t one of them. If that's what you need, you should look at other models by.

    Tighter headbands tend to dig in and cause you discomfort
    There’s some adjustability to this headband, but not loads. If this is a frequent issue, try before you buy.

    The old PC master race meme makes you cringe
    When you build your brand on a meme that predates Skyrim, high cringe levels in 2026 are inevitable.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay: Also consider

    Not feeling like swapping in this wireless headset? Consider these premium wireless alternatives.

    Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    Audeze Maxwell 2

    Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless

    Price

    $229.99 / £199.99 / AU$239.99

    $349.99 / £329.99 / AU$520

    $349 (£329, AU$649)

    Weight

    360g / 0.8lbs

    490g / 1.1lbs

    0.75lbs / 339g

    Battery life

    85 hours

    80 hours

    36 hours

    Connection type

    PC, PS4, PS5, Switch, Android, iPhone

    2.4GHz wireless, digital wired (USB-C), analog wired (3.5mm audio jack), Bluetooth

    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless

    Compatibility


    Bluetooth, 2.4GHz wireless, USB-C wired

    PC, Xbox (Xbox version only), PS5 (PlayStation version only), Switch, MacOS, iOS, Android

    Playstation 4/5, PC, Nintendo Switch, iOS, Android

    Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless
    Featuring Steelseries’ unique dual-battery charging solution, premium looks, plus ANC implementation, the Nova Pro Wireless is a premium headset option with few faults. No Xbox version, though, sadly.

    For more information, check out our full SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless review

    Audeze Maxwell 2
    Goodness, these headphones sound great. The raw audio fidelity out of the box is benchmark-setting and the build quality is audiophile-grade, but Glorious’ model is in the same conversation for a lot less.

    For more information, check out our full Audeze Maxwell 2 review

    How I tested the Glorious GHS Wireless InfinitePlay

    • One month of use on PC, PS5, Switch and mobile.
    • All configurations tested
    • Tested with shooters, battle royales, racing games and more

    Something about the black and orange design of this headset and base station gave me an overwhelming urge to replay Half-Life 2 episodes 1 and 2, so that is where I began. Hearing those familiar audio files through new drivers is a good reference point, actually, which helps to suss out how good the GHS Wireless InfinitePlay is at positional audio.

    I’ve also been playing PUBG Battlegrounds, Counter-Strike 2 and F1 25 with this headset, and putting the mic through its paces with amateur found footage horror simulator, Content Warning.

    Since it offers an array of connection types – with or without the base station, wired connection – I’ve spent some time playing on all of them, across my PC, Switch, and PS5.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed April 2026.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The Legend of Zelda Movie has found its Ganondorf and Impa — and the new Nintendo film will also include a poignant final big-screen role for the late Sam Neill ]]>
  • The Legend of Zelda Movie has reportedly found its Ganondorf and Impa
  • Uli Latukefu and Dichen Lachmann are set to play the aforementioned pair
  • The film also expected to feature Yvonna Strahovski and the late Sam Neill

    • The Legend of Zelda Movie just got a big cast update — and now we know who'll play the franchise's primary villain in Ganondorf.

    Per Deadline, relative newcomer and Australian actor Uli Latukefu (Young Rock, Marco Polo) will play the imposing Big Bad in Sony's live-action film adaptation of Nintendo's beloved videogame franchise.

    Deadline's report also claims that Latukefu has inked a multi-picture deal — a crucial detail that implies that, should the Zelda film be a critical and commercial success, Latukefu will return as the power-hungry Gerudo warlock in at least one sequel.

    A close up of a seated Gemma in Severance season 2

    Dichen Lachmann will play Impa in The Legend of Zelda Movie (Image credit: Apple TV Plus)

    Latukefu isn't the only actor who's all but confirmed to appear in The Legend of Zelda's big-screen reimagining.

    In a separate article, Deadline reported that Severance star Dichen Lachmann will portray Zelda's bodyguard Impa in the live-action film. This apparent confirmation comes months after Lachmann was supposedly spotted on set with Bo Bragason's Zelda — the latter of whom was announced as the titular character in July 2025. Benjamin Evan Ainsworth was also revealed to be playing Link, aka The Legend of Zelda's male protagonist and hero, at the same time.

    Furthermore, Deadline's sources have suggested that Yvonna Strahovski (The Handmaid's Tale) and the late, great actor Sam Neill (Jurassic Park) are also set to feature, though the identities of their characters is unknown.

    Who are Sam Neill and Yvonne Strahovski playing in The Legend of Zelda Movie?

    Sam Neill's Sheriff Tyson examines a crop circle in Apple's Invasion TV show

    Sam Neill is best known for appearing in the Jurassic Park film series (Image credit: Apple TV Plus)

    According to Deadline's sources, Strahovski will portray an unnamed queen. Immediately, fans' attentions will immediately turn to Princess Zelda's mother, who's never actually showed up in a Legend of Zelda game.

    However, there are numerous other female monarchs who Strahovski could portray. That includes Queen Sonia, who — spoiler — is revealed to be Hyrule's co-founder in The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom. This game, which is the latest entry in Nintendo's long-running and universally adored franchise, is the sequel to Breath of the Wild, which, based on The Legend of Zelda Movie's first-look images, many fans think the film is largely inspired by. If that's the case, it's possible that Strahovski could play Queen Sonia in a flashback sequence if the Zelda film incorporates aspect of Tears of the Kingdom's story into its plot.

    As for Neill, who passed away from pneumonia in mid-July after a lengthy cancer battle, he might play King Rauru, aka Queen Sonia's husband. Other alternatives — in my mind, anyway — that Neill could embody in one of his final on-screen performances include King Rhoam, aka the last ruler of Hyrule, the 100-year-old Sheikh scientist Doctor Robbie, or a popular member of the Goron tribe, such as Daruk or Bludo.

    Who do you think Strahovski and Neill are playing? Let me know in the comments. Once you have, find out everything we know so far about The Legend of Zelda Movie, which is now set to land in theaters worldwide on April 30, 2027.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/streaming/entertainment/the-legend-of-zelda-movie-has-found-its-ganondorf-and-impa-and-the-new-nintendo-film-will-also-include-a-poignant-final-big-screen-role-for-the-late-sam-neill R8PAsvfg23o27kqQpg5jTb Fri, 07 Aug 2026 11:30:00 +0000 Fri, 07 Aug 2026 11:57:06 +0000 false false false
    • The Legend of Zelda Movie has reportedly found its Ganondorf and Impa
    • Uli Latukefu and Dichen Lachmann are set to play the aforementioned pair
    • The film also expected to feature Yvonna Strahovski and the late Sam Neill

    The Legend of Zelda Movie just got a big cast update — and now we know who'll play the franchise's primary villain in Ganondorf.

    Per Deadline, relative newcomer and Australian actor Uli Latukefu (Young Rock, Marco Polo) will play the imposing Big Bad in Sony's live-action film adaptation of Nintendo's beloved videogame franchise.

    Deadline's report also claims that Latukefu has inked a multi-picture deal — a crucial detail that implies that, should the Zelda film be a critical and commercial success, Latukefu will return as the power-hungry Gerudo warlock in at least one sequel.

    A close up of a seated Gemma in Severance season 2

    Dichen Lachmann will play Impa in The Legend of Zelda Movie (Image credit: Apple TV Plus)

    Latukefu isn't the only actor who's all but confirmed to appear in The Legend of Zelda's big-screen reimagining.

    In a separate article, Deadline reported that Severance star Dichen Lachmann will portray Zelda's bodyguard Impa in the live-action film. This apparent confirmation comes months after Lachmann was supposedly spotted on set with Bo Bragason's Zelda — the latter of whom was announced as the titular character in July 2025. Benjamin Evan Ainsworth was also revealed to be playing Link, aka The Legend of Zelda's male protagonist and hero, at the same time.

    Furthermore, Deadline's sources have suggested that Yvonna Strahovski (The Handmaid's Tale) and the late, great actor Sam Neill (Jurassic Park) are also set to feature, though the identities of their characters is unknown.

    Who are Sam Neill and Yvonne Strahovski playing in The Legend of Zelda Movie?

    Sam Neill's Sheriff Tyson examines a crop circle in Apple's Invasion TV show

    Sam Neill is best known for appearing in the Jurassic Park film series (Image credit: Apple TV Plus)

    According to Deadline's sources, Strahovski will portray an unnamed queen. Immediately, fans' attentions will immediately turn to Princess Zelda's mother, who's never actually showed up in a Legend of Zelda game.

    However, there are numerous other female monarchs who Strahovski could portray. That includes Queen Sonia, who — spoiler — is revealed to be Hyrule's co-founder in The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom. This game, which is the latest entry in Nintendo's long-running and universally adored franchise, is the sequel to Breath of the Wild, which, based on The Legend of Zelda Movie's first-look images, many fans think the film is largely inspired by. If that's the case, it's possible that Strahovski could play Queen Sonia in a flashback sequence if the Zelda film incorporates aspect of Tears of the Kingdom's story into its plot.

    As for Neill, who passed away from pneumonia in mid-July after a lengthy cancer battle, he might play King Rauru, aka Queen Sonia's husband. Other alternatives — in my mind, anyway — that Neill could embody in one of his final on-screen performances include King Rhoam, aka the last ruler of Hyrule, the 100-year-old Sheikh scientist Doctor Robbie, or a popular member of the Goron tribe, such as Daruk or Bludo.

    Who do you think Strahovski and Neill are playing? Let me know in the comments. Once you have, find out everything we know so far about The Legend of Zelda Movie, which is now set to land in theaters worldwide on April 30, 2027.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I spent three hours with Onimusha: Way of the Sword — and its spectacular sword action has me more convinced than ever that Capcom can’t miss ]]> A new entry in Capcom's cult-classic Onimusha franchise has been a long time coming, and there was no better time than now for its resurgence, during the developer's largely successful RE Engine era.

    So far, it seems that the resurgence will pay off extremely well: I spent three hours with the upcoming demon-hunting slasher, Onimusha: Way of the Sword, and I came away absolutely amazed by just how well Capcom has taken the formula from previous entries and modernized it brilliantly.

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword absolutely shines within every combat encounter, with its weighty, methodical, and stylish sword clashes. It very much reminds me of From Software's Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice, which might sound concerning for those who aren't fans of excessively hard souls games.

    You can throw that thought out, though: Way of the Sword is a challenging but very accessible and enjoyable experience, with a variety of boss battles that will test your mettle.

    However, with enough practice via boss rematches or against standard enemies in training arenas, similar to previous entries, you'll become accustomed to its combat in no time.

    Poised to be the best yet

    Rasho-gan's boss battle was intense; a clash with one of the best-designed demons in the game I saw. The opening cutscene was creepy, and it quickly became apparent how cruel the demons are. (Video credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is poised to be the best entry in the franchise, without a doubt. It's fair to say that potential acclaim is heavily carried by Capcom's magical RE Engine, responsible for major hits like Resident Evil 4 (2023), Resident Evil Requiem, Monster Hunter World, and other titles in both franchises for almost a decade.

    Visuals are at their best in Onimusha: Way of the Sword. Character models, environment details, and the art style all lend to the immersive samurai demon-hunting experience Capcom is trying to deliver — but it's not just about visuals.

    I spoke highly of the animations during combat in my coverage of the public demo. After the three-hour preview, I'm convinced that Onimusha: Way of the Sword will set a new standard for sword clashes and how detailed they are.

    The 'Issen' technique (evident in the video above) was a core aspect of combat in previous titles and is back and better than ever. It allows players to perform a deadly counterattack right before an enemy attack, and it was a maneuver I spent plenty of time practicing during the preview.

    It's not easy to pull off, as it requires very precise timing, but it comes in clutch when outnumbered or facing off against the three tough bosses during my preview (which I won't spoil), by doing plenty of stagger damage. Once I unlocked Chain Issen, I could take out multiple enemies in rapid fashion — and the new flashy and stylish animation makes it so much more satisfying.

    Byakue is the hardest boss I've come across in Way of the Sword so far, with constant erratic and unpredictable movements. You've got to have your guard up at all times against this one. (Video credit: Capcom)

    My mention of stagger damage is important because Onimusha: Way of the Sword's combat, especially during boss battles where parries are pivotal, reminds me very much of From Software's Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice. Again, this isn't a souls-like, so don't expect much similarity to Sekiro elsewhere, and thankfully, Way of the Sword is much more forgiving for mistimed parries.

    However, the sword clashes with bosses like Byakue are incredibly well designed, with audio and visuals that are fantastically gripping, creating the same back-and-forth flow that worked so well in Sekiro.

    The great thing is that it seems as though Capcom has used Sekiro as inspiration for combat and built on it, adding extra details like a brief slowdown and zoom when a perfect parry is performed, creating openings for further attacks.

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is also not heavily reliant on parries in normal enemy encounters or boss battles, thanks to the presence of perfect dodges and Issen. Those three elements combined make for a pleasant experience — and outside of the practice arena, there are side quests you can take on for non-player characters (NPCs) with semi-open hubs (similar to Resident Evil 4's boat segment) to explore.

    Wind-Whipper is a secondary weapon, but it's certainly a room clearer. It saved me numerous times when encountering more formidable foes while travelling across one of the game's semi-open hubs. (Video credit: Capcom)

    Perhaps the only worry I do have is that Way of the Sword seemingly won't have any other primary weapons for Miyamoto Musashi, the main protagonist, to wield. There are indeed secondary weapons, but they are seemingly limited to Oni Armaments, which can only be used when their meters are filled when engaging in duels.

    Don't get me wrong, those secondary weapons like the Two Celestials (dual blades) and the Wind-Whipper spear-like weapon I unlocked in my three-hour run are great — but I'm hoping there are enough skills for Musashi's katana to keep gameplay fresh through the game's runtime.

    Either way, I'm incredibly excited for Onimusha: Way of the Sword's launch on September 4, 2026, releasing on PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, Nintendo Switch 2, and PC — and I'm sure it will be yet another massive hit.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/i-spent-three-hours-with-onimusha-way-of-the-sword-and-its-spectacular-sword-action-has-me-more-convinced-than-ever-that-capcom-cant-miss 8bGSgt8ErqTysWaKKM9gMV Thu, 06 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 false false false

    A new entry in Capcom's cult-classic Onimusha franchise has been a long time coming, and there was no better time than now for its resurgence, during the developer's largely successful RE Engine era.

    So far, it seems that the resurgence will pay off extremely well: I spent three hours with the upcoming demon-hunting slasher, Onimusha: Way of the Sword, and I came away absolutely amazed by just how well Capcom has taken the formula from previous entries and modernized it brilliantly.

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword absolutely shines within every combat encounter, with its weighty, methodical, and stylish sword clashes. It very much reminds me of From Software's Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice, which might sound concerning for those who aren't fans of excessively hard souls games.

    You can throw that thought out, though: Way of the Sword is a challenging but very accessible and enjoyable experience, with a variety of boss battles that will test your mettle.

    However, with enough practice via boss rematches or against standard enemies in training arenas, similar to previous entries, you'll become accustomed to its combat in no time.

    Poised to be the best yet

    Rasho-gan's boss battle was intense; a clash with one of the best-designed demons in the game I saw. The opening cutscene was creepy, and it quickly became apparent how cruel the demons are. (Video credit: Capcom)

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is poised to be the best entry in the franchise, without a doubt. It's fair to say that potential acclaim is heavily carried by Capcom's magical RE Engine, responsible for major hits like Resident Evil 4 (2023), Resident Evil Requiem, Monster Hunter World, and other titles in both franchises for almost a decade.

    Visuals are at their best in Onimusha: Way of the Sword. Character models, environment details, and the art style all lend to the immersive samurai demon-hunting experience Capcom is trying to deliver — but it's not just about visuals.

    I spoke highly of the animations during combat in my coverage of the public demo. After the three-hour preview, I'm convinced that Onimusha: Way of the Sword will set a new standard for sword clashes and how detailed they are.

    The 'Issen' technique (evident in the video above) was a core aspect of combat in previous titles and is back and better than ever. It allows players to perform a deadly counterattack right before an enemy attack, and it was a maneuver I spent plenty of time practicing during the preview.

    It's not easy to pull off, as it requires very precise timing, but it comes in clutch when outnumbered or facing off against the three tough bosses during my preview (which I won't spoil), by doing plenty of stagger damage. Once I unlocked Chain Issen, I could take out multiple enemies in rapid fashion — and the new flashy and stylish animation makes it so much more satisfying.

    Byakue is the hardest boss I've come across in Way of the Sword so far, with constant erratic and unpredictable movements. You've got to have your guard up at all times against this one. (Video credit: Capcom)

    My mention of stagger damage is important because Onimusha: Way of the Sword's combat, especially during boss battles where parries are pivotal, reminds me very much of From Software's Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice. Again, this isn't a souls-like, so don't expect much similarity to Sekiro elsewhere, and thankfully, Way of the Sword is much more forgiving for mistimed parries.

    However, the sword clashes with bosses like Byakue are incredibly well designed, with audio and visuals that are fantastically gripping, creating the same back-and-forth flow that worked so well in Sekiro.

    The great thing is that it seems as though Capcom has used Sekiro as inspiration for combat and built on it, adding extra details like a brief slowdown and zoom when a perfect parry is performed, creating openings for further attacks.

    Onimusha: Way of the Sword is also not heavily reliant on parries in normal enemy encounters or boss battles, thanks to the presence of perfect dodges and Issen. Those three elements combined make for a pleasant experience — and outside of the practice arena, there are side quests you can take on for non-player characters (NPCs) with semi-open hubs (similar to Resident Evil 4's boat segment) to explore.

    Wind-Whipper is a secondary weapon, but it's certainly a room clearer. It saved me numerous times when encountering more formidable foes while travelling across one of the game's semi-open hubs. (Video credit: Capcom)

    Perhaps the only worry I do have is that Way of the Sword seemingly won't have any other primary weapons for Miyamoto Musashi, the main protagonist, to wield. There are indeed secondary weapons, but they are seemingly limited to Oni Armaments, which can only be used when their meters are filled when engaging in duels.

    Don't get me wrong, those secondary weapons like the Two Celestials (dual blades) and the Wind-Whipper spear-like weapon I unlocked in my three-hour run are great — but I'm hoping there are enough skills for Musashi's katana to keep gameplay fresh through the game's runtime.

    Either way, I'm incredibly excited for Onimusha: Way of the Sword's launch on September 4, 2026, releasing on PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, Nintendo Switch 2, and PC — and I'm sure it will be yet another massive hit.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Resident Evil Requiem's Leon and Grace will co-host the Future Games Show: 'Whether you’re into pulse-pounding horror, samurai adventures or anything in between, we’ve got first looks, exciting reveals and plenty of surprises in store' ]]>
  • The actors behind Resident Evil Requiem's Leon S. Kennedy and Grace Ashcroft, Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano, will co-host the Future Games Show at Gamescom
  • The showcase will feature more than 40 games from AAA and indie studios
  • Fans can expect "exclusive gameplay reveals and brand-new trailers for some of the most exciting upcoming games"

    • The Future Games Show at Gamescom 2026 has found its co-hosts in Resident Evil Requiem stars Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano.

    Apostolides and Sant’Albano played Leon S. Kennedy and Grace Ashcroft in the most recent Resident Evil entry, and they will reunite once more on August 26 for the Future Games Show at Gamescom, which begins at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST.

    "I’m thrilled to be co-hosting the Future Games Show at Gamescom alongside Angela Sant’Albano on August 26!" said Apostolides. "I can't wait to share an incredible lineup of games with fans around the world. Whether you’re into pulse-pounding horror, samurai adventures or anything in between, we’ve got first looks, exciting reveals and plenty of surprises in store. Join us for one hell of a show."

    The showcase is expected to feature more than 40 games from some of the industry's biggest AAA and indie studioes, including a behind the scenes look at Tides of Annihilation from Eclipse Glow Games, a closer look at samurai swordplay action game Onimusha: Way of the Sword, and an interview with Neon Giant for their immersive open-world game on their new immersive open world game NO LAW.

    Future Games Show co-hosts Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano.

    (Image credit: Future Games Show)

    "I'm thrilled to be joining Nick Apostolides to co-host the Future Games Show at gamescom on 26 August," Sant’Albano said. "We’re putting the zombie-dodging to one side to bring you world premieres, exclusive gameplay reveals and brand-new trailers for some of the most exciting upcoming games. Nick and I can't wait to share it all with you - see you there!"

    FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow the main showcase on August 26, hosted by the FGS editorial team, and feature more world premieres and exclusive trailers, as well as news and interviews from the Gamescom show floor.

    To round out the event, the FGS Best Of Gamescom broadcast will kick off on August 30 and take viewers to the show floor to wrap up the best games of the event.

    You'll be able to tune in and watch the Future Games Show at Gamescom 2026 at Twitch, YouTube, X, TikTok, Facebook, and GamesRadar+.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gaming-industry/resident-evil-requiems-leon-and-grace-will-co-host-the-future-games-show-whether-youre-into-pulse-pounding-horror-samurai-adventures-or-anything-in-between-weve-got-first-looks-exciting-reveals-and-plenty-of-surprises-in-store vwn526XV3mVU48JsneCsUf Thu, 06 Aug 2026 09:53:58 +0000 false false false
    • The actors behind Resident Evil Requiem's Leon S. Kennedy and Grace Ashcroft, Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano, will co-host the Future Games Show at Gamescom
    • The showcase will feature more than 40 games from AAA and indie studios
    • Fans can expect "exclusive gameplay reveals and brand-new trailers for some of the most exciting upcoming games"

    The Future Games Show at Gamescom 2026 has found its co-hosts in Resident Evil Requiem stars Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano.

    Apostolides and Sant’Albano played Leon S. Kennedy and Grace Ashcroft in the most recent Resident Evil entry, and they will reunite once more on August 26 for the Future Games Show at Gamescom, which begins at 10AM PDT / 1PM EDT / 6PM BST / 7PM CEST / 1AM CST.

    "I’m thrilled to be co-hosting the Future Games Show at Gamescom alongside Angela Sant’Albano on August 26!" said Apostolides. "I can't wait to share an incredible lineup of games with fans around the world. Whether you’re into pulse-pounding horror, samurai adventures or anything in between, we’ve got first looks, exciting reveals and plenty of surprises in store. Join us for one hell of a show."

    The showcase is expected to feature more than 40 games from some of the industry's biggest AAA and indie studioes, including a behind the scenes look at Tides of Annihilation from Eclipse Glow Games, a closer look at samurai swordplay action game Onimusha: Way of the Sword, and an interview with Neon Giant for their immersive open-world game on their new immersive open world game NO LAW.

    Future Games Show co-hosts Nick Apostolides and Angela Sant’Albano.

    (Image credit: Future Games Show)

    "I'm thrilled to be joining Nick Apostolides to co-host the Future Games Show at gamescom on 26 August," Sant’Albano said. "We’re putting the zombie-dodging to one side to bring you world premieres, exclusive gameplay reveals and brand-new trailers for some of the most exciting upcoming games. Nick and I can't wait to share it all with you - see you there!"

    FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow the main showcase on August 26, hosted by the FGS editorial team, and feature more world premieres and exclusive trailers, as well as news and interviews from the Gamescom show floor.

    To round out the event, the FGS Best Of Gamescom broadcast will kick off on August 30 and take viewers to the show floor to wrap up the best games of the event.

    You'll be able to tune in and watch the Future Games Show at Gamescom 2026 at Twitch, YouTube, X, TikTok, Facebook, and GamesRadar+.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni offers a souped-up, 2026 upgrade for my beloved Nova Pro Wireless and is perfect for multiplatform gamers ]]> SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: One-minute review

    The most succinct way to describe the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni gaming headset is that it feels like a 2026-ified version of its excellent predecessor, the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless — one of my favorite gaming headsets ever.

    The Omni is a fantastic wireless gaming headset and offers a whole heap of improvements and enhancements over its older brethren, and in its own right, will tick every box most gamers can think of. Each feature that’s been tweaked or upgraded might not be huge in isolation, but every single one adds up, and it absolutely is greater than the sum of its parts when everything’s considered.

    The design and build will be very familiar to anyone who’s used any of the Nova line, as it shares identical design language and aesthetics, while retaining a robust build quality you can have confidence in. The GameHub dongle is also identical in form to the one found on the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Elite and the Nova Pro Wireless, but is boosted to offer an upgraded level of connectivity: you can connect and mix up to four different inputs on the Omni, which is somewhat ludicrous but offers excellent versatility.

    The audio quality, microphone, and overall performance of the Omni is spectacular, and can’t really be faulted. I think I might just prefer the bottom-end audio of my Audeze Maxwell 2 over the Omni, but that’s nitpicking as the overall audio experience is fantastic, no matter which platform you're connected to. Being able to change EQ on the fly with the Arctis Companion App is a great boost over the Nova Pro Wireless and an excellent feature of modern Nova headsets.

    It’s an excellent headset, no doubt, but its pricing and the fact that Nova Pro Wireless will still be available mean the Omni’s place in the lineup is a little muddy for me. It performs fantastically, offers the full set of gaming headset features you could ask for, but I’m just not totally convinced it’s a great value option right now.

    In isolation, however, this is a fantastic multiplatform wireless gaming headset and probably the one to go for if you really want the maximum flexibility and versatility.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset with its GameHub sitting on a headset stand in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Price and availability

    • List price: $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799
    • Closely priced to the Nova Pro Wireless, which will inevitably be cheaper
    • Way under the Nova Elite, but in direct competition to headsets like the Audeze Maxwell 2

    In isolation, the Arctis Nova Pro Omni is pretty well placed price-wise at $399.99 / £349.99. However, its position alongside the rest of the Nova lineup raises an eyebrow.

    A large part of this is because of the continued availability of the headset that the Omni feels like it was made to replace: the Nova Pro Wireless. With the latter now readily available for far less than the Omni’s list price, I think — as a fan of both — that the value proposition of the Omni is lessened.

    Unless you really really want the four-device connectivity (as opposed to two), and really want the latest and greatest in a SteelSeries headset without going for the much more premium Nova Elite, then I still think the Nova Pro Wireless is going to be a better value purchase for you. Especially if you’re on just one platform.

    The Omni is also up against formidable competition outside of its own brethren at this price point. My absolute favorite headset right now, and my top pick ever in terms of pure audio quality, the Audeze Maxwell 2 is in the same price territory and would be my recommendation for someone prioritizing that.

    Then there’s also the likes of the Turtle Beach Stealth Pro 2, and the Sony Inzone H9 2 in the $300-ish zone, along with the likes of the Fractal Scape and the Razer BlackShark V3 Pro that come in slightly cheaper and all offer incredible wireless gaming headset experiences with a host of features.

    Having said all that, the Omni does do a lot in and of itself to justify its price tag as a high-end, brilliantly flexible and top-performing wireless headset. It will definitely be the best wireless option in this part of the Nova lineup when or if the Nova Pro Wireless ceases to be made, but until then it’s not a slam dunk for me.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset sitting on a headset stand in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Specs

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    Price

    $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799

    Weight

    11.95oz / 339g

    Drivers

    Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    Connection type

    Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)

    Battery life

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    Features

    Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro - Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility

    Software

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS & Android)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Design & features

    • Class-leading set of features and connectivity options
    • Reliable and fantastic build quality and battery solution
    • Very much from the Nova line of SteelSeries headsets

    Straight out of the box, you’d be forgiven for thinking that the Omni really is a Nova Pro Wireless in disguise, as all the parts are there. That isn’t a criticism, as the Omni is simply another SteelSeries headset cut from the Arctis Nova cloth.

    It’s a familiar design to anyone who’s seen or held a Nova headset, but it does have a tangible level of robustness and solidity that instils confidence — I’ve already dropped my unit a few times, but you wouldn’t be able to tell. The ear cushions are incredibly comfortable too, and I’ve been able to wear this headset for full work days without ever fully realising it too.

    The GameHub is basically the same as on other Nova headsets that use it, but there are a few more options within the OLED display, and the addition of a texture to the navigation wheel is a welcome touch.

    It’s this kind of small design change that’s present in a few areas across the Nova Pro Omni too: the multi-function volume wheel on the left cup has a new texture to it, the ear cushions are thicker and more padded compared to the Nova Pro Wireless, the mic is new and improved, and so on.

    On top of intuitive controls, Arctis Companion App integration, boosted connectivity (Bluetooth 5.3 features here), greater battery life, and quicker fast charge, and more, all the Omni’s improvements over the Nova Pro Wireless do stand on their own feet, and, importantly, add up to a wonderfully designed and feature-filled wireless gaming headset that will offer everything even those with three consoles and a PC could ever want.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni's GameHub in front of the product box and a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Performance

    • Fantastic SteelSeries audio quality out of the box
    • Every upgrade feels worthwhile
    • Audio quality and overall performance still close to its predecessor

    In terms of performance, the audio is the least difficult thing to cast an opinion on: it’s fantastic. Once again, this is from the SteelSeries Arctis Nova line so shares in all the excellent out-of-the-box audio quality the series is known for and does not disappoint in any way.

    What’s more, the audio is now Hi-Res certified, and on PC you’ll be getting 96kHz/24bit, which is a sheer, immersive joy to behold in games like Cyberpunk 2077, and even the atmospheric noises in Frostpunk 2 are detailed and clear. But even away from that, on PS5 Pro (Sony’s console can’t take advantage of 96kHz audio), the gaming audio delivered by the Omni is, predictably, a treat.

    Sea shanties, explosive ship combat, and swashbuckling sword action in Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced are fantastically vivid and rich; the audio in 007 First Light is even more cinematic and bombastic; and even audio in older online games like my go-to, Tom Clancy’s The Division 2, is elevated excellently, with enemy audio presented accurately, and the action and soundtrack mixed perfectly.

    The ability to change EQ presets for individual games and preferences via the Arctis Companion App remains a brilliant feature too, expanding the Omni’s already excellent versatility.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    On top of that, being wireless but plugged into a host of different devices as well as Bluetooth on my phone was very handy — in my particular setup. If you do have a multi-device setup and are looking for one headset that can be used on all of them with ease, even if not simultaneously, then this is a quality feature. For others on single-device setups, this is a bit overkill.

    Away from games, music and entertainment is superb on the Omni, and using it for work calls - and multiplayer gaming sessions — with its new (compared with the Nova Pro Wireless) omnidirectional ClearCast Pro mic is brilliant. I found the overall quality of the mic to be excellent, though its omnidirectional design did mean a little more background noise escaped to my friends down the line at times, and it’s certainly a big step up over the Nova Pro Wireless’ microphone.

    The way the headset feels to use is also a notable step up over the Nova Pro Wireless, and thus feels closer to the Nova Elite too. The wheel on the left ear cup is incredibly pleasing to use, the GameHub that offers more options is intuitive and easy to use, the new ear cushions are thicker and more comfy than the Pro Wireless (but only just), and there’s also improved ANC which I found worked well, as well as a hoist of boosts to Bluetooth (up to 5.3), longer battery life on the batteries and faster quick charge, and a few more to boot.

    Each of the improvements over the Nova Pro Wireless do add up to something much greater than each in isolation.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni and it's GameHub in front on a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    Should I buy the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni?

    Buy it if...

    You want something close to the complete, multiplatform wireless headset
    If you are looking for one of the most complete wireless multiplatform headset options for the money, then the Omni is hard to beat, especially if you want all the features you could need for a one-and-done set.

    You’re overdue for an upgrade to a quality wireless gaming headset
    If you simply want or need a high-end wireless gaming headset upgrade in the north-of-$300 territory, then the Omni is an absolutely belting wireless set that you simply must consider.

    You’re a multiplatform, single-setup gamer
    If you’ve got a multi-device gaming setup and are in need of a high-quality wireless gaming headset that has all the trimmings, plus wonderful audio, then the Omni is a no-brainer.

    Don't buy it if...

    You can find the Nova Pro Wireless on a great deal
    As great as the Omni is, I can’t help but feel the Nova Pro Wireless is still going to offer even better value for money for a vast number of gamers, especially when it’s discounted. If the Nova Pro Wireless is still being made and its price dips or drops because the Omni is out, then the Nova Pro Wireless is going to be incredibly hard to beat value-wise.

    You simply don’t need a multi-connectivity and feature-rich gaming headset
    At $400 / £350, the Omni is still a sizable investment for a gaming accessory, and a lot of its attraction will lie in its versatility and multi-connectivity for some folks. However, it will still be overkill for many, and for the same amount of money, those on one platform or two who might prioritize sheer audio quality instead, for example, could well be better served by others on the market.

    Also consider...

    If the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni might seem overkill in some departments, then check out these two fine offerings as alternatives.

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless

    Audeze Maxwell 2

    Price

    $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799

    $379.99 / £329.99 / AU$739

    $329 / £339 / AU$569

    Weight

    11.95oz / 339g

    9.5oz / 266g

    17.3oz / 490g

    Drivers

    Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)

    40mm Neodymium

    90mm Planar Magnetic

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    PS4, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile


    Connection type

    Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)

    Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C), Bluetooth 5.3

    Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C & audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)

    Battery life

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    80+ hours

    Features

    Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility

    Companion App, 40mm Neodymium magnetic drivers, 360-degree spatial audio, retractable ClearCast 2.X mic

    SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox)

    Software

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS & Android)

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar (PC)

    Audeze App (PC & mobile)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless
    While it’s still being made and/or in circulation at retailers, the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless is a quality headset even in the face of the Omni’s advancements. With the Pro Wireless’ price likelyto dip now, it’ll likely offer incredible value for money at the expense of a few features while retaining that SteelSeries awesomeness.

    For more information, check out our full SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless review

    Audeze Maxwell 2
    The Omni’s price tag puts it squarely in competition with my favorite gaming headset of the day right now, the Audeze Maxwell 2, and the latter could very well be the option to go for if you want to spend big but prioritize audio quality above all else. I simply haven’t tested a better-sounding gaming headset in all my time reviewing hardware.

    For more information, check out our full Audeze Maxwell 2 review and my thoughts on why it should have scored even higher

    A close up of the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni's left ear cup

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    How I tested the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    • Used as a daily driver for a few months
    • Tested on PC, PS5, and mobile
    • Deployed across a host of games, as well as daily work calls and more

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset has been my sole unit for gaming on PS5 and PC, as well as work tasks and calls, for the best part of three months.

    I have used it to play a bunch of 007 First Light, a full review playthrough and subsequent platinum playthrough of Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced, and a whole host of Tom Clancy’s The Division 2 on PS5, and also dived into Cyberpunk 2077, Frostpunk 2, and Crusader Kings 3 on Acer Predator Orion 5000 gaming PC (supplied by Acer) teamed with a productivity monitor and an Acer Predator X32QFS gaming monitor (also supplied by Acer).

    For a lot of that game-time testing, the Omni was connected to my PC and PS5 simultaneously on one setup, deploying its multi-connectivity. I was then also able to use it for all my work calls, and listening to music.

    During this time, I was able to directly compare the Omni with some other gaming headsets I had to hand, such as the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless and Nova Elite, as well as the Audeze Maxwell 2 and Maxwell 2 ANC.

    First reviewed May-August 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steelseries-arctis-nova-pro-omni-review 3gVp6enPi7cgLVTdvQeFvY Thu, 06 Aug 2026 09:00:00 +0000 false false false

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: One-minute review

    The most succinct way to describe the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni gaming headset is that it feels like a 2026-ified version of its excellent predecessor, the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless — one of my favorite gaming headsets ever.

    The Omni is a fantastic wireless gaming headset and offers a whole heap of improvements and enhancements over its older brethren, and in its own right, will tick every box most gamers can think of. Each feature that’s been tweaked or upgraded might not be huge in isolation, but every single one adds up, and it absolutely is greater than the sum of its parts when everything’s considered.

    The design and build will be very familiar to anyone who’s used any of the Nova line, as it shares identical design language and aesthetics, while retaining a robust build quality you can have confidence in. The GameHub dongle is also identical in form to the one found on the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Elite and the Nova Pro Wireless, but is boosted to offer an upgraded level of connectivity: you can connect and mix up to four different inputs on the Omni, which is somewhat ludicrous but offers excellent versatility.

    The audio quality, microphone, and overall performance of the Omni is spectacular, and can’t really be faulted. I think I might just prefer the bottom-end audio of my Audeze Maxwell 2 over the Omni, but that’s nitpicking as the overall audio experience is fantastic, no matter which platform you're connected to. Being able to change EQ on the fly with the Arctis Companion App is a great boost over the Nova Pro Wireless and an excellent feature of modern Nova headsets.

    It’s an excellent headset, no doubt, but its pricing and the fact that Nova Pro Wireless will still be available mean the Omni’s place in the lineup is a little muddy for me. It performs fantastically, offers the full set of gaming headset features you could ask for, but I’m just not totally convinced it’s a great value option right now.

    In isolation, however, this is a fantastic multiplatform wireless gaming headset and probably the one to go for if you really want the maximum flexibility and versatility.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset with its GameHub sitting on a headset stand in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Price and availability

    • List price: $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799
    • Closely priced to the Nova Pro Wireless, which will inevitably be cheaper
    • Way under the Nova Elite, but in direct competition to headsets like the Audeze Maxwell 2

    In isolation, the Arctis Nova Pro Omni is pretty well placed price-wise at $399.99 / £349.99. However, its position alongside the rest of the Nova lineup raises an eyebrow.

    A large part of this is because of the continued availability of the headset that the Omni feels like it was made to replace: the Nova Pro Wireless. With the latter now readily available for far less than the Omni’s list price, I think — as a fan of both — that the value proposition of the Omni is lessened.

    Unless you really really want the four-device connectivity (as opposed to two), and really want the latest and greatest in a SteelSeries headset without going for the much more premium Nova Elite, then I still think the Nova Pro Wireless is going to be a better value purchase for you. Especially if you’re on just one platform.

    The Omni is also up against formidable competition outside of its own brethren at this price point. My absolute favorite headset right now, and my top pick ever in terms of pure audio quality, the Audeze Maxwell 2 is in the same price territory and would be my recommendation for someone prioritizing that.

    Then there’s also the likes of the Turtle Beach Stealth Pro 2, and the Sony Inzone H9 2 in the $300-ish zone, along with the likes of the Fractal Scape and the Razer BlackShark V3 Pro that come in slightly cheaper and all offer incredible wireless gaming headset experiences with a host of features.

    Having said all that, the Omni does do a lot in and of itself to justify its price tag as a high-end, brilliantly flexible and top-performing wireless headset. It will definitely be the best wireless option in this part of the Nova lineup when or if the Nova Pro Wireless ceases to be made, but until then it’s not a slam dunk for me.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset sitting on a headset stand in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Specs

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    Price

    $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799

    Weight

    11.95oz / 339g

    Drivers

    Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    Connection type

    Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)

    Battery life

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    Features

    Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro - Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility

    Software

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS & Android)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Design & features

    • Class-leading set of features and connectivity options
    • Reliable and fantastic build quality and battery solution
    • Very much from the Nova line of SteelSeries headsets

    Straight out of the box, you’d be forgiven for thinking that the Omni really is a Nova Pro Wireless in disguise, as all the parts are there. That isn’t a criticism, as the Omni is simply another SteelSeries headset cut from the Arctis Nova cloth.

    It’s a familiar design to anyone who’s seen or held a Nova headset, but it does have a tangible level of robustness and solidity that instils confidence — I’ve already dropped my unit a few times, but you wouldn’t be able to tell. The ear cushions are incredibly comfortable too, and I’ve been able to wear this headset for full work days without ever fully realising it too.

    The GameHub is basically the same as on other Nova headsets that use it, but there are a few more options within the OLED display, and the addition of a texture to the navigation wheel is a welcome touch.

    It’s this kind of small design change that’s present in a few areas across the Nova Pro Omni too: the multi-function volume wheel on the left cup has a new texture to it, the ear cushions are thicker and more padded compared to the Nova Pro Wireless, the mic is new and improved, and so on.

    On top of intuitive controls, Arctis Companion App integration, boosted connectivity (Bluetooth 5.3 features here), greater battery life, and quicker fast charge, and more, all the Omni’s improvements over the Nova Pro Wireless do stand on their own feet, and, importantly, add up to a wonderfully designed and feature-filled wireless gaming headset that will offer everything even those with three consoles and a PC could ever want.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni's GameHub in front of the product box and a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni: Performance

    • Fantastic SteelSeries audio quality out of the box
    • Every upgrade feels worthwhile
    • Audio quality and overall performance still close to its predecessor

    In terms of performance, the audio is the least difficult thing to cast an opinion on: it’s fantastic. Once again, this is from the SteelSeries Arctis Nova line so shares in all the excellent out-of-the-box audio quality the series is known for and does not disappoint in any way.

    What’s more, the audio is now Hi-Res certified, and on PC you’ll be getting 96kHz/24bit, which is a sheer, immersive joy to behold in games like Cyberpunk 2077, and even the atmospheric noises in Frostpunk 2 are detailed and clear. But even away from that, on PS5 Pro (Sony’s console can’t take advantage of 96kHz audio), the gaming audio delivered by the Omni is, predictably, a treat.

    Sea shanties, explosive ship combat, and swashbuckling sword action in Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced are fantastically vivid and rich; the audio in 007 First Light is even more cinematic and bombastic; and even audio in older online games like my go-to, Tom Clancy’s The Division 2, is elevated excellently, with enemy audio presented accurately, and the action and soundtrack mixed perfectly.

    The ability to change EQ presets for individual games and preferences via the Arctis Companion App remains a brilliant feature too, expanding the Omni’s already excellent versatility.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni in front of a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    On top of that, being wireless but plugged into a host of different devices as well as Bluetooth on my phone was very handy — in my particular setup. If you do have a multi-device setup and are looking for one headset that can be used on all of them with ease, even if not simultaneously, then this is a quality feature. For others on single-device setups, this is a bit overkill.

    Away from games, music and entertainment is superb on the Omni, and using it for work calls - and multiplayer gaming sessions — with its new (compared with the Nova Pro Wireless) omnidirectional ClearCast Pro mic is brilliant. I found the overall quality of the mic to be excellent, though its omnidirectional design did mean a little more background noise escaped to my friends down the line at times, and it’s certainly a big step up over the Nova Pro Wireless’ microphone.

    The way the headset feels to use is also a notable step up over the Nova Pro Wireless, and thus feels closer to the Nova Elite too. The wheel on the left ear cup is incredibly pleasing to use, the GameHub that offers more options is intuitive and easy to use, the new ear cushions are thicker and more comfy than the Pro Wireless (but only just), and there’s also improved ANC which I found worked well, as well as a hoist of boosts to Bluetooth (up to 5.3), longer battery life on the batteries and faster quick charge, and a few more to boot.

    Each of the improvements over the Nova Pro Wireless do add up to something much greater than each in isolation.

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni and it's GameHub in front on a white brick background and on a wooden surface.

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    Should I buy the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni?

    Buy it if...

    You want something close to the complete, multiplatform wireless headset
    If you are looking for one of the most complete wireless multiplatform headset options for the money, then the Omni is hard to beat, especially if you want all the features you could need for a one-and-done set.

    You’re overdue for an upgrade to a quality wireless gaming headset
    If you simply want or need a high-end wireless gaming headset upgrade in the north-of-$300 territory, then the Omni is an absolutely belting wireless set that you simply must consider.

    You’re a multiplatform, single-setup gamer
    If you’ve got a multi-device gaming setup and are in need of a high-quality wireless gaming headset that has all the trimmings, plus wonderful audio, then the Omni is a no-brainer.

    Don't buy it if...

    You can find the Nova Pro Wireless on a great deal
    As great as the Omni is, I can’t help but feel the Nova Pro Wireless is still going to offer even better value for money for a vast number of gamers, especially when it’s discounted. If the Nova Pro Wireless is still being made and its price dips or drops because the Omni is out, then the Nova Pro Wireless is going to be incredibly hard to beat value-wise.

    You simply don’t need a multi-connectivity and feature-rich gaming headset
    At $400 / £350, the Omni is still a sizable investment for a gaming accessory, and a lot of its attraction will lie in its versatility and multi-connectivity for some folks. However, it will still be overkill for many, and for the same amount of money, those on one platform or two who might prioritize sheer audio quality instead, for example, could well be better served by others on the market.

    Also consider...

    If the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni might seem overkill in some departments, then check out these two fine offerings as alternatives.

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless

    Audeze Maxwell 2

    Price

    $399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799

    $379.99 / £329.99 / AU$739

    $329 / £339 / AU$569

    Weight

    11.95oz / 339g

    9.5oz / 266g

    17.3oz / 490g

    Drivers

    Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)

    40mm Neodymium

    90mm Planar Magnetic

    Compatibility

    PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    PS4, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3

    PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile


    Connection type

    Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)

    Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C), Bluetooth 5.3

    Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C & audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)

    Battery life

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System

    80+ hours

    Features

    Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility

    Companion App, 40mm Neodymium magnetic drivers, 360-degree spatial audio, retractable ClearCast 2.X mic

    SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox)

    Software

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS & Android)

    SteelSeries GG/Sonar (PC)

    Audeze App (PC & mobile)

    SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless
    While it’s still being made and/or in circulation at retailers, the Arctis Nova Pro Wireless is a quality headset even in the face of the Omni’s advancements. With the Pro Wireless’ price likelyto dip now, it’ll likely offer incredible value for money at the expense of a few features while retaining that SteelSeries awesomeness.

    For more information, check out our full SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless review

    Audeze Maxwell 2
    The Omni’s price tag puts it squarely in competition with my favorite gaming headset of the day right now, the Audeze Maxwell 2, and the latter could very well be the option to go for if you want to spend big but prioritize audio quality above all else. I simply haven’t tested a better-sounding gaming headset in all my time reviewing hardware.

    For more information, check out our full Audeze Maxwell 2 review and my thoughts on why it should have scored even higher

    A close up of the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni's left ear cup

    (Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)

    How I tested the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni

    • Used as a daily driver for a few months
    • Tested on PC, PS5, and mobile
    • Deployed across a host of games, as well as daily work calls and more

    The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset has been my sole unit for gaming on PS5 and PC, as well as work tasks and calls, for the best part of three months.

    I have used it to play a bunch of 007 First Light, a full review playthrough and subsequent platinum playthrough of Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced, and a whole host of Tom Clancy’s The Division 2 on PS5, and also dived into Cyberpunk 2077, Frostpunk 2, and Crusader Kings 3 on Acer Predator Orion 5000 gaming PC (supplied by Acer) teamed with a productivity monitor and an Acer Predator X32QFS gaming monitor (also supplied by Acer).

    For a lot of that game-time testing, the Omni was connected to my PC and PS5 simultaneously on one setup, deploying its multi-connectivity. I was then also able to use it for all my work calls, and listening to music.

    During this time, I was able to directly compare the Omni with some other gaming headsets I had to hand, such as the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless and Nova Elite, as well as the Audeze Maxwell 2 and Maxwell 2 ANC.

    First reviewed May-August 2026

    Read more about how we test

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Secretlab Titan Evo owners can now freshen up their gaming chair with three new Pokémon Pixel Art skins inspired by Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise ]]>
  • Secretlab has revealed new skins for its Pokémon Titan Evo collection
  • Three new skins inspired by Grass-, Fire-, and Water-Type Pokémon will be included in the collection
  • The designs highlight fan-favorite Pokémon Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise

    • Following the launch of its Secretlab Pokémon Collection for its Titan Evo gaming chair, Secretlab is expanding the collaboration with three new Pokémon-inspired skins.

    The Secretlab SKINS Pokémon Pixel Art Collection celebrates Grass, Fire, and Water-Type Pokémon, including the fan-favorite First Partner Evolutions: Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise.

    Each design is tailored to each Pokémon, with stunning green, orange, and blue gradients that fade from light to dark along the backrest. Patterned panels along the side feature more pixel art themed after Grass, Fire, and Water-Type Pokémon, like Arcanine, Bulbasaur, Vaporeon, and many more.

    Secretlab

    (Image credit: Secretlab)

    "The Secretlab SKINS Pokémon Pixel Art Fire-Type Edition sports a scorching hot look, just like Charizard's Flamethrower," reads one description. "Charmander, Charmeleon, Arcanine, Rapidash, Flareon, and more round out the fiery company."

    The designs rendered in adorable pixel art for Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise are featured in the middle of the chair, showcasing your chosen Pokémon.

    Currently, the Pokémon Titan Evo collection includes the Pokémon Pikachu Edition, the Pokémon Eevee Edition, and the Pokémon Gengar Edition.

    "We wanted this chair collection to speak to the inner child in all of us, while still being elevated with craftmanship that would appeal to our now grown-up selves," said Secretlab senior product graphic designer Irene Tee of the chair designs.

    With these three new Pokémon Secretlab skins, you can easily slip the sleeve over a Titan Evo chair, one of the best gaming chairs you can buy right now, and you're done.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/choose-your-pokemon-with-secretlabs-expanded-titan-evo-pokemon-collection-featuring-adorable-pixel-art-designs-of-venusaur-charizard-and-blastoise AU3vkahnVKWohvChAmCYSi Wed, 05 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000 false false false
    • Secretlab has revealed new skins for its Pokémon Titan Evo collection
    • Three new skins inspired by Grass-, Fire-, and Water-Type Pokémon will be included in the collection
    • The designs highlight fan-favorite Pokémon Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise

    Following the launch of its Secretlab Pokémon Collection for its Titan Evo gaming chair, Secretlab is expanding the collaboration with three new Pokémon-inspired skins.

    The Secretlab SKINS Pokémon Pixel Art Collection celebrates Grass, Fire, and Water-Type Pokémon, including the fan-favorite First Partner Evolutions: Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise.

    Each design is tailored to each Pokémon, with stunning green, orange, and blue gradients that fade from light to dark along the backrest. Patterned panels along the side feature more pixel art themed after Grass, Fire, and Water-Type Pokémon, like Arcanine, Bulbasaur, Vaporeon, and many more.

    Secretlab

    (Image credit: Secretlab)

    "The Secretlab SKINS Pokémon Pixel Art Fire-Type Edition sports a scorching hot look, just like Charizard's Flamethrower," reads one description. "Charmander, Charmeleon, Arcanine, Rapidash, Flareon, and more round out the fiery company."

    The designs rendered in adorable pixel art for Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise are featured in the middle of the chair, showcasing your chosen Pokémon.

    Currently, the Pokémon Titan Evo collection includes the Pokémon Pikachu Edition, the Pokémon Eevee Edition, and the Pokémon Gengar Edition.

    "We wanted this chair collection to speak to the inner child in all of us, while still being elevated with craftmanship that would appeal to our now grown-up selves," said Secretlab senior product graphic designer Irene Tee of the chair designs.

    With these three new Pokémon Secretlab skins, you can easily slip the sleeve over a Titan Evo chair, one of the best gaming chairs you can buy right now, and you're done.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Lies of P: Complete Edition is excellent on Nintendo Switch 2, packing solid performance and the excellent Overture expansion ]]> I still consider Lies of P to be the very best of the best soulslike games you can play today. Others have come close, like the tremendously underrated Wuchang: Fallen Feathers (I also have a soft spot for 2023's flawed-but-interesting Lords of the Fallen), but none have been able to match this macabre take on the tale of Pinocchio. And I'm happy to report the game really shines on Nintendo Switch 2 with the arrival of Lies of P: Complete Edition.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 6, 2026

    It's very much the same game that fans have loved since its 2023 release. However, Lies of P: Complete Edition also bundles in the phenomenal Overture expansion and all previously released cosmetic downloadable content (DLC).

    As a result, this review will broadly focus on the game's performance on Nintendo Switch 2 and its overall value for money of Lies of P: Complete Edition. Be sure to read our original Lies of P review for a more complete rundown of the game itself, as well as our Lies of P: Overture review if you're curious about the unmissable massive expansion that released last year.

    If you own a Nintendo Switch 2 and you've been waiting for a chance to play Lies of P, then you'll be well-served with Lies of P: Complete Edition. Not only does it bundle the base game and the expansion at a reasonable asking price, but it's also a winner in the performance department with robust graphics options and speedy load times. I really can't recommend it enough, especially after completing my third playthrough of the game via this Complete Edition.

    It's not a perfect package; the more quality-centric graphics options are perhaps a tad too ambitious, leading to a very noticeable performance compromise. Plus, the inability to disable motion blur means you'll probably get sick of the smeary image created whenever you adjust the in-game camera.

    But if you stick to the performance- or balance-oriented graphics modes in either docked or handheld play, you'll find that Lies of P mostly plays like a dream on Nintendo Switch 2.

    Arms' length

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot showcasing a powerful Fable Arts attack against a malfunctioning puppet

    (Image credit: Fireshrine Games)

    As a quick catch-up (though once again I'll direct you to the review links above if you want to really learn more about the game before making a purchasing decision), Lies of P is a soulslike action game in the vein of FromSoftware-developed titles like Elden Ring and the Dark Souls trilogy.

    That means you can expect a high level of difficulty, with tough boss encounters and tricky enemies. You can also expect intricate level design with plenty to explore off the beaten path, and robust build variety that lets you craft a playstyle that suits your preferences.

    Best bit

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot showing the protagonist unleash a bolt of electricity at an early game boss

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    Lies of P: Complete Edition not only packs in the awesome Overture expansion with the base game, but it offers plenty of graphics options to help you play the way you prefer. While only the performance-centered option offers 60 frames per second (fps; in docked mode only; a day-one patch will add a similar graphics option for handheld play), I found the 'Balanced' option to offer the best compromise between graphics quality and game performance.

    Where Lies of P sets itself apart is in its gameplay particulars. The player character, as a puppet, can equip a variety of Legion Arms, which offer effects like applying harmful status elements, pulling enemies toward you, or laying down proximity mines for crowd control.

    You can also mix and match the blade and hilt of most of the game's weapons, with different combinations changing how you swing the weapon, as well as the special moves it has access to. Finally, exploring is greatly incentivized by Quartz - a rare item that lets you unlock strong passive abilities via your P-Organ setup at the homebase of Hotel Krat. Such passives include more healing item uses, more amulet slots for applying strong combat effects, and greater effectiveness of your dodge roll.

    Lies of P can be an extremely tough game, but there are two easier difficulty options if you'd prefer a more casual experience. These can be changed at any time, so feel free to switch them around if you find you're having too hard (or too easy) of a time; the game does not punish you or lock away any content on those easier difficulties.

    P for Performance

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist decimates a boss with a powerful attack

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    So let's break down how Lies of P: Complete Edition runs on Nintendo Switch 2, specifically. In docked mode, on TV, you have three settings. The performance-centered option lets you play at a full 60fps, and it's tremendously smooth with little in the way of hiccups. The downside here is you lose quite a bit of graphical detail, with greatly simplified environmental detail and particle effects.

    The quality-centered option swings a bit too far in the opposite direction, and while it does offer some nice-looking ray-tracing, the Switch 2 isn't quite able to keep up the pace and performance really suffers as a result. This setting also makes the camera-based motion blur very apparent, creating a Vaseline-like smear whenever you shift the camera in-game. There's no option to turn off the motion blur, either, so I would recommend avoiding this setting in both docked and handheld modes.

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist uses an umbrella-like weapon

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    I personally found that the 'Balanced' setting offered the best results. This had the best balance between frame rate (a stable 30fps) and graphical detail. If you're going to play on TV, this is the graphics option I would strongly recommend.

    There are still some caveats that are apparent across all graphics modes, though. There's very noticeable object pop-in for distant objects, especially in the game's denser areas like the Lorenzini Arcade or Overture's Krat Zoo. It's not game-breaking by any means, but it shows that some compromises had to be made for more stable performance on Switch 2.

    Another annoying thing about this Switch 2 version is that you can only change graphics options from the title screen menu. That means you'll have to back out from the game to the menu every single time you want to change things up. This is another reason why I recommend just setting the game to Balanced mode from the jump. It offers the best visual quality to performance balance, and I would only suggest swapping to the performance-centered mode if you're desperate for 60fps gameplay.

    On that note, a 60fps graphics option is coming to handheld mode via a day-one patch, so I was unable to test that during the review period.

    Should I play Lies of P: Complete Edition?

    Play it if...

    You're checking Lies of P out for the first time
    Lies of P: Complete Edition includes the base game, the Overture expansion, and all previously released cosmetic DLC and quality-of-life updates. It's the full package, so it's ideal if you're playing for the first time.

    You want a chunky, satisfying adventure on the go
    Your first playthrough of Lies of P will take roughly 40-50 hours with the Overture expansion. Pair that with the impressive handheld performance here, and Lies of P: Complete Edition makes for a lengthy and enjoyable game for those who regularly play portably.

    Soulslikes typically intimidate you
    Lies of P is hard, but its easier difficulty options provide a fantastic onboarding experience if you really want to get into games like it, but are maybe a bit unnerved by the high difficulty.

    Don't play it if...

    You want peak visual clarity
    While it looks and runs great in most graphics modes, its quality-centered options are a letdown. I'd stick to the PC version if you really want to see Lies of P looking its best.

    Accessibility features

    Lies of P: Complete Edition has a basic set of accessibility options. There are three colorblind modes (protanopia, deuteranopia, and tritanopia), as well as the option to adjust subtitle display and size. Full button rebinding is also supported, and as mentioned in the review, there are two easier difficulty options if the going gets a bit too tough.

    How I reviewed Lies of P: Complete Edition

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist finishes off a late game boss

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    I played Lies of P: Complete Edition for 20 hours for this review. That playtime included most of the base game and the first handful of areas within the Overture DLC. I tested all graphics modes available during the review period, including quality, performance, and balanced options.

    I played Lies of P: Complete Edition primarily in docked mode on an LG CX OLED TV with a Switch 2 Pro Controller, swapping over to handheld mode every so often to get a feel for overall performance there, too. I also hooked up my RIG R5 Spear Pro HS gaming headset for more immersive audio while playing in handheld mode.

    First reviewed July-August 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo-switch/lies-of-p-complete-edition-review KqSxmscRbW9zAjJPZELJzd Mon, 03 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000 false false false

    I still consider Lies of P to be the very best of the best soulslike games you can play today. Others have come close, like the tremendously underrated Wuchang: Fallen Feathers (I also have a soft spot for 2023's flawed-but-interesting Lords of the Fallen), but none have been able to match this macabre take on the tale of Pinocchio. And I'm happy to report the game really shines on Nintendo Switch 2 with the arrival of Lies of P: Complete Edition.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: August 6, 2026

    It's very much the same game that fans have loved since its 2023 release. However, Lies of P: Complete Edition also bundles in the phenomenal Overture expansion and all previously released cosmetic downloadable content (DLC).

    As a result, this review will broadly focus on the game's performance on Nintendo Switch 2 and its overall value for money of Lies of P: Complete Edition. Be sure to read our original Lies of P review for a more complete rundown of the game itself, as well as our Lies of P: Overture review if you're curious about the unmissable massive expansion that released last year.

    If you own a Nintendo Switch 2 and you've been waiting for a chance to play Lies of P, then you'll be well-served with Lies of P: Complete Edition. Not only does it bundle the base game and the expansion at a reasonable asking price, but it's also a winner in the performance department with robust graphics options and speedy load times. I really can't recommend it enough, especially after completing my third playthrough of the game via this Complete Edition.

    It's not a perfect package; the more quality-centric graphics options are perhaps a tad too ambitious, leading to a very noticeable performance compromise. Plus, the inability to disable motion blur means you'll probably get sick of the smeary image created whenever you adjust the in-game camera.

    But if you stick to the performance- or balance-oriented graphics modes in either docked or handheld play, you'll find that Lies of P mostly plays like a dream on Nintendo Switch 2.

    Arms' length

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot showcasing a powerful Fable Arts attack against a malfunctioning puppet

    (Image credit: Fireshrine Games)

    As a quick catch-up (though once again I'll direct you to the review links above if you want to really learn more about the game before making a purchasing decision), Lies of P is a soulslike action game in the vein of FromSoftware-developed titles like Elden Ring and the Dark Souls trilogy.

    That means you can expect a high level of difficulty, with tough boss encounters and tricky enemies. You can also expect intricate level design with plenty to explore off the beaten path, and robust build variety that lets you craft a playstyle that suits your preferences.

    Best bit

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot showing the protagonist unleash a bolt of electricity at an early game boss

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    Lies of P: Complete Edition not only packs in the awesome Overture expansion with the base game, but it offers plenty of graphics options to help you play the way you prefer. While only the performance-centered option offers 60 frames per second (fps; in docked mode only; a day-one patch will add a similar graphics option for handheld play), I found the 'Balanced' option to offer the best compromise between graphics quality and game performance.

    Where Lies of P sets itself apart is in its gameplay particulars. The player character, as a puppet, can equip a variety of Legion Arms, which offer effects like applying harmful status elements, pulling enemies toward you, or laying down proximity mines for crowd control.

    You can also mix and match the blade and hilt of most of the game's weapons, with different combinations changing how you swing the weapon, as well as the special moves it has access to. Finally, exploring is greatly incentivized by Quartz - a rare item that lets you unlock strong passive abilities via your P-Organ setup at the homebase of Hotel Krat. Such passives include more healing item uses, more amulet slots for applying strong combat effects, and greater effectiveness of your dodge roll.

    Lies of P can be an extremely tough game, but there are two easier difficulty options if you'd prefer a more casual experience. These can be changed at any time, so feel free to switch them around if you find you're having too hard (or too easy) of a time; the game does not punish you or lock away any content on those easier difficulties.

    P for Performance

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist decimates a boss with a powerful attack

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    So let's break down how Lies of P: Complete Edition runs on Nintendo Switch 2, specifically. In docked mode, on TV, you have three settings. The performance-centered option lets you play at a full 60fps, and it's tremendously smooth with little in the way of hiccups. The downside here is you lose quite a bit of graphical detail, with greatly simplified environmental detail and particle effects.

    The quality-centered option swings a bit too far in the opposite direction, and while it does offer some nice-looking ray-tracing, the Switch 2 isn't quite able to keep up the pace and performance really suffers as a result. This setting also makes the camera-based motion blur very apparent, creating a Vaseline-like smear whenever you shift the camera in-game. There's no option to turn off the motion blur, either, so I would recommend avoiding this setting in both docked and handheld modes.

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist uses an umbrella-like weapon

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    I personally found that the 'Balanced' setting offered the best results. This had the best balance between frame rate (a stable 30fps) and graphical detail. If you're going to play on TV, this is the graphics option I would strongly recommend.

    There are still some caveats that are apparent across all graphics modes, though. There's very noticeable object pop-in for distant objects, especially in the game's denser areas like the Lorenzini Arcade or Overture's Krat Zoo. It's not game-breaking by any means, but it shows that some compromises had to be made for more stable performance on Switch 2.

    Another annoying thing about this Switch 2 version is that you can only change graphics options from the title screen menu. That means you'll have to back out from the game to the menu every single time you want to change things up. This is another reason why I recommend just setting the game to Balanced mode from the jump. It offers the best visual quality to performance balance, and I would only suggest swapping to the performance-centered mode if you're desperate for 60fps gameplay.

    On that note, a 60fps graphics option is coming to handheld mode via a day-one patch, so I was unable to test that during the review period.

    Should I play Lies of P: Complete Edition?

    Play it if...

    You're checking Lies of P out for the first time
    Lies of P: Complete Edition includes the base game, the Overture expansion, and all previously released cosmetic DLC and quality-of-life updates. It's the full package, so it's ideal if you're playing for the first time.

    You want a chunky, satisfying adventure on the go
    Your first playthrough of Lies of P will take roughly 40-50 hours with the Overture expansion. Pair that with the impressive handheld performance here, and Lies of P: Complete Edition makes for a lengthy and enjoyable game for those who regularly play portably.

    Soulslikes typically intimidate you
    Lies of P is hard, but its easier difficulty options provide a fantastic onboarding experience if you really want to get into games like it, but are maybe a bit unnerved by the high difficulty.

    Don't play it if...

    You want peak visual clarity
    While it looks and runs great in most graphics modes, its quality-centered options are a letdown. I'd stick to the PC version if you really want to see Lies of P looking its best.

    Accessibility features

    Lies of P: Complete Edition has a basic set of accessibility options. There are three colorblind modes (protanopia, deuteranopia, and tritanopia), as well as the option to adjust subtitle display and size. Full button rebinding is also supported, and as mentioned in the review, there are two easier difficulty options if the going gets a bit too tough.

    How I reviewed Lies of P: Complete Edition

    Lies of P: Complete Edition screenshot in which the protagonist finishes off a late game boss

    (Image credit: Fireshine Games)

    I played Lies of P: Complete Edition for 20 hours for this review. That playtime included most of the base game and the first handful of areas within the Overture DLC. I tested all graphics modes available during the review period, including quality, performance, and balanced options.

    I played Lies of P: Complete Edition primarily in docked mode on an LG CX OLED TV with a Switch 2 Pro Controller, swapping over to handheld mode every so often to get a feel for overall performance there, too. I also hooked up my RIG R5 Spear Pro HS gaming headset for more immersive audio while playing in handheld mode.

    First reviewed July-August 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ 7 new movies and TV shows to watch on Netflix, Prime Video, HBO Max, and more this weekend (July 31) ]]> It's time to bid farewell to July 2026 — and, if you won't be heading out to catch Spider-Man: Brand New Day this weekend, you're going to need something to watch at home instead.

    Thankfully, the world's best streaming services have plenty of great-looking new movies and shows for you to check out before Monday arrives once more. Don't delay, then — scroll on to see what you'll be adding to your watchlist ahead of the new working week. — Tom Power, senior entertainment reporter

    The Devil Wears Prada 2 (Hulu/Disney+)

    Gird your loins, people: The Devil Wears Prada 2 is finally available to stream on Hulu and Disney+. As an 11-year old girl who grew up wanting to be Andy Sachs, I can safely say that nothing has changed 20 years later.

    This time around, Andy is brought back into the Runway Magazine fold when Miranda comes under fire for printing false information in an article. As the new Features Editor, it's Andy's job to navigate a PR crisis fit for the 2020s, which includes getting a little help from Emily.

    With all of the nostalgia and dreamy fashion montages you could hope for, and an new original song by Doechii and Lady Gaga that slaps, I'll be watching this over and again. — Jasmine Valentine, entertainment reporter

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie (Peacock)

    Yahoo! Almost fourh months after it initially landed in theaters, The Super Mario Galaxy Movie has finally made its official streaming debut on Peacock.

    Mario's latest animated adventure is way more polarizing than its predecessor, yet it still managed to pull in $1 billion at the worldwide box office. For that reason alone, it's probably worth giving it a whirl — but, seeing as you'll need something to entertain the kids for 90 minutes or so, it's definitely worth putting on.

    But, I digress. For those who might not know: this time around, Mario and his allies traverse the cosmos as they attempt to stop Bowser and Bowser Jr from enacting a new masterplan that would see them kidnap Princess Rosalina and drain her cosmic powers to build a super weapon. Expect plenty of Nintendo Easter eggs and references in this multiverse-esque sequel that certainly acts as a jumping off point for a shared Nintendo cinematic universe. — TP

    The Drama (HBO Max)

    The first of three films that Zendaya and Robert Pattinson appear in this year, A24's dark rom-com drama called, well, The Drama has made its debut on HBO Max.

    Starring the aforementioned A-listers, it tells the tale of soon-to-be-newlyweds Emma and Charlie, whose forthcoming wedding is derailed when a particularly dark secret comes to light. The twist in question? Honestly, it's best if you go into the movie knowing as little as humanly possible, because it's such a blind-siding narrative device that it's too good to spoil here. Get it watched ASAP, because I imagine it's all you and your work colleagues will be talking about come Monday. — TP

    The Bombing of Pan Am 103 (Netflix)

    There are some national tragedies that are so horrifically terrible, history is forever changed. In Scotland and the US, this was the Bombing of Pan Am 103, which is now a Netflix docuseries of the same name.

    In a nutshell: on 21 December 1988, flight Pan Am 103 was en route from Heathrow to JFK when a bomb exploded in its hold over Lockerbie, killing all 270 people, including 43 British citizens and 190 Americans, on board, and spawning an international investigation involving local law enforcement and the FBI.

    The community of Lockerbie has definitely never been the same since, with the attack leading to the Aviation Security Improvement Act of 1990. Be prepared for a difficult yet emotionally poignant watch. — JV

    Batman: Caped Crusader season 2 (Prime Video)

    Batman is back — well, in Amazon's animated TV show, that is. That's right, season 2 of Batman: Caped Crusader has made its Prime Video debut, so fans of the Dark Knight have some new content to consume while the wait for The Batman Part II goes on.

    This season, the eponymous vigilante and friends are forced to navigate an increasingly combustible turf war and the arrival of new iterations of the Caped Crusader's packed rogues gallery. Eager to see the Big Bad Bat go up against Joker, Scarecrow, Riddler, and more for the umpteenth time? Caped Crusader season 2 should be your first streaming port of call this weekend. — TP

    Furious (Hulu/Disney+)

    Female police chasing female serial killers? It's almost as if the glory days of Killing Eve are back. This time, the dynamic comes courtesy of Furious, which has already been described by critics as one of the best shows of 2026, which is seriously high praise.

    I've got a hunch that this is mostly down to its leads in Shameless' Emmy Rossum, and Lola Petticrew, who was absolutely astonishing in Trespasses and Say Nothing. What's even better is that it's set in the 1980s and allegedly has a vert satisfying payoff. Ticks all of the great crime drama boxes, if you ask me. — JV

    Lioness season 3 (Paramount+)

    We've been without a new Taylor Sheridan show for the first time in 2026 this month, but never fear... Lioness season 3 is here. And, by here, I mean on Paramount+.

    Joe continues to walk the line between duty and home as "unseen forces" circle her world. Frankly, I think this means that we should do a fan sweepstake on just how many minutes of each episode she's going to be shouting for. My guess is 42 out of 48 minutes.

    What's even more impressive is how Lioness season 3 has managed to retain Nicole Kidman and Morgan Freeman in their supporting roles. That's the brilliance of a Taylor Sheridan series, I guess. — JV

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/streaming/7-new-movies-and-tv-shows-to-watch-on-netflix-prime-video-hbo-max-and-more-this-weekend-july-31 S9bTxCApzDmUSpQi6b7Xw6 Fri, 31 Jul 2026 14:00:00 +0000 false false false

    It's time to bid farewell to July 2026 — and, if you won't be heading out to catch Spider-Man: Brand New Day this weekend, you're going to need something to watch at home instead.

    Thankfully, the world's best streaming services have plenty of great-looking new movies and shows for you to check out before Monday arrives once more. Don't delay, then — scroll on to see what you'll be adding to your watchlist ahead of the new working week. — Tom Power, senior entertainment reporter

    The Devil Wears Prada 2 (Hulu/Disney+)

    Gird your loins, people: The Devil Wears Prada 2 is finally available to stream on Hulu and Disney+. As an 11-year old girl who grew up wanting to be Andy Sachs, I can safely say that nothing has changed 20 years later.

    This time around, Andy is brought back into the Runway Magazine fold when Miranda comes under fire for printing false information in an article. As the new Features Editor, it's Andy's job to navigate a PR crisis fit for the 2020s, which includes getting a little help from Emily.

    With all of the nostalgia and dreamy fashion montages you could hope for, and an new original song by Doechii and Lady Gaga that slaps, I'll be watching this over and again. — Jasmine Valentine, entertainment reporter

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie (Peacock)

    Yahoo! Almost fourh months after it initially landed in theaters, The Super Mario Galaxy Movie has finally made its official streaming debut on Peacock.

    Mario's latest animated adventure is way more polarizing than its predecessor, yet it still managed to pull in $1 billion at the worldwide box office. For that reason alone, it's probably worth giving it a whirl — but, seeing as you'll need something to entertain the kids for 90 minutes or so, it's definitely worth putting on.

    But, I digress. For those who might not know: this time around, Mario and his allies traverse the cosmos as they attempt to stop Bowser and Bowser Jr from enacting a new masterplan that would see them kidnap Princess Rosalina and drain her cosmic powers to build a super weapon. Expect plenty of Nintendo Easter eggs and references in this multiverse-esque sequel that certainly acts as a jumping off point for a shared Nintendo cinematic universe. — TP

    The Drama (HBO Max)

    The first of three films that Zendaya and Robert Pattinson appear in this year, A24's dark rom-com drama called, well, The Drama has made its debut on HBO Max.

    Starring the aforementioned A-listers, it tells the tale of soon-to-be-newlyweds Emma and Charlie, whose forthcoming wedding is derailed when a particularly dark secret comes to light. The twist in question? Honestly, it's best if you go into the movie knowing as little as humanly possible, because it's such a blind-siding narrative device that it's too good to spoil here. Get it watched ASAP, because I imagine it's all you and your work colleagues will be talking about come Monday. — TP

    The Bombing of Pan Am 103 (Netflix)

    There are some national tragedies that are so horrifically terrible, history is forever changed. In Scotland and the US, this was the Bombing of Pan Am 103, which is now a Netflix docuseries of the same name.

    In a nutshell: on 21 December 1988, flight Pan Am 103 was en route from Heathrow to JFK when a bomb exploded in its hold over Lockerbie, killing all 270 people, including 43 British citizens and 190 Americans, on board, and spawning an international investigation involving local law enforcement and the FBI.

    The community of Lockerbie has definitely never been the same since, with the attack leading to the Aviation Security Improvement Act of 1990. Be prepared for a difficult yet emotionally poignant watch. — JV

    Batman: Caped Crusader season 2 (Prime Video)

    Batman is back — well, in Amazon's animated TV show, that is. That's right, season 2 of Batman: Caped Crusader has made its Prime Video debut, so fans of the Dark Knight have some new content to consume while the wait for The Batman Part II goes on.

    This season, the eponymous vigilante and friends are forced to navigate an increasingly combustible turf war and the arrival of new iterations of the Caped Crusader's packed rogues gallery. Eager to see the Big Bad Bat go up against Joker, Scarecrow, Riddler, and more for the umpteenth time? Caped Crusader season 2 should be your first streaming port of call this weekend. — TP

    Furious (Hulu/Disney+)

    Female police chasing female serial killers? It's almost as if the glory days of Killing Eve are back. This time, the dynamic comes courtesy of Furious, which has already been described by critics as one of the best shows of 2026, which is seriously high praise.

    I've got a hunch that this is mostly down to its leads in Shameless' Emmy Rossum, and Lola Petticrew, who was absolutely astonishing in Trespasses and Say Nothing. What's even better is that it's set in the 1980s and allegedly has a vert satisfying payoff. Ticks all of the great crime drama boxes, if you ask me. — JV

    Lioness season 3 (Paramount+)

    We've been without a new Taylor Sheridan show for the first time in 2026 this month, but never fear... Lioness season 3 is here. And, by here, I mean on Paramount+.

    Joe continues to walk the line between duty and home as "unseen forces" circle her world. Frankly, I think this means that we should do a fan sweepstake on just how many minutes of each episode she's going to be shouting for. My guess is 42 out of 48 minutes.

    What's even more impressive is how Lioness season 3 has managed to retain Nicole Kidman and Morgan Freeman in their supporting roles. That's the brilliance of a Taylor Sheridan series, I guess. — JV

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ I asked, you answered: here’s whether you think the Nintendo Switch 2 is a hit or a flop, plus thoughts from industry insiders ]]> The Nintendo Switch was nothing short of a phenomenon. It won the hearts of millions, possesses one of the greatest games libraries in console history, and became one of the highest selling systems of all time. It brought the best parts of its failing predecessor, the Wii U, forward, assuming an ultra-convenient hybrid form, and during the COVID 19 pandemic, it felt like everyone and their dog were building their perfect island on Animal Crossing: New Horizons, or racing to the finish line in Mario Kart 8 Deluxe.

    All of that is to say, that whatever came next would have huge shoes to fill. And so, in came the Nintendo Switch 2 — a system that appeared to be less of a revolution, and more of an evolution. It took what made the Switch great and ran with it, offering higher resolution and refresh rates, a larger screen for handheld mode, and even a mouse mode.

    And in some respects, the Switch 2 has hit the ground running. It’s the second-fastest selling games console in recorded US history, and at just over a year old it's already seen multiple exclusives (such as Donkey Kong Bananza and Pokémon Pokopia) release to critical acclaim. But at the same time, some have been disappointed over the lack of a 3D Mario or truly new Zelda title on the horizon, while issues around battery life and pricing have also proved to be a turn off for others.

    So, this got me thinking. Would gamers consider the Switch 2 to be more of a hit, or a flop? Sure, its sales figures have been impressive, but are users satisfied with the hardware upgrades? What are their thoughts on its game catalogue?

    I spoke with industry experts, fellow journalists — and most importantly, you, our wonderful readers, and it proved to be a fascinating experience. I heard a lot of varying viewpoints, and now I’m here to report back.

    Hit or miss: the expert take

    Mario Kart World being played on Switch 2, on shelf with various amiibo

    (Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

    To begin with, I spoke with Mat Piscatella, Executive Director of Games at the Market Research firm Circana, who had some excellent insight into the commercial performance of the Nintendo Switch 2.

    “Well, over its first 12 months in the market, Nintendo Switch 2 hit 5.9M units sold in the US,” Piscatella told me.

    Did you know TechRadar now has membership?

    Various tech product cutouts next to the words 'Insider TechRadar Learn More'

    (Image credit: Future)

    Become a TechRadar Insider by simply clicking 'Join Now' at the top of this page. Have a question? Please email membership@techradar.com

    This, he noted, ensured it became the second fastest-selling video game hardware in the US since Circana’s records began in 1995 — finishing behind the Game Boy Advance only. “If that's not considered a hit, I'm not sure what would be,” he remarked.

    “For the 2026 year-to-date period ending May, US hardware spending in total was up 37% compared to the same period a year ago,” Piscatella said. He stated that this was “entirely driven by Nintendo Switch 2 as double-digit percentage sales declines were experienced across the other in market platforms”.

    He also highlighted high sales of software, such as Donkey Kong Bananza, Metroid Prime 4: Beyond, Pokémon Legends: Z-A, Pokémon: Pokopia, and Mario Kart World, a game which was largely obtained via a bundle with the system.

    With one year in the books, it would be hard to ask for much more when it comes to the sales performance of the Nintendo Switch 2

    Mat Piscatella, Executive Director of Games at Circana

    So far so good, then, for Piscatella, who also highlighted the benefit of the Switch 2’s backwards compatibility — giving users access to thousands of unique titles from the original system.

    He did flag that June date may indicate “tough year-on-year comp for the system,” largely due to sales being compared to the launch month. “After that we should see Switch 2 continue to perform well into its announced September price increase. Then we'll have to see what happens."

    What does the TechRadar team think?

    Nintendo Switch 2 with Sony WH-1000XM6 headphones and Sennheiser IE 200 IEMs

    (Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

    The early signs have been promising, commercially speaking, but our Managing Editor of Social & Engagement (and Nintendo enthusiast), Josephine Watson, says that “the Switch 2 needed more than sales to break Nintendo’s generational curse of yo-yo-ing console success. It needed sticking power”. So, one year on, has it stuck the landing?

    She argued that the Switch 2’s weaker holiday sales and subsequent production cuts suggest that “the console has yet to prove its mettle in the same way the first-generation [Switch] did, even with such high sales figures in its first year.” Despite this, she did acknowledge the mid-lifecycle boom that the OG Switch experienced, largely due to the release of Animal Crossing: New Horizons during the pandemic.

    In terms of games, Watson had a somewhat mixed take, arguing that the Switch 2 had “a concerningly hollow launch title line-up carried mostly by Mario Kart World,” though she did suggest that the system gained momentum moving into the new year, especially with titles like Pokémon Pokopia and strong third-party additions like Resident Evil Requiem.

    Is the Switch 2 a success one year on for Watson? “No — but yes, kinda,” she said. She lamented the lackluster battery life and pointed to how Nintendo could’ve done more to eradicate stick drift from the Joy-Con 2 controllers, but did express satisfaction with the improved processing power and refined eShop. And even though her views on the game library haven’t been entirely positive, the Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake, scheduled for release in 2026, “is the game-changer,” she said.

    TechRadar Senior Writer, Hamish Hector, admitted that he was “a little skeptical” of the Nintendo Switch 2 — both a little before and a little after its launch. But since grabbing one in the latter stages of 2025, those worries seem to have largely dissipated.

    “It has cemented itself as my go-to gaming handheld,” Hector told me. “While it doesn’t have the raw power or library breadth of my Asus ROG Xbox Ally X — a handheld gaming PC with access to Steam’s vast suite of games — the Switch 2 does still boast a solid selection of AAA ports, incredible first-party hits and superb indie darlings”.

    He noted how some AAA third-party ports have varied in quality, although hit the mark more often than they miss, and most issues manifest themselves as simple “graphical performance hitches” rather than “anything majorly frustrating”. He even hailed the Switch 2’s value for money, emphasizing that “At $449.99 / £395.99 it’s much more affordable than any worthwhile PC handheld, and even after its upcoming price hike to $499.99 it’ll still be a solid pickup”.

    Here’s what our audience has to say

    A man holds the Joy-Con 2, showing off the Snakebyte silicone grips that have been applied to them.

    (Image credit: Future)

    We’ve heard a range of views so far, albeit generally positive ones. It feels as if the general consensus is that the Nintendo Switch 2 has been an overall success, with a strong start in terms of sales and a commendable library to match. But I was most excited to hear from were you, our audience. So, I asked, and you answered: here’s whether you considered the Switch 2 to be a hit or a flop.

    I asked our audience about their feelings on the Switch 2 across multiple platforms. With our poll here on the TechRadar website and over on WhatsApp, users were given four choices: 'It’s a hit'; 'it’s pretty good'; 'it’s a little disappointing'; and 'it’s a flop'. We got 892 votes, and the breakdown was as follows.

    Is the Nintendo Switch 2 a hit or a flop? Main poll results

    Response

    Votes (raw numbers)

    Votes (as % of total)

    It’s a hit

    224

    25.1%

    It’s pretty good

    197

    22.1%

    It’s a little disappointing

    378

    42.4%

    It’s a flop

    93

    10.4%

    Over on YouTube, we wanted to try a more direct approach and gave our audience only two options: hit or flop. We received 446 votes (at the time of writing), with 61% selecting ‘hit’, and 39% going with ‘flop’.

    But what do these results actually tell us? At a glance, the picture seems pretty divided. Across all of our polls on our website, WhatsApp, and YouTube, we received 1,338 responses. Of those, 693 (51.8%) were generally positive on the Switch 2 (respondents called it ‘a hit’ or ‘pretty good’), whereas 645 (48.2%) were generally more negative (respondents either selected ‘it’s a little disappointing’ or ‘it’s a flop’).

    Over on our Facebook page, the reasons for such division became clear, with a wide range of differing opinions floating around.

    Posted by TechRadar on 

    Of course, the very meaning of ‘hit or flop’ in itself can be interpreted in a number of ways. One commenter, Andreas Carmblad, stated that “hit or flop is reflected in the sales figures,” suggesting that Nintendo’s new console has been a success so far.

    Others were more focused on the quality of the system’s software lineup, with most talking up the first-party line-up — though one commenter described the current set of exclusives as “woeful,” adding “hopefully a few big releases can turn it around [like] OoT and a new 3D Mario game”.

    Elsewhere, commenters expressed disappointment over the console’s battery life in handheld mode — understandable given that it can run flat in around 2 hours with more demanding games.

    However, many considered the new hardware changes to be a hit, with Tim McDougall saying “It's an improvement in almost every way [over the original Switch] and it's now much closer in performance to the current gen home consoles. It's 99% backwards compatible with the first Switch, with many performance benefits. I'd say it's a success”.

    I was slightly surprised to see so many members of our poll select ‘slightly’ disappointed in our poll, and I expect that this comes down to a sentiment that the console is still a few games short of being a true must-have for all gamers. However, with Zelda and Pokémon games releasing soon, a lot of opinions could be swayed — and I suspect a blockbuster Mario title would only seal the deal.

    What I was pleased to see, however, is that very few members of our audience (10.4% in our main poll) consider the Switch 2 to be an outright flop. After all, the sales speak for themselves, and there have been a lot of very well received exclusives early in the system’s lifecycle.

    Some personal thoughts

    Official Nintendo Switch 2 Carrying Case with a pink and a blue yarn Yoshi amiibo together on the right hand side

    (Image credit: Future)

    This brings me onto my personal thoughts. I pre-ordered the Nintendo Switch 2, and my expectations were high for the new system. Although I loved the original Switch’s library and appreciated its flexibility, the truth is, I actually didn’t love it all that much. For me, quality often felt overly compromised in handheld mode, with a lot of intensive titles struggling to reach up to 60fps. But the Switch 2 changed everything.

    Now, I can enjoy titles in full HD at 60fps (and sometimes up to 120fps) in handheld mode, and I feel like the gap in quality when playing on the go — rather than in front of the TV — has shortened. What’s more, the Switch 2’s Handheld Mode Boost means that I can enjoy my original Switch games as if I was playing them with my system docked — a truly fantastic feature.

    Then there’s the games. Controversially, I consider Mario Kart World to be the series’ best entry since the Wii generation, with a return to the true chaos and zaniness that made the games great in the first place — with knockout mode and the bizarre cast of characters being highlights for me. I’ve also had a blast with DK and Pokémon Pokopia, have spent countless hours racing in Kirby Air Riders, and exploring in Yoshi and the Mysterious Book.

    The Switch 2 has also managed to do what the original model never could for me, in that I now often choose Nintendo for third party experiences. The brilliant combination of portability and higher fidelity visuals has made grinding in Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake or playing detective in Raidou Remastered: The Mystery of the Soulless Army feel free of compromise.

    Pair that with impressive sales performance, more convenient magnetic Joy-Cons, and even some pretty impressive virtual surround sound processing, and the Switch 2, in my eyes, is a sure-fire hit.

    Yes, I share many users’ battery life gripes, and I personally believe that some of the first party games are far too pricey — I mean, $79.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95 for a physical copy of Mario Kart World? Really? But even with incoming price hikes, I’d consider Nintendo’s latest hardware to offer plenty of bang for your buck, and although I’d love to get Super Mario Odyssey 2 within the next year or so, I’m perfectly satisfied with the current, and upcoming crop of titles at this stage.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/i-asked-you-answered-heres-whether-you-think-the-nintendo-switch-2-is-a-hit-or-a-flop-plus-thoughts-from-industry-insiders kCyuT7MYyHeB3XT487pc Fri, 31 Jul 2026 10:50:00 +0000 false false false

    The Nintendo Switch was nothing short of a phenomenon. It won the hearts of millions, possesses one of the greatest games libraries in console history, and became one of the highest selling systems of all time. It brought the best parts of its failing predecessor, the Wii U, forward, assuming an ultra-convenient hybrid form, and during the COVID 19 pandemic, it felt like everyone and their dog were building their perfect island on Animal Crossing: New Horizons, or racing to the finish line in Mario Kart 8 Deluxe.

    All of that is to say, that whatever came next would have huge shoes to fill. And so, in came the Nintendo Switch 2 — a system that appeared to be less of a revolution, and more of an evolution. It took what made the Switch great and ran with it, offering higher resolution and refresh rates, a larger screen for handheld mode, and even a mouse mode.

    And in some respects, the Switch 2 has hit the ground running. It’s the second-fastest selling games console in recorded US history, and at just over a year old it's already seen multiple exclusives (such as Donkey Kong Bananza and Pokémon Pokopia) release to critical acclaim. But at the same time, some have been disappointed over the lack of a 3D Mario or truly new Zelda title on the horizon, while issues around battery life and pricing have also proved to be a turn off for others.

    So, this got me thinking. Would gamers consider the Switch 2 to be more of a hit, or a flop? Sure, its sales figures have been impressive, but are users satisfied with the hardware upgrades? What are their thoughts on its game catalogue?

    I spoke with industry experts, fellow journalists — and most importantly, you, our wonderful readers, and it proved to be a fascinating experience. I heard a lot of varying viewpoints, and now I’m here to report back.

    Hit or miss: the expert take

    Mario Kart World being played on Switch 2, on shelf with various amiibo

    (Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

    To begin with, I spoke with Mat Piscatella, Executive Director of Games at the Market Research firm Circana, who had some excellent insight into the commercial performance of the Nintendo Switch 2.

    “Well, over its first 12 months in the market, Nintendo Switch 2 hit 5.9M units sold in the US,” Piscatella told me.

    Did you know TechRadar now has membership?

    Various tech product cutouts next to the words 'Insider TechRadar Learn More'

    (Image credit: Future)

    Become a TechRadar Insider by simply clicking 'Join Now' at the top of this page. Have a question? Please email membership@techradar.com

    This, he noted, ensured it became the second fastest-selling video game hardware in the US since Circana’s records began in 1995 — finishing behind the Game Boy Advance only. “If that's not considered a hit, I'm not sure what would be,” he remarked.

    “For the 2026 year-to-date period ending May, US hardware spending in total was up 37% compared to the same period a year ago,” Piscatella said. He stated that this was “entirely driven by Nintendo Switch 2 as double-digit percentage sales declines were experienced across the other in market platforms”.

    He also highlighted high sales of software, such as Donkey Kong Bananza, Metroid Prime 4: Beyond, Pokémon Legends: Z-A, Pokémon: Pokopia, and Mario Kart World, a game which was largely obtained via a bundle with the system.

    With one year in the books, it would be hard to ask for much more when it comes to the sales performance of the Nintendo Switch 2

    Mat Piscatella, Executive Director of Games at Circana

    So far so good, then, for Piscatella, who also highlighted the benefit of the Switch 2’s backwards compatibility — giving users access to thousands of unique titles from the original system.

    He did flag that June date may indicate “tough year-on-year comp for the system,” largely due to sales being compared to the launch month. “After that we should see Switch 2 continue to perform well into its announced September price increase. Then we'll have to see what happens."

    What does the TechRadar team think?

    Nintendo Switch 2 with Sony WH-1000XM6 headphones and Sennheiser IE 200 IEMs

    (Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

    The early signs have been promising, commercially speaking, but our Managing Editor of Social & Engagement (and Nintendo enthusiast), Josephine Watson, says that “the Switch 2 needed more than sales to break Nintendo’s generational curse of yo-yo-ing console success. It needed sticking power”. So, one year on, has it stuck the landing?

    She argued that the Switch 2’s weaker holiday sales and subsequent production cuts suggest that “the console has yet to prove its mettle in the same way the first-generation [Switch] did, even with such high sales figures in its first year.” Despite this, she did acknowledge the mid-lifecycle boom that the OG Switch experienced, largely due to the release of Animal Crossing: New Horizons during the pandemic.

    In terms of games, Watson had a somewhat mixed take, arguing that the Switch 2 had “a concerningly hollow launch title line-up carried mostly by Mario Kart World,” though she did suggest that the system gained momentum moving into the new year, especially with titles like Pokémon Pokopia and strong third-party additions like Resident Evil Requiem.

    Is the Switch 2 a success one year on for Watson? “No — but yes, kinda,” she said. She lamented the lackluster battery life and pointed to how Nintendo could’ve done more to eradicate stick drift from the Joy-Con 2 controllers, but did express satisfaction with the improved processing power and refined eShop. And even though her views on the game library haven’t been entirely positive, the Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake, scheduled for release in 2026, “is the game-changer,” she said.

    TechRadar Senior Writer, Hamish Hector, admitted that he was “a little skeptical” of the Nintendo Switch 2 — both a little before and a little after its launch. But since grabbing one in the latter stages of 2025, those worries seem to have largely dissipated.

    “It has cemented itself as my go-to gaming handheld,” Hector told me. “While it doesn’t have the raw power or library breadth of my Asus ROG Xbox Ally X — a handheld gaming PC with access to Steam’s vast suite of games — the Switch 2 does still boast a solid selection of AAA ports, incredible first-party hits and superb indie darlings”.

    He noted how some AAA third-party ports have varied in quality, although hit the mark more often than they miss, and most issues manifest themselves as simple “graphical performance hitches” rather than “anything majorly frustrating”. He even hailed the Switch 2’s value for money, emphasizing that “At $449.99 / £395.99 it’s much more affordable than any worthwhile PC handheld, and even after its upcoming price hike to $499.99 it’ll still be a solid pickup”.

    Here’s what our audience has to say

    A man holds the Joy-Con 2, showing off the Snakebyte silicone grips that have been applied to them.

    (Image credit: Future)

    We’ve heard a range of views so far, albeit generally positive ones. It feels as if the general consensus is that the Nintendo Switch 2 has been an overall success, with a strong start in terms of sales and a commendable library to match. But I was most excited to hear from were you, our audience. So, I asked, and you answered: here’s whether you considered the Switch 2 to be a hit or a flop.

    I asked our audience about their feelings on the Switch 2 across multiple platforms. With our poll here on the TechRadar website and over on WhatsApp, users were given four choices: 'It’s a hit'; 'it’s pretty good'; 'it’s a little disappointing'; and 'it’s a flop'. We got 892 votes, and the breakdown was as follows.

    Is the Nintendo Switch 2 a hit or a flop? Main poll results

    Response

    Votes (raw numbers)

    Votes (as % of total)

    It’s a hit

    224

    25.1%

    It’s pretty good

    197

    22.1%

    It’s a little disappointing

    378

    42.4%

    It’s a flop

    93

    10.4%

    Over on YouTube, we wanted to try a more direct approach and gave our audience only two options: hit or flop. We received 446 votes (at the time of writing), with 61% selecting ‘hit’, and 39% going with ‘flop’.

    But what do these results actually tell us? At a glance, the picture seems pretty divided. Across all of our polls on our website, WhatsApp, and YouTube, we received 1,338 responses. Of those, 693 (51.8%) were generally positive on the Switch 2 (respondents called it ‘a hit’ or ‘pretty good’), whereas 645 (48.2%) were generally more negative (respondents either selected ‘it’s a little disappointing’ or ‘it’s a flop’).

    Over on our Facebook page, the reasons for such division became clear, with a wide range of differing opinions floating around.

    Posted by TechRadar on 

    Of course, the very meaning of ‘hit or flop’ in itself can be interpreted in a number of ways. One commenter, Andreas Carmblad, stated that “hit or flop is reflected in the sales figures,” suggesting that Nintendo’s new console has been a success so far.

    Others were more focused on the quality of the system’s software lineup, with most talking up the first-party line-up — though one commenter described the current set of exclusives as “woeful,” adding “hopefully a few big releases can turn it around [like] OoT and a new 3D Mario game”.

    Elsewhere, commenters expressed disappointment over the console’s battery life in handheld mode — understandable given that it can run flat in around 2 hours with more demanding games.

    However, many considered the new hardware changes to be a hit, with Tim McDougall saying “It's an improvement in almost every way [over the original Switch] and it's now much closer in performance to the current gen home consoles. It's 99% backwards compatible with the first Switch, with many performance benefits. I'd say it's a success”.

    I was slightly surprised to see so many members of our poll select ‘slightly’ disappointed in our poll, and I expect that this comes down to a sentiment that the console is still a few games short of being a true must-have for all gamers. However, with Zelda and Pokémon games releasing soon, a lot of opinions could be swayed — and I suspect a blockbuster Mario title would only seal the deal.

    What I was pleased to see, however, is that very few members of our audience (10.4% in our main poll) consider the Switch 2 to be an outright flop. After all, the sales speak for themselves, and there have been a lot of very well received exclusives early in the system’s lifecycle.

    Some personal thoughts

    Official Nintendo Switch 2 Carrying Case with a pink and a blue yarn Yoshi amiibo together on the right hand side

    (Image credit: Future)

    This brings me onto my personal thoughts. I pre-ordered the Nintendo Switch 2, and my expectations were high for the new system. Although I loved the original Switch’s library and appreciated its flexibility, the truth is, I actually didn’t love it all that much. For me, quality often felt overly compromised in handheld mode, with a lot of intensive titles struggling to reach up to 60fps. But the Switch 2 changed everything.

    Now, I can enjoy titles in full HD at 60fps (and sometimes up to 120fps) in handheld mode, and I feel like the gap in quality when playing on the go — rather than in front of the TV — has shortened. What’s more, the Switch 2’s Handheld Mode Boost means that I can enjoy my original Switch games as if I was playing them with my system docked — a truly fantastic feature.

    Then there’s the games. Controversially, I consider Mario Kart World to be the series’ best entry since the Wii generation, with a return to the true chaos and zaniness that made the games great in the first place — with knockout mode and the bizarre cast of characters being highlights for me. I’ve also had a blast with DK and Pokémon Pokopia, have spent countless hours racing in Kirby Air Riders, and exploring in Yoshi and the Mysterious Book.

    The Switch 2 has also managed to do what the original model never could for me, in that I now often choose Nintendo for third party experiences. The brilliant combination of portability and higher fidelity visuals has made grinding in Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake or playing detective in Raidou Remastered: The Mystery of the Soulless Army feel free of compromise.

    Pair that with impressive sales performance, more convenient magnetic Joy-Cons, and even some pretty impressive virtual surround sound processing, and the Switch 2, in my eyes, is a sure-fire hit.

    Yes, I share many users’ battery life gripes, and I personally believe that some of the first party games are far too pricey — I mean, $79.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95 for a physical copy of Mario Kart World? Really? But even with incoming price hikes, I’d consider Nintendo’s latest hardware to offer plenty of bang for your buck, and although I’d love to get Super Mario Odyssey 2 within the next year or so, I’m perfectly satisfied with the current, and upcoming crop of titles at this stage.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Final Fantasy 14: Evercold will revitalize the long-running MMO with all-new content and gameplay features — here are the top three things I can't wait to try ]]> Square Enix is gearing up to kick off a brand new era of Final Fantasy 14 with the release of the Evercold expansion. The beginning of the "Godless Realms Saga" story arc, it arrives after the epic conclusion of a decade-long saga, and follows on from Dawntrail which laid the groundwork for this new adventure.

    Game producer and director Naoki "Yoshi-P" Yoshida has already teased the new threat players will face in the DLC, which I'm beyond excited for, as well as a number of incredible quality-of-life system updates, new content, and improvements to outdated gameplay features.

    It's looking to be a mighty expansion that will hopefully draw in even more players when the massively multiplayer online game (MMO) officially hits Nintendo Switch 2 next month, but there are a few things I'm particularly eager to experience.

    Buckle up, we're saving the world again

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    Final Fantasy 14 story spoilers ahead

    After a decade of buildup, the Shadowbringers and Endwalker expansions saw the pieces of an overarching story finally come together and conclude the Hydaelyn-Zodiark saga, resulting in one of the best Final Fantasy stories ever to be told.

    While some events were wrapped up with resolute endings, some lingering questions were left open that presented new possibilities for the MMO, and it all starts with the Reflections: mirror worlds created by the Sundering, a great calamity that saw the Source shattered into 13 Shards.

    Players have visited other Reflections in past expansions, but in Evercold we'll visit the Fourth Reflection, which was beset by a calamity of ice. This means an entire new world to explore, and from the trailers and concept art, it appears that SE is leaning heavily into the fantastical style I adored in Shadowbringers and Endwalker, and drawing from what looks like Norse mythology for inspiration.

    A new, unexpected threat to all Reflections has also emerged with the recent release of Patch 7.5, the Solstice, which will bring about the natural Rejoining of the Shards and threatens to wipe out all life on the Source and its Reflections.

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    "In the time of the Ancients, Etheirys was divided across ten and three reflections to avert a terrible calamity," the expansion description reads. "Thus, for twelve thousand years did the star survive, and by its enduring hope did the Warrior of Light at last thwart its Final Days. Yet victory comes at a cost, and fate now demands its due.

    "Faced with the new threat of the Solstice, the Warrior of Light is summoned to the Fourth reflection. But what do they hope to gain from wandering a world lost to ice?"

    It's a bold move on the writers' part to thrust players back into a situation where they'll be dealing with the end of the world again; however, Dawntrail's subsequent patches have done a great job of building the foundations to make it a story worth telling.

    I'm a FF14 player who looks forward to new story content most of all, and in Evercold, with the way the main scenario has been playing out, I'm certain our trip to the Fourth will open new avenues to explore and deepen the lore of the Ancients, which had been drip-fed to us over the years. In particular, the mystery behind the creation of Ethos, the key that opens up the path to these Reflections, and how this new ability to world-hop will play into the larger story.

    Alongside these huge stakes, we've got a new "big bad" to face, the Winterers and the Ascian Halmarut, who are working in the shadows to prevent the Solstice.

    Halmarut is unique in that she is sympathetic to mankind's current state and will do anything to ensure it survives the Solstice; however, her plan of controlled Rejoinings comes at the cost of mass death and destruction, believing that it's better to sacrifice some lives so humanity has a chance. But as the Warrior of Light, we can't go along with that idea.

    Interestingly, unlike other Ascians before her, Halamurut encouraged the player to find their own way to deal with the Solstice. The Ascian was only introduced in recent patches, but given how superbly the writers developed its past villains (namely the best Final Fantasy baddie ever, Emet-Selch), I'm eager to see how SE will handle another multidimensional antagonist with a world-ending goal.

    Raid content galore

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    FF14 has always excelled at crossover raid content, whether that be the Yorha: Dark Apocalypse Alliance raid series, developed in collaboration with Nier developers Yoko Taro and Yosuke Saito, or the major raid series inspired by previous Final Fantasy games, like Final Fantasy 3, Final Fantasy 8, Tactics, and more.

    Dawntrail's major Alliance raid series, Echoes of Vana'diel, wrapped up with the latest patch, a 24-player crossover celebrating Final Fantasy 6, that offered incredible bosses and a challenging yet rewarding experience.

    For Evercold, SE revealed that the Alliance raid series will be based on the hit series Evangelion, titled "Ghosts of Desire", which acclaimed director and animator Mahiro Maeda will join as a special guest artist and designer. Like the Nier raid series, I'm expecting a high-quality experience with some unbelievable boss encounters that push the boundaries of the MMO; however, I'm more excited about the eight-player raid series SE has just announced at FanFest EU.

    In the next expansion, FF7 Remake series director Naoki Hamaguchi and Yoshi-P took to the stage to unveil "Beyond the Lifestream," a FF7-themed raid series.

    It feels like I've waited years for a proper FF7 collaboration, and the series will come just in time for Final Fantasy 7 Revelation, the final installment in the remake series.

    Ahead of Evercold's release, FF14 will also be getting a FF7-themed adjacent feature in the MMO's Gold Saucer on October 28, Keybound Brawler, a new mini-game that will reward players with a glamour bundle inspired by Tifa and Barret's outfits from FF7; a teaser for what's to come.

    While SE has yet to share the full raid details, I'm expecting the usual crossover gear (I'm begging for Cloud, Sephiroth, and Aerith outfits, please!), elaborate boss fights inspired by some of FF7's most iconic moments; a confrontation with Safer-Sephiroth while a remixed medley of the FF14 and One-Winged Angel themes plays in the background is surely a given.

    Raid maps are also always incredible in FF14; I remember my first time entering the first raid of the YoRHa series and being blown away by the scale of the set pieces and attention to detail, so with Hamaguchi's team working alongside the FF14 team, I'm anticipating something next-level; hopefully a recreation of the dystopian metropolis of Midgar?

    It's time for improvements

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    FF14 has been running for more than a decade after it was rebooted into A Realm Reborn in 2013. Since then, the MMO has seen innumerable changes, including to Jobs, a huge graphics overhaul that modernized the game's visuals, not to mention the upcoming expanded character customization options that players have been yearning for.

    But some things have always remained the same, primarily the battle system and activity features. With the release of Evercold, FF14 will receive a significant overhaul with the introduction of the 'Reborn' and 'Evolved' modes.

    Reborn mode will be based on the current combat system and Job mechanics, while Evolved mode offers greater emphasis on "job identity", updating combat rotations and changing some abilities, and will only apply to existing Jobs.

    It's an exciting new change, because while Jobs occasionally get rebalanced, this is the first time the game is getting a significant gameplay revamp that will allow long-time players to experiment with a new way of playing, and newcomers have two options at their disposal.

    What's more, the expansion will also see an overhauled gear progression system with the introduction of 'Adventurer Activity.' In its current state, FF14 requires players to log in every day to complete daily roulettes to earn XP and accrue their weekly cap of 450 Allagan Tomestones, which are exchanged for high-level gear; however, this can be a downside, especially for players who can't log in every day.

    Final Fantasy 14's playable character Meteor wearing Reaper Job armor in the Evercold trailer.

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    With Adventurer Activity, this redesigned framework will change from a daily to a weekly-based reward system, remove the exhausting grind of completing daily roulettes, and instead offer more player freedom.

    Adventurer Activity (which may look like a battle pass system, but Yoshi P insisted it absolutely is not!) will let players complete a series of missions to amass activity points instead, whether it be dungeons, PvP, Trials, and more, and SE is even considering allowing unearned points from previous weeks to be collected if players miss out.

    This is perfect for people like me who sometimes don't really feel like running roulettes and also gives players a chance to explore other content they wouldn't normally engage with.

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold will arrive in January 2027 for PC, PS4, PS5, Xbox Series X and Series S, and Nintendo Switch 2.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/final-fantasy-14-evercold-will-revitalize-the-long-running-mmo-with-all-new-content-and-gameplay-features-here-are-the-top-3-things-i-cant-wait-to-try Hs9z7LnAJfpzrMC4tDcLie Thu, 30 Jul 2026 15:39:10 +0000 Thu, 30 Jul 2026 15:39:34 +0000 false false false

    Square Enix is gearing up to kick off a brand new era of Final Fantasy 14 with the release of the Evercold expansion. The beginning of the "Godless Realms Saga" story arc, it arrives after the epic conclusion of a decade-long saga, and follows on from Dawntrail which laid the groundwork for this new adventure.

    Game producer and director Naoki "Yoshi-P" Yoshida has already teased the new threat players will face in the DLC, which I'm beyond excited for, as well as a number of incredible quality-of-life system updates, new content, and improvements to outdated gameplay features.

    It's looking to be a mighty expansion that will hopefully draw in even more players when the massively multiplayer online game (MMO) officially hits Nintendo Switch 2 next month, but there are a few things I'm particularly eager to experience.

    Buckle up, we're saving the world again

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    Final Fantasy 14 story spoilers ahead

    After a decade of buildup, the Shadowbringers and Endwalker expansions saw the pieces of an overarching story finally come together and conclude the Hydaelyn-Zodiark saga, resulting in one of the best Final Fantasy stories ever to be told.

    While some events were wrapped up with resolute endings, some lingering questions were left open that presented new possibilities for the MMO, and it all starts with the Reflections: mirror worlds created by the Sundering, a great calamity that saw the Source shattered into 13 Shards.

    Players have visited other Reflections in past expansions, but in Evercold we'll visit the Fourth Reflection, which was beset by a calamity of ice. This means an entire new world to explore, and from the trailers and concept art, it appears that SE is leaning heavily into the fantastical style I adored in Shadowbringers and Endwalker, and drawing from what looks like Norse mythology for inspiration.

    A new, unexpected threat to all Reflections has also emerged with the recent release of Patch 7.5, the Solstice, which will bring about the natural Rejoining of the Shards and threatens to wipe out all life on the Source and its Reflections.

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    "In the time of the Ancients, Etheirys was divided across ten and three reflections to avert a terrible calamity," the expansion description reads. "Thus, for twelve thousand years did the star survive, and by its enduring hope did the Warrior of Light at last thwart its Final Days. Yet victory comes at a cost, and fate now demands its due.

    "Faced with the new threat of the Solstice, the Warrior of Light is summoned to the Fourth reflection. But what do they hope to gain from wandering a world lost to ice?"

    It's a bold move on the writers' part to thrust players back into a situation where they'll be dealing with the end of the world again; however, Dawntrail's subsequent patches have done a great job of building the foundations to make it a story worth telling.

    I'm a FF14 player who looks forward to new story content most of all, and in Evercold, with the way the main scenario has been playing out, I'm certain our trip to the Fourth will open new avenues to explore and deepen the lore of the Ancients, which had been drip-fed to us over the years. In particular, the mystery behind the creation of Ethos, the key that opens up the path to these Reflections, and how this new ability to world-hop will play into the larger story.

    Alongside these huge stakes, we've got a new "big bad" to face, the Winterers and the Ascian Halmarut, who are working in the shadows to prevent the Solstice.

    Halmarut is unique in that she is sympathetic to mankind's current state and will do anything to ensure it survives the Solstice; however, her plan of controlled Rejoinings comes at the cost of mass death and destruction, believing that it's better to sacrifice some lives so humanity has a chance. But as the Warrior of Light, we can't go along with that idea.

    Interestingly, unlike other Ascians before her, Halamurut encouraged the player to find their own way to deal with the Solstice. The Ascian was only introduced in recent patches, but given how superbly the writers developed its past villains (namely the best Final Fantasy baddie ever, Emet-Selch), I'm eager to see how SE will handle another multidimensional antagonist with a world-ending goal.

    Raid content galore

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    FF14 has always excelled at crossover raid content, whether that be the Yorha: Dark Apocalypse Alliance raid series, developed in collaboration with Nier developers Yoko Taro and Yosuke Saito, or the major raid series inspired by previous Final Fantasy games, like Final Fantasy 3, Final Fantasy 8, Tactics, and more.

    Dawntrail's major Alliance raid series, Echoes of Vana'diel, wrapped up with the latest patch, a 24-player crossover celebrating Final Fantasy 6, that offered incredible bosses and a challenging yet rewarding experience.

    For Evercold, SE revealed that the Alliance raid series will be based on the hit series Evangelion, titled "Ghosts of Desire", which acclaimed director and animator Mahiro Maeda will join as a special guest artist and designer. Like the Nier raid series, I'm expecting a high-quality experience with some unbelievable boss encounters that push the boundaries of the MMO; however, I'm more excited about the eight-player raid series SE has just announced at FanFest EU.

    In the next expansion, FF7 Remake series director Naoki Hamaguchi and Yoshi-P took to the stage to unveil "Beyond the Lifestream," a FF7-themed raid series.

    It feels like I've waited years for a proper FF7 collaboration, and the series will come just in time for Final Fantasy 7 Revelation, the final installment in the remake series.

    Ahead of Evercold's release, FF14 will also be getting a FF7-themed adjacent feature in the MMO's Gold Saucer on October 28, Keybound Brawler, a new mini-game that will reward players with a glamour bundle inspired by Tifa and Barret's outfits from FF7; a teaser for what's to come.

    While SE has yet to share the full raid details, I'm expecting the usual crossover gear (I'm begging for Cloud, Sephiroth, and Aerith outfits, please!), elaborate boss fights inspired by some of FF7's most iconic moments; a confrontation with Safer-Sephiroth while a remixed medley of the FF14 and One-Winged Angel themes plays in the background is surely a given.

    Raid maps are also always incredible in FF14; I remember my first time entering the first raid of the YoRHa series and being blown away by the scale of the set pieces and attention to detail, so with Hamaguchi's team working alongside the FF14 team, I'm anticipating something next-level; hopefully a recreation of the dystopian metropolis of Midgar?

    It's time for improvements

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    FF14 has been running for more than a decade after it was rebooted into A Realm Reborn in 2013. Since then, the MMO has seen innumerable changes, including to Jobs, a huge graphics overhaul that modernized the game's visuals, not to mention the upcoming expanded character customization options that players have been yearning for.

    But some things have always remained the same, primarily the battle system and activity features. With the release of Evercold, FF14 will receive a significant overhaul with the introduction of the 'Reborn' and 'Evolved' modes.

    Reborn mode will be based on the current combat system and Job mechanics, while Evolved mode offers greater emphasis on "job identity", updating combat rotations and changing some abilities, and will only apply to existing Jobs.

    It's an exciting new change, because while Jobs occasionally get rebalanced, this is the first time the game is getting a significant gameplay revamp that will allow long-time players to experiment with a new way of playing, and newcomers have two options at their disposal.

    What's more, the expansion will also see an overhauled gear progression system with the introduction of 'Adventurer Activity.' In its current state, FF14 requires players to log in every day to complete daily roulettes to earn XP and accrue their weekly cap of 450 Allagan Tomestones, which are exchanged for high-level gear; however, this can be a downside, especially for players who can't log in every day.

    Final Fantasy 14's playable character Meteor wearing Reaper Job armor in the Evercold trailer.

    (Image credit: Square Enix)

    With Adventurer Activity, this redesigned framework will change from a daily to a weekly-based reward system, remove the exhausting grind of completing daily roulettes, and instead offer more player freedom.

    Adventurer Activity (which may look like a battle pass system, but Yoshi P insisted it absolutely is not!) will let players complete a series of missions to amass activity points instead, whether it be dungeons, PvP, Trials, and more, and SE is even considering allowing unearned points from previous weeks to be collected if players miss out.

    This is perfect for people like me who sometimes don't really feel like running roulettes and also gives players a chance to explore other content they wouldn't normally engage with.

    Final Fantasy 14: Evercold will arrive in January 2027 for PC, PS4, PS5, Xbox Series X and Series S, and Nintendo Switch 2.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Hori won me back with its Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2, but some annoying design quirks stop it short of greatness ]]> Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: One-minute review

    The Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 is far from being one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 controllers, but it gets a lot right, and in my testing I found it to be a solid—if unremarkable—stand-in for the official Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller.

    After I reviewed the frankly terrible Horipad for Steam, I didn't have high hopes for the Wireless Horipad Turbo. I've been rendered pleasantly surprised, as there is plenty to like about the brand's latest Nintendo-facing controller. There are a decent number of features for the price, and build quality is generally solid. It's just a shame that a few limitations and design quirks stop it short of an outright recommendation.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Let's frontload the review with the good, though. Hori has opted for anti-drift thumbsticks that feel great and ensure longevity. That's something the Wireless Horipad Turbo has over the Switch 2 Pro Controller, which utilizes traditional analog sticks and is thus more likely to develop stick drift over time.

    Build quality is generally nice, too. While larger than the Pro Controller (and thus better suited to big adult hands), it feels solid enough, and a selection of colorways is always really nice to see.

    I'm a fan of the feature set, too, with the Wireless Horipad Turbo offering a robust Turbo button option, as well as two remappable rear buttons and a button lock switch that disables utility buttons like Start, Select, Home, and Capture (for taking screenshots). There's even a GameChat button for quick access to social gaming sessions.

    It's a shame, then, that the Wireless Horipad Turbo doesn't quite stick the landing in a few key areas. Battery life is paltry, falling well short of the Switch 2 Pro Controller's 40- to 50-hour gold standard. The d-pad and triggers, specifically, aren't the best—feeling incredibly mushy during play, which really isn't something you want for digital triggers in particular.

    Lastly, a lack of PC compatibility means this is strictly a Nintendo Switch 2 controller. That's not necessarily a bad thing if that's solely what you're after (and it's likely a result of this being an officially licensed Nintendo product). But it does make it a less versatile controller than the likes of the 8BitDo Pro 3.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Price and availability

    • Costs $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)
    • Available to buy now at Hori's store page, Amazon, or local retailers
    • Cheaper than the Switch 2 Pro Controller, and offers several colorways

    The Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 is available to buy now, and you've got options as to where you purchase it from. You can get it directly from Hori, Amazon, or local retailers based on your region, such as Best Buy in the US and Argos in the UK.

    It'll run you $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93), which is a good deal cheaper than the Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller ($89.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95). You'll also find a healthy amount of colorways to choose from. Hori sent me the standard Black and Frost variants for review, but there's also an Aqua model, as well as special liveries based on Nintendo properties like Kirby and Super Mario.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Specs

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    Price

    $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)

    Weight

    8.3oz / 235g

    Dimensions

    5.7 x 4.5 x 2.2in / 145 x 114 x 57mm

    Compatibility

    Nintendo Switch 2

    Connection type

    Wireless (Bluetooth)

    Battery life

    10 hours

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Design and features

    • Eye-catching translucent design
    • Handy Turbo and button lock features
    • Generally solid build quality

    One way for a controller to win me over is if it sports a translucent design. It's a style I'm happy to see come in vogue again over the last few years, at least when it comes to controllers, and it helps the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 really stand out. I'm a huge fan of the crystal-clear Frost colorway, especially.

    It doesn't just win out in the looks department, though. Build quality is really solid here; a huge step up from the listless Horipad for Steam, which I reviewed prior to this. It's not as premium as the Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller, but the Wireless Horipad Turbo feels really solid and secure in the hands, with just the right amount of weight to it.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    The titular 'Turbo' feature is niche; not everyone will find a use for it, but it's a nice-to-have for retro games or ones that require frequent, rapid button presses. Holding down the central Hori logo button in tandem with 'A' will then let you assign a button for the Turbo input. You can also press the Start and Select buttons to adjust the speed of the Turbo setting by three increments, too.

    Another feature I quite like (but again, it is probably quite niche) is the button lock switch. It's off by default, but one setting completely disables the Hori, Home, and Capture buttons, while another turns those off in addition to Start and Select.

    I know I've accidentally hit the Home button instead of Start more times than I care to admit on the Pro Controller, so this is a thoughtful addition. The button lock switch doesn't extend to the pair of remappable buttons on the rear, but you can just leave these unassigned if you prefer.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Performance

    • Performant TMR thumbsticks
    • Poor battery life
    • Weak-feeling triggers and mushy d-pad

    Controllers that make use of TMR (that's tunneling magnetoresistance) thumbsticks are a dime a dozen in today's gaming hardware marketplace. It's more common to find them than not now, but this is the first time I've tested a Hori controller with TMR. And I'm glad the brand has opted for them with the Wireless Horipad Turbo. They feel fantastically smooth during play, and as it's a form of Hall effect technology, it should ensure the pad's longevity for years to come.

    Otherwise, this is a fairly unremarkable but inoffensive controller purely from a play standpoint. It lacks things like HD Rumble, an NFC touchpoint for amiibo scanning, and 'press to wake' functionality for the console itself. However, as these are niceties reserved for Nintendo's own hardware, it's hard to leverage this as a complaint at Hori. The lack of a 3.5mm port for wired headphones does irk me, though, because wireless audio via Bluetooth on Switch 2 is shoddy at best.

    I'm also not a big fan of the controller's d-pad. It feels rather mushy to press, which at worst can often lead to inputs very occasionally not registering. Much the same is true of the triggers, which are supposed to be digital, but kind of feel like they're made of sponge.

    Thankfully, connectivity isn't an issue. The controller paired immediately to my Switch 2 console, and I never experienced dropouts or noticeable input delay. And that's for the best, as this is a wireless-first controller.

    You can still plug in the controller via the included USB-C for charging purposes and carry on playing. And you might be doing that frequently, as the Wireless Horipad Turbo tops out at just 10 hours of charge. That's not much better than PlayStation's DualSense Wireless Controller, and falls well short of the Switch 2 Pro Controller's monster 40-hour battery life.

    Lastly, it is unfortunate that the Wireless Horipad Turbo can't be used for PC gaming. The Switch 2 Pro Controller can't either, so I suspect this is a Nintendo-issued requirement, as the Turbo bears the company's seal of approval. It just means that it's not as versatile as third-party pads from the likes of 8BitDo and GameSir.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should I buy the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2?

    Buy it if…

    You want a performant Switch 2 controller that's built to last
    TMR sticks will ensure this controller's longevity, and as a result, it shouldn't fall victim to stick drift even after months or years of usage.

    You don't have the budget for a Switch 2 Pro Controller
    The Wireless Horipad Turbo is significantly cheaper than the console's official gamepad option. And with nice colorways and some neat features, it's really not a bad fallback option.

    Don’t buy it if…

    You want beefier battery life
    At just 10 hours of charge, you'll be topping this thing up very frequently if you regularly play your Switch or Switch 2 in docked mode.

    You want something multiplatform
    If you like to game on multiple devices away from your Switch or Switch 2 (like PC or mobile), you might want to look elsewhere as this is strictly a Nintendo-facing pad.

    Also consider...

    If the Wireless Horipad Turbo has a few too many issues for your liking, consider the following alternatives.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller

    8BitDo Pro 3

    Price

    $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)

    $89.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95

    $59.99 / £40 (around AU$84)

    Weight

    8.3oz / 235g

    8.3oz / 235g

    8.5oz / 242g

    Dimensions

    5.7 x 4.5 x 2.2in / 145 x 114 x 57mm

    5.8 x 4.1 x 2.4in / 148 x 105 x 60mm

    6.1 x 3.9 x 2.6in / 154 x 101 x 65mm

    Compatibility

    Switch 2, Switch

    Switch 2

    Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android

    Connection type

    Wireless (Bluetooth)

    Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB Type-C)

    Wireless (2.4GHz, Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)

    Battery life

    10 hours

    Around 40 hours

    15-20 hours

    Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller
    Still the premium standard on Switch 2 more than a year on from release. And it's little wonder; Nintendo's official pad has a luxurious feel, and is stuffed with features including HD Rumble, NFC, remappable buttons, and enviable battery life.

    Read our full Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller review

    8BitDo Pro 3
    My favorite Nintendo Switch 2 controller, and one that's very hard to argue with at its budget-friendly price point. Honestly, it does everything the Wireless Horipad Turbo does, but better, and more besides.

    Read our full 8BitDo Pro 3 review

    How I tested the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    • Tested for one week
    • Tested on Nintendo Switch 2 with a variety of modern and retro titles
    • Used features like the Turbo functionality and button lock switch

    For this review, I tested the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 on the console of the same name for about a week. I played a good mix of modern and old-school titles with the controller, including Star Fox, Street Fighter 6, Rhythm Heaven Groove, as well as Ridge Racer 64 and Super Mario 64 via Nintendo Switch Online's N64 library.

    During testing, I made use of the Turbo functionality to enable easier, rapid button presses in classic titles like Metal Slug 3. Meanwhile, I went back and forth with the button lock switch, and I can confidently say it stopped me from accidentally backing out to the Home dashboard on a few occasions. I'd love to see this feature make a comeback for future Hori products.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed July 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/wireless-horipad-turbo-for-nintendo-switch-2-review o4Zpg4QRy7JrrLcsghGURe Sat, 25 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000 false false false

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: One-minute review

    The Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 is far from being one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 controllers, but it gets a lot right, and in my testing I found it to be a solid—if unremarkable—stand-in for the official Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller.

    After I reviewed the frankly terrible Horipad for Steam, I didn't have high hopes for the Wireless Horipad Turbo. I've been rendered pleasantly surprised, as there is plenty to like about the brand's latest Nintendo-facing controller. There are a decent number of features for the price, and build quality is generally solid. It's just a shame that a few limitations and design quirks stop it short of an outright recommendation.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Let's frontload the review with the good, though. Hori has opted for anti-drift thumbsticks that feel great and ensure longevity. That's something the Wireless Horipad Turbo has over the Switch 2 Pro Controller, which utilizes traditional analog sticks and is thus more likely to develop stick drift over time.

    Build quality is generally nice, too. While larger than the Pro Controller (and thus better suited to big adult hands), it feels solid enough, and a selection of colorways is always really nice to see.

    I'm a fan of the feature set, too, with the Wireless Horipad Turbo offering a robust Turbo button option, as well as two remappable rear buttons and a button lock switch that disables utility buttons like Start, Select, Home, and Capture (for taking screenshots). There's even a GameChat button for quick access to social gaming sessions.

    It's a shame, then, that the Wireless Horipad Turbo doesn't quite stick the landing in a few key areas. Battery life is paltry, falling well short of the Switch 2 Pro Controller's 40- to 50-hour gold standard. The d-pad and triggers, specifically, aren't the best—feeling incredibly mushy during play, which really isn't something you want for digital triggers in particular.

    Lastly, a lack of PC compatibility means this is strictly a Nintendo Switch 2 controller. That's not necessarily a bad thing if that's solely what you're after (and it's likely a result of this being an officially licensed Nintendo product). But it does make it a less versatile controller than the likes of the 8BitDo Pro 3.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Price and availability

    • Costs $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)
    • Available to buy now at Hori's store page, Amazon, or local retailers
    • Cheaper than the Switch 2 Pro Controller, and offers several colorways

    The Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 is available to buy now, and you've got options as to where you purchase it from. You can get it directly from Hori, Amazon, or local retailers based on your region, such as Best Buy in the US and Argos in the UK.

    It'll run you $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93), which is a good deal cheaper than the Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller ($89.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95). You'll also find a healthy amount of colorways to choose from. Hori sent me the standard Black and Frost variants for review, but there's also an Aqua model, as well as special liveries based on Nintendo properties like Kirby and Super Mario.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Specs

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    Price

    $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)

    Weight

    8.3oz / 235g

    Dimensions

    5.7 x 4.5 x 2.2in / 145 x 114 x 57mm

    Compatibility

    Nintendo Switch 2

    Connection type

    Wireless (Bluetooth)

    Battery life

    10 hours

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Design and features

    • Eye-catching translucent design
    • Handy Turbo and button lock features
    • Generally solid build quality

    One way for a controller to win me over is if it sports a translucent design. It's a style I'm happy to see come in vogue again over the last few years, at least when it comes to controllers, and it helps the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 really stand out. I'm a huge fan of the crystal-clear Frost colorway, especially.

    It doesn't just win out in the looks department, though. Build quality is really solid here; a huge step up from the listless Horipad for Steam, which I reviewed prior to this. It's not as premium as the Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller, but the Wireless Horipad Turbo feels really solid and secure in the hands, with just the right amount of weight to it.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    The titular 'Turbo' feature is niche; not everyone will find a use for it, but it's a nice-to-have for retro games or ones that require frequent, rapid button presses. Holding down the central Hori logo button in tandem with 'A' will then let you assign a button for the Turbo input. You can also press the Start and Select buttons to adjust the speed of the Turbo setting by three increments, too.

    Another feature I quite like (but again, it is probably quite niche) is the button lock switch. It's off by default, but one setting completely disables the Hori, Home, and Capture buttons, while another turns those off in addition to Start and Select.

    I know I've accidentally hit the Home button instead of Start more times than I care to admit on the Pro Controller, so this is a thoughtful addition. The button lock switch doesn't extend to the pair of remappable buttons on the rear, but you can just leave these unassigned if you prefer.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2: Performance

    • Performant TMR thumbsticks
    • Poor battery life
    • Weak-feeling triggers and mushy d-pad

    Controllers that make use of TMR (that's tunneling magnetoresistance) thumbsticks are a dime a dozen in today's gaming hardware marketplace. It's more common to find them than not now, but this is the first time I've tested a Hori controller with TMR. And I'm glad the brand has opted for them with the Wireless Horipad Turbo. They feel fantastically smooth during play, and as it's a form of Hall effect technology, it should ensure the pad's longevity for years to come.

    Otherwise, this is a fairly unremarkable but inoffensive controller purely from a play standpoint. It lacks things like HD Rumble, an NFC touchpoint for amiibo scanning, and 'press to wake' functionality for the console itself. However, as these are niceties reserved for Nintendo's own hardware, it's hard to leverage this as a complaint at Hori. The lack of a 3.5mm port for wired headphones does irk me, though, because wireless audio via Bluetooth on Switch 2 is shoddy at best.

    I'm also not a big fan of the controller's d-pad. It feels rather mushy to press, which at worst can often lead to inputs very occasionally not registering. Much the same is true of the triggers, which are supposed to be digital, but kind of feel like they're made of sponge.

    Thankfully, connectivity isn't an issue. The controller paired immediately to my Switch 2 console, and I never experienced dropouts or noticeable input delay. And that's for the best, as this is a wireless-first controller.

    You can still plug in the controller via the included USB-C for charging purposes and carry on playing. And you might be doing that frequently, as the Wireless Horipad Turbo tops out at just 10 hours of charge. That's not much better than PlayStation's DualSense Wireless Controller, and falls well short of the Switch 2 Pro Controller's monster 40-hour battery life.

    Lastly, it is unfortunate that the Wireless Horipad Turbo can't be used for PC gaming. The Switch 2 Pro Controller can't either, so I suspect this is a Nintendo-issued requirement, as the Turbo bears the company's seal of approval. It just means that it's not as versatile as third-party pads from the likes of 8BitDo and GameSir.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo

    (Image credit: Future)

    Should I buy the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2?

    Buy it if…

    You want a performant Switch 2 controller that's built to last
    TMR sticks will ensure this controller's longevity, and as a result, it shouldn't fall victim to stick drift even after months or years of usage.

    You don't have the budget for a Switch 2 Pro Controller
    The Wireless Horipad Turbo is significantly cheaper than the console's official gamepad option. And with nice colorways and some neat features, it's really not a bad fallback option.

    Don’t buy it if…

    You want beefier battery life
    At just 10 hours of charge, you'll be topping this thing up very frequently if you regularly play your Switch or Switch 2 in docked mode.

    You want something multiplatform
    If you like to game on multiple devices away from your Switch or Switch 2 (like PC or mobile), you might want to look elsewhere as this is strictly a Nintendo-facing pad.

    Also consider...

    If the Wireless Horipad Turbo has a few too many issues for your liking, consider the following alternatives.

    Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller

    8BitDo Pro 3

    Price

    $64.99 / £54.99 (around AU$93)

    $89.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95

    $59.99 / £40 (around AU$84)

    Weight

    8.3oz / 235g

    8.3oz / 235g

    8.5oz / 242g

    Dimensions

    5.7 x 4.5 x 2.2in / 145 x 114 x 57mm

    5.8 x 4.1 x 2.4in / 148 x 105 x 60mm

    6.1 x 3.9 x 2.6in / 154 x 101 x 65mm

    Compatibility

    Switch 2, Switch

    Switch 2

    Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android

    Connection type

    Wireless (Bluetooth)

    Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB Type-C)

    Wireless (2.4GHz, Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)

    Battery life

    10 hours

    Around 40 hours

    15-20 hours

    Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller
    Still the premium standard on Switch 2 more than a year on from release. And it's little wonder; Nintendo's official pad has a luxurious feel, and is stuffed with features including HD Rumble, NFC, remappable buttons, and enviable battery life.

    Read our full Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller review

    8BitDo Pro 3
    My favorite Nintendo Switch 2 controller, and one that's very hard to argue with at its budget-friendly price point. Honestly, it does everything the Wireless Horipad Turbo does, but better, and more besides.

    Read our full 8BitDo Pro 3 review

    How I tested the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2

    • Tested for one week
    • Tested on Nintendo Switch 2 with a variety of modern and retro titles
    • Used features like the Turbo functionality and button lock switch

    For this review, I tested the Wireless Horipad Turbo for Nintendo Switch 2 on the console of the same name for about a week. I played a good mix of modern and old-school titles with the controller, including Star Fox, Street Fighter 6, Rhythm Heaven Groove, as well as Ridge Racer 64 and Super Mario 64 via Nintendo Switch Online's N64 library.

    During testing, I made use of the Turbo functionality to enable easier, rapid button presses in classic titles like Metal Slug 3. Meanwhile, I went back and forth with the button lock switch, and I can confidently say it stopped me from accidentally backing out to the Home dashboard on a few occasions. I'd love to see this feature make a comeback for future Hori products.

    Read more about how we test

    First reviewed July 2026

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ 'Young people today don’t have the opportunity to play games from 10 years ago' — Nintendo's Miyamoto defends remakes like Ocarina of Time ]]>
  • Nintendo legend Shigeru Miyamoto has defended the company's recent remakes, like The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time
  • He says remakes allow younger gamers to experience older titles that aren't accessible anymore
  • Miyamoto says remakes lead to "future developments"

    • Nintendo executive and representative director Shigeru Miyamoto has defended the company's recent remake releases, suggesting they'll lead to sequels.

    After launching Star Fox, a remake of Star Fox 64, on Switch 2 last month, Nintendo is scheduled to launch another remake for The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time sometime this year.

    While many fans are excited for a modern version of the beloved Zelda game, Nintendo has been criticised for frequently re-releasing old, classic titles for its current hardware; Ocarina of Time was first released on N64 in 1998, then received a Nintendo 3DS remaster in 2011, which makes the upcoming Switch 2 title its third iteration.

    Now, speaking in an interview with Famitsu(via Nintendo Everything), the Mario creator has addressed concerns that Nintendo is releasing too many remakes, explaining that the projects allow younger gamers to experience older titles that aren't accessible anymore and that the games will eventually lead to "future developments."

    "Some people might say there are a lot of remakes, but after five years, a lot of people have outgrown games and stop playing them," Miyamoto said. "Young people today don’t have the opportunity to play games from 10 years ago, so remaking them to be more playable and releasing them again is a good way to meet the demand."

    He added, "Letting people know the original games also leads to future developments, so we’ve been actively pursuing that recently."

    It's this last comment that suggests Nintendo is actively working on projects that will follow these remakes, but whether they'll be direct sequels or projects within the same franchise, we'll have to wait and see.

    In 2021, Nintendo released remakes of two games in the Famicom Detective Club series, The Missing Heir and The Girl Who Stands Behind, which were then followed by a brand new Switch sequel, Emio - The Smiling Man.

    It also released a remake of Metroid on 3DS, which led to Metroid Dread on Switch, as well as a The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening remake, followed by the spiritual successor in 2024, The Legend of Zelda: Echoes of Wisdom.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/young-people-today-dont-have-the-opportunity-to-play-games-from-10-years-ago-nintendos-miyamoto-defends-remakes-like-ocarina-of-time pDdWo9CVHW4WRPQRDo33zU Fri, 24 Jul 2026 12:54:01 +0000 false false false
    • Nintendo legend Shigeru Miyamoto has defended the company's recent remakes, like The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time
    • He says remakes allow younger gamers to experience older titles that aren't accessible anymore
    • Miyamoto says remakes lead to "future developments"

    Nintendo executive and representative director Shigeru Miyamoto has defended the company's recent remake releases, suggesting they'll lead to sequels.

    After launching Star Fox, a remake of Star Fox 64, on Switch 2 last month, Nintendo is scheduled to launch another remake for The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time sometime this year.

    While many fans are excited for a modern version of the beloved Zelda game, Nintendo has been criticised for frequently re-releasing old, classic titles for its current hardware; Ocarina of Time was first released on N64 in 1998, then received a Nintendo 3DS remaster in 2011, which makes the upcoming Switch 2 title its third iteration.

    Now, speaking in an interview with Famitsu(via Nintendo Everything), the Mario creator has addressed concerns that Nintendo is releasing too many remakes, explaining that the projects allow younger gamers to experience older titles that aren't accessible anymore and that the games will eventually lead to "future developments."

    "Some people might say there are a lot of remakes, but after five years, a lot of people have outgrown games and stop playing them," Miyamoto said. "Young people today don’t have the opportunity to play games from 10 years ago, so remaking them to be more playable and releasing them again is a good way to meet the demand."

    He added, "Letting people know the original games also leads to future developments, so we’ve been actively pursuing that recently."

    It's this last comment that suggests Nintendo is actively working on projects that will follow these remakes, but whether they'll be direct sequels or projects within the same franchise, we'll have to wait and see.

    In 2021, Nintendo released remakes of two games in the Famicom Detective Club series, The Missing Heir and The Girl Who Stands Behind, which were then followed by a brand new Switch sequel, Emio - The Smiling Man.

    It also released a remake of Metroid on 3DS, which led to Metroid Dread on Switch, as well as a The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening remake, followed by the spiritual successor in 2024, The Legend of Zelda: Echoes of Wisdom.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ It looks like someone has managed to get Grand Theft Auto 5 running on an original Switch, and now I'm wondering what GTA 6 could look like on Switch 2 ]]>
  • Someone may have ported Grand Theft Auto 5 to Nintendo Switch
  • Performance appears poor and reaches 22FPS at most
  • It makes me wonder what Grand Theft Auto 6 could look like running on Switch 2

    • While we wait for Grand Theft Auto 6, someone has seemingly managed to port Grand Theft Auto 5 to the Nintendo Switch.

    The port was apparently created by M0jso and posted to Reddit, where footage apparently shows a native v2699 (2023) version of the 13-year-old game, running on the original Switch, albeit rather poorly.

    The performance overlay shows that the frame rate reaches 22FPS at most, and declines to 11FPS in some places, but it does appear to be playable.

    A user explained that the footage had been taken down a while ago, but it looks like the project is in progress again. M0jso showcased more videos on X, explaining that rendering can be broken in some places, crashes are frequent, but they have seemingly managed to play GTA 5 on a real Switch console.

    However, overall, performance appears poor, and the odds of the game reaching console or PC-level quality seem slim. It made me wonder what GTA 6 could look like running on the Nintendo Switch 2, a more advanced system that boasts 4K and 1440p resolutions and 60FPS.

    For now, Rockstar hasn't shared any plans to port the game to Switch 2 - a PC version hasn't been announced either - but we've seen demanding games such as Cyberpunk 2077 and Hogwarts Legacy functioning on the console with minor frame rate issues.

    That being said, GTA 6 will be a massive game, with a map possibly even bigger than Cyberpunk 2077 and GTA 5's. Not to mention the dense locations and level of detail that PS5 and Xbox Series X will also need to contend with.

    While the game's performance features haven't been revealed yet, reports have claimed that it's likely to run at 30FPS on PS5 consoles due to CPU limitations, which could make the likelihood of a Switch 2 port rather slim.

    According to Digital Foundry, GTA 6 running at 60FPS on current-gen might be pushing it, but a 40FPS mode could be possible.

    There's still just under five months to go before the game launches on November 19, so we could learn more about performance, potential graphics modes, and even get a third trailer soon.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/it-looks-like-someone-has-managed-to-get-grand-theft-auto-5-running-on-an-original-switch-and-now-im-wondering-what-gta-6-could-look-like-on-switch-2 qMVk4LdjGALjmK5TVDKCrc Fri, 24 Jul 2026 12:51:17 +0000 false false false
    • Someone may have ported Grand Theft Auto 5 to Nintendo Switch
    • Performance appears poor and reaches 22FPS at most
    • It makes me wonder what Grand Theft Auto 6 could look like running on Switch 2

    While we wait for Grand Theft Auto 6, someone has seemingly managed to port Grand Theft Auto 5 to the Nintendo Switch.

    The port was apparently created by M0jso and posted to Reddit, where footage apparently shows a native v2699 (2023) version of the 13-year-old game, running on the original Switch, albeit rather poorly.

    The performance overlay shows that the frame rate reaches 22FPS at most, and declines to 11FPS in some places, but it does appear to be playable.

    A user explained that the footage had been taken down a while ago, but it looks like the project is in progress again. M0jso showcased more videos on X, explaining that rendering can be broken in some places, crashes are frequent, but they have seemingly managed to play GTA 5 on a real Switch console.

    However, overall, performance appears poor, and the odds of the game reaching console or PC-level quality seem slim. It made me wonder what GTA 6 could look like running on the Nintendo Switch 2, a more advanced system that boasts 4K and 1440p resolutions and 60FPS.

    For now, Rockstar hasn't shared any plans to port the game to Switch 2 - a PC version hasn't been announced either - but we've seen demanding games such as Cyberpunk 2077 and Hogwarts Legacy functioning on the console with minor frame rate issues.

    That being said, GTA 6 will be a massive game, with a map possibly even bigger than Cyberpunk 2077 and GTA 5's. Not to mention the dense locations and level of detail that PS5 and Xbox Series X will also need to contend with.

    While the game's performance features haven't been revealed yet, reports have claimed that it's likely to run at 30FPS on PS5 consoles due to CPU limitations, which could make the likelihood of a Switch 2 port rather slim.

    According to Digital Foundry, GTA 6 running at 60FPS on current-gen might be pushing it, but a 40FPS mode could be possible.

    There's still just under five months to go before the game launches on November 19, so we could learn more about performance, potential graphics modes, and even get a third trailer soon.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ Square Enix just dropped Final Fantasy 10 and 10-2 for Nintendo Switch 2 with some key upgrades — but there's bad news for existing Switch version owners ]]>
  • Square Enix just released Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 for Nintendo Switch 2
  • The bundle now runs at a higher resolution with improved textures and some quality of life additions
  • There is no upgrade path for existing owners of the original Switch version, however

    • Square Enix just released new versions of its iconic role-playing games Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 for Nintendo Switch 2, but there's some bad news if you own the existing Switch editions.

    The two games come as a combined HD Remaster bundle, which is currently available on the Switch 2 eShop for $49.99 / 44.99 / AU$79.95. There's no upgrade path if you bought the same remasters when they released for the original Nintendo Switch back in 2019. This means if, like me, you have a copies for Nintendo Switch, your only option to get your hands on these new ports is to buy them again at full price.

    It's a huge shame, especially considering the fact that the Nintendo Switch 2 ports do look better in my experience.

    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix

    The publisher provided a copy of the Switch 2 game earlier this morning and, weirdly, it turns out that it does not offer a save transfer feature — so I've only been able to compare very early sections in Final Fantasy 10.

    Still, as you can see from the images above (captured in handheld mode), the Switch 2 port has a noticeably higher resolution picture (even with the Switch 2's handheld mode boost option enabled) and much better looking textures — especially if you pay attention to the background terrain while characters are speaking.

    Unfortunately, it seems like the game is still locked to 30fps, though that shouldn't come as much of a surprise as every version so far has had the same restriction.

    The Switch 2 edition also comes with some quality of life features that were previously added to the PC port of the games but absent on the original Switch. This includes the ability to speed up the game, turn off annoying random encounters, give yourself loads of items, and so on.

    It's the kind of extra content that you would want from a $10 upgrade, but certainly does not justify paying full price. If you haven't played Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 this new port is likely to be a more tempting option, as these small changes still mean that it is the best version on Nintendo platforms right now.

    First released in 2001 for PlayStation 2, Final Fantasy 10 sees protagonist Tidus as he navigates a fictional world inspired by the tropical islands of Southeast Asia in a quest to defeat a powerful evil creature.

    Despite its age, it's considered one of the best RPGs with fans praising its distinctive art direction and emotional narrative. Its sequel, Final Fantasy 10-2, dropped in 2003 and continues the story in the same setting.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/square-enix-just-dropped-final-fantasy-10-and-10-2-for-nintendo-switch-2-with-some-key-upgrades-but-theres-bad-news-for-existing-switch-version-owners GUNKokc8Zccg5aikamAg3A Fri, 24 Jul 2026 10:47:49 +0000 false false false
    • Square Enix just released Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 for Nintendo Switch 2
    • The bundle now runs at a higher resolution with improved textures and some quality of life additions
    • There is no upgrade path for existing owners of the original Switch version, however

    Square Enix just released new versions of its iconic role-playing games Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 for Nintendo Switch 2, but there's some bad news if you own the existing Switch editions.

    The two games come as a combined HD Remaster bundle, which is currently available on the Switch 2 eShop for $49.99 / 44.99 / AU$79.95. There's no upgrade path if you bought the same remasters when they released for the original Nintendo Switch back in 2019. This means if, like me, you have a copies for Nintendo Switch, your only option to get your hands on these new ports is to buy them again at full price.

    It's a huge shame, especially considering the fact that the Nintendo Switch 2 ports do look better in my experience.

    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch.
    Nintendo Switch (running on Nintendo Switch 2 with handheld mode boost enabled).Square Enix
    Final Fantasy X on Nintendo Switch 2.
    Native Nintendo Switch 2 version.Square Enix

    The publisher provided a copy of the Switch 2 game earlier this morning and, weirdly, it turns out that it does not offer a save transfer feature — so I've only been able to compare very early sections in Final Fantasy 10.

    Still, as you can see from the images above (captured in handheld mode), the Switch 2 port has a noticeably higher resolution picture (even with the Switch 2's handheld mode boost option enabled) and much better looking textures — especially if you pay attention to the background terrain while characters are speaking.

    Unfortunately, it seems like the game is still locked to 30fps, though that shouldn't come as much of a surprise as every version so far has had the same restriction.

    The Switch 2 edition also comes with some quality of life features that were previously added to the PC port of the games but absent on the original Switch. This includes the ability to speed up the game, turn off annoying random encounters, give yourself loads of items, and so on.

    It's the kind of extra content that you would want from a $10 upgrade, but certainly does not justify paying full price. If you haven't played Final Fantasy 10 and Final Fantasy 10-2 this new port is likely to be a more tempting option, as these small changes still mean that it is the best version on Nintendo platforms right now.

    First released in 2001 for PlayStation 2, Final Fantasy 10 sees protagonist Tidus as he navigates a fictional world inspired by the tropical islands of Southeast Asia in a quest to defeat a powerful evil creature.

    Despite its age, it's considered one of the best RPGs with fans praising its distinctive art direction and emotional narrative. Its sequel, Final Fantasy 10-2, dropped in 2003 and continues the story in the same setting.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray might not be my favorite movie of the year, but my god it's an awesome new reference disc for testing TVs and Dolby Atmos sound system ]]> As TechRadar’s AV tester, I’m always on the lookout for new 4K Blu-rays to test the best TVs and best soundbars with. While I have a pretty healthy catalog, with some top-notch discs, as a 4K Blu-ray fan, it’s exciting to check out new discs to keep testing fresh.

    Last month, I tested the Speed Racer 4K Blu-ray and it was a powerhouse. Not only did it deliver staggeringly vibrant colors, but it also had a superb Dolby Atmos soundtrack that demonstrated power and precision, particularly during race sequences. It was one of my top discs of the June 2026 Blu-ray Bounty, and it’s easily one of the most impressive I’ve tested.

    This month, a new disc has caught my eye: The Super Mario Galaxy Movie. The second entry in the new Mario Bros set of films, first started in 2023 with The Super Mario Bros., I’m anticipating that The Super Mario Galaxy Movie will have bright, crisp visuals and, hopefully, a great Dolby Atmos soundtrack.

    While this was one of my most anticipated discs of July 2026, a first impressions Reddit thread on r/4K Blu-ray from user u/nacthenud got me even more hyped. Not only did they rate the movie’s HDR performance, but also mentioned it in the same breath as Speed Racer. So, I decided to check out how the disc fared on our reference LG G6 OLED TV, one of the best OLED TVs I’ve tested this year.

    Phenomenal colors

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Rosalina with the group of Lumas by a fire

    The Super Mario Galaxy 4K Blu-ray delivers astonshing colors, shown here by the bold and bright Lumas (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    From the moment The Super Mario Galaxy Movie starts, it’s clear just how stunning the 4K disc’s color reproduction is. As Princess Rosalina reads a bedtime story to the Lumas, the small creatures dazzle on screen. Every color, including yellow, green, red and so on, look natural and punchy in equal measure. Thanks to the high HDR highlight brightness, coupled with Dolby Vision support, the Lumas really popped on the LG G6’s screen. If your TV has high brightness with good highlights, you’ll be rewarded in this scene alone.

    Soon after, as Rosalina battles Bowser Jr. in his giant robot, the sparkle from her magic, which comes out in vibrant blues, pinks and purples, shimmers on screen. This is also true later as the yellow Luma turns into a star, with the glittery stardust jumping on screen. Again, it’s another showcase of how impactful HDR highlights can look.

    Later, as we see Mario and Luigi meet Yoshi for the first time, the 4K presentation gets to show the authenticity of its colors. Yes, Mario’s red jumpsuit and the green of Luigi’s overalls and Yoshi’s skin are striking, but the colors look realistic too. While I expected the colors in this movie to explode on screen as I’d seen in animated flicks like Elemental, these particular colors reminded me more of the lifelike colors I’d seen in The Wild Robot, exhibiting the wonderful depth and realism I liked in the latter.

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Peach and Mario talking, with Peach looking frustrated

    Colors are both vibrant and authentic throughout the movie, really popping on the LG G6 I used. (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    In complete opposition to that, the neon signs of the games in the casino Peach and Toad arrive at really burst with color. This is where the G6’s highlights and peak brightness were really tested, and it did a great job. If you have a TV with high peak brightness, then again you’ll be rewarded. The same is true with the gold detail on the furnishings around Peach’s castle, as they sparkle as well.

    Peach and Rosalina’s dresses are highlights in themselves, really delivering that candy-colored pop alongside the shimmer they both seem to produce. While they’re colors aren’t as natural as the Mario Bros and Yoshi, they’re accurate for the movie and really deliver a nice impact.

    Dolby Atmos power

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing the Lumas flying through the night sky

    Overhead height channels are well utilized, delivering strong, immersive Dolby Atmos (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    While I anticipated this disc to be a showcase for color, I didn’t expect it to be such a perfect audio powerhouse. Bass is frequently hefty, pushing the limits of the subwoofer of the Samsung HW-Q990C soundbar I was using. As Bowser Jr’s robot stomps towards Rosalina, the rumble from the Q990C’s subwoofer rattled the room and reverberated through the floor. Later, as Fox ignites the engines of the Arwing, this produces some meaty bass, akin to the igniting of the Batmobile’s engine from The Batman, my go-to audio testing scene.

    The Dolby Atmos soundtrack here is also very precise. As Luigi launches fire in a panic in a cave, the flames’ trajectory was accurately mapped to the front channels, travelling from right to left across the soundbar. In another scene, as Peach and Toad first fly into space, the sound of the twinkling flight path of the trail behind them is not only mapped accurately, but clearly audible among the rousing, horn-led score, showing the soundtrack’s excellent balance.

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing the Luma in its star form

    The star's flight path is one of the highlights of the disc's Dolby Atmos soundtrack. (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    Surround and height channels are also fully utilized. During the climactic space battle, as Fox pilots the Arwing towards Bowser Jr’s ship, the Arwing travels around the whole ship. This was mapped with real precision first to the front channels, then the rear right, to the rear left and back again, creating a fully immersive feel. It reminded me of the time-bending music sequence in Sinners, which also moved around each channel.

    Throughout, there are numerous scenes where characters fly through space, using the star to move from galaxy to galaxy. These are a great demonstration for Atmos, with overhead flight paths actually coming from overhead. The same was true with Fox’s Arwing. As it avoided Bowser’s minions in the space battle, anytime the Arwing moved to the top of the screen, Atmos rendered accurate overhead flight.

    Another reference disc

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Luigi, Yoshi and a group of Toads as the Lumas fall from the sky

    The Super Galaxy Movie is yet another astonishing, reference-quality 4K Blu-ray (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    After watching The Super Mario Galaxy Movie, it’s definitely entering my testing rotation. Not only does it deliver on color and sound, but animation is crisp throughout, with clean-looking animation. Contrast is also powerful, with the dark blues of space contrasting well with the stars, Lumas and even the bright outfits of the main characters.

    There are also plenty of bright scenes that will show off a TV’s HDR highlights and brightness, plus there’s some lovely shadow detail. Any scenes with strong light, such as Mario and Luigi with their flames in the cave, or at sunset as Peach gets frustrated, there’s strong shadows cast that look realistic.

    This really is a superb 4K disc, and if you’re looking for a bold, colorful and dynamic movie to show off your home theater system, this is one to consider.

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/televisions/blu-ray/the-super-mario-galaxy-movie-4k-blu-ray-might-not-be-my-favorite-movie-of-the-year-but-my-god-its-an-awesome-new-reference-disc-for-testing-tvs-and-dolby-atmos-sound-system geJabULaH7jLaimWwPo42F Wed, 22 Jul 2026 18:00:00 +0000 false false false

    As TechRadar’s AV tester, I’m always on the lookout for new 4K Blu-rays to test the best TVs and best soundbars with. While I have a pretty healthy catalog, with some top-notch discs, as a 4K Blu-ray fan, it’s exciting to check out new discs to keep testing fresh.

    Last month, I tested the Speed Racer 4K Blu-ray and it was a powerhouse. Not only did it deliver staggeringly vibrant colors, but it also had a superb Dolby Atmos soundtrack that demonstrated power and precision, particularly during race sequences. It was one of my top discs of the June 2026 Blu-ray Bounty, and it’s easily one of the most impressive I’ve tested.

    This month, a new disc has caught my eye: The Super Mario Galaxy Movie. The second entry in the new Mario Bros set of films, first started in 2023 with The Super Mario Bros., I’m anticipating that The Super Mario Galaxy Movie will have bright, crisp visuals and, hopefully, a great Dolby Atmos soundtrack.

    While this was one of my most anticipated discs of July 2026, a first impressions Reddit thread on r/4K Blu-ray from user u/nacthenud got me even more hyped. Not only did they rate the movie’s HDR performance, but also mentioned it in the same breath as Speed Racer. So, I decided to check out how the disc fared on our reference LG G6 OLED TV, one of the best OLED TVs I’ve tested this year.

    Phenomenal colors

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Rosalina with the group of Lumas by a fire

    The Super Mario Galaxy 4K Blu-ray delivers astonshing colors, shown here by the bold and bright Lumas (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    From the moment The Super Mario Galaxy Movie starts, it’s clear just how stunning the 4K disc’s color reproduction is. As Princess Rosalina reads a bedtime story to the Lumas, the small creatures dazzle on screen. Every color, including yellow, green, red and so on, look natural and punchy in equal measure. Thanks to the high HDR highlight brightness, coupled with Dolby Vision support, the Lumas really popped on the LG G6’s screen. If your TV has high brightness with good highlights, you’ll be rewarded in this scene alone.

    Soon after, as Rosalina battles Bowser Jr. in his giant robot, the sparkle from her magic, which comes out in vibrant blues, pinks and purples, shimmers on screen. This is also true later as the yellow Luma turns into a star, with the glittery stardust jumping on screen. Again, it’s another showcase of how impactful HDR highlights can look.

    Later, as we see Mario and Luigi meet Yoshi for the first time, the 4K presentation gets to show the authenticity of its colors. Yes, Mario’s red jumpsuit and the green of Luigi’s overalls and Yoshi’s skin are striking, but the colors look realistic too. While I expected the colors in this movie to explode on screen as I’d seen in animated flicks like Elemental, these particular colors reminded me more of the lifelike colors I’d seen in The Wild Robot, exhibiting the wonderful depth and realism I liked in the latter.

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Peach and Mario talking, with Peach looking frustrated

    Colors are both vibrant and authentic throughout the movie, really popping on the LG G6 I used. (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    In complete opposition to that, the neon signs of the games in the casino Peach and Toad arrive at really burst with color. This is where the G6’s highlights and peak brightness were really tested, and it did a great job. If you have a TV with high peak brightness, then again you’ll be rewarded. The same is true with the gold detail on the furnishings around Peach’s castle, as they sparkle as well.

    Peach and Rosalina’s dresses are highlights in themselves, really delivering that candy-colored pop alongside the shimmer they both seem to produce. While they’re colors aren’t as natural as the Mario Bros and Yoshi, they’re accurate for the movie and really deliver a nice impact.

    Dolby Atmos power

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing the Lumas flying through the night sky

    Overhead height channels are well utilized, delivering strong, immersive Dolby Atmos (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    While I anticipated this disc to be a showcase for color, I didn’t expect it to be such a perfect audio powerhouse. Bass is frequently hefty, pushing the limits of the subwoofer of the Samsung HW-Q990C soundbar I was using. As Bowser Jr’s robot stomps towards Rosalina, the rumble from the Q990C’s subwoofer rattled the room and reverberated through the floor. Later, as Fox ignites the engines of the Arwing, this produces some meaty bass, akin to the igniting of the Batmobile’s engine from The Batman, my go-to audio testing scene.

    The Dolby Atmos soundtrack here is also very precise. As Luigi launches fire in a panic in a cave, the flames’ trajectory was accurately mapped to the front channels, travelling from right to left across the soundbar. In another scene, as Peach and Toad first fly into space, the sound of the twinkling flight path of the trail behind them is not only mapped accurately, but clearly audible among the rousing, horn-led score, showing the soundtrack’s excellent balance.

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing the Luma in its star form

    The star's flight path is one of the highlights of the disc's Dolby Atmos soundtrack. (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    Surround and height channels are also fully utilized. During the climactic space battle, as Fox pilots the Arwing towards Bowser Jr’s ship, the Arwing travels around the whole ship. This was mapped with real precision first to the front channels, then the rear right, to the rear left and back again, creating a fully immersive feel. It reminded me of the time-bending music sequence in Sinners, which also moved around each channel.

    Throughout, there are numerous scenes where characters fly through space, using the star to move from galaxy to galaxy. These are a great demonstration for Atmos, with overhead flight paths actually coming from overhead. The same was true with Fox’s Arwing. As it avoided Bowser’s minions in the space battle, anytime the Arwing moved to the top of the screen, Atmos rendered accurate overhead flight.

    Another reference disc

    The Super Mario Galaxy Movie 4K Blu-ray on the LG G6 showing Luigi, Yoshi and a group of Toads as the Lumas fall from the sky

    The Super Galaxy Movie is yet another astonishing, reference-quality 4K Blu-ray (Image credit: Nintendo / Universal Pictures / Future )

    After watching The Super Mario Galaxy Movie, it’s definitely entering my testing rotation. Not only does it deliver on color and sound, but animation is crisp throughout, with clean-looking animation. Contrast is also powerful, with the dark blues of space contrasting well with the stars, Lumas and even the bright outfits of the main characters.

    There are also plenty of bright scenes that will show off a TV’s HDR highlights and brightness, plus there’s some lovely shadow detail. Any scenes with strong light, such as Mario and Luigi with their flames in the cave, or at sunset as Peach gets frustrated, there’s strong shadows cast that look realistic.

    This really is a superb 4K disc, and if you’re looking for a bold, colorful and dynamic movie to show off your home theater system, this is one to consider.

    ]]>     <![CDATA[ With wonderfully designed missions and a plethora satisfying progression systems, Splatoon Raiders is a must-play for Nintendo Switch 2 owners ]]> If you’ve always loved the world of the Splatoon series but have been — understandably — put off by the prospect of its sweaty competitive multiplayer modes, then this latest Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive third-person shooter is for you.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: July 23, 2026

    Splatoon Raiders offers an incredibly compelling, single-player take on the series’ trademark ink-spewing action. It’s all underpinned by the same excellent shooting mechanics that make online matches of Splatoon 3 such a blast, now smartly recontextualized in a wholly player versus environment (PvE) format and enhanced with a plethora of satisfying progression systems that allow you to experiment with countless impactful character builds.

    The sheer volume of content here is formidable: there are a vast number of highly replayable missions that can be tackled in multiple difficulty levels, more than a hundred weapons to wield, and even lend others a hand in online co-op for more unlockable rewards. This is comfortably one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games and I know I’ll be coming back to it, even now I’ve seen the credits roll.

    Fishy business

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    While the main Splatoon games are known for their clean urban aesthetics, Splatoon Raiders sets itself apart with a much grimier, more salvaged look. Set on the distant Spirhalite Islands, it follows an unnamed mechanic working for the Deep Cut trio — the iconic TV show hosts from Splatoon 3 who apparently moonlight as treasure hunters. With the group stranded on a raft after their latest treasure hunting expedition goes awry, they’re forced to improvise gear and track down the resources necessary to escape.

    Fashioned from wooden crates and metal grates, the raft functions as your hub world in between missions and can be outfitted with a range of useful features like a customizable firing range and a range of upgrade stations, in addition to more whimsical options like an arcade cabinet that offers some cute pixel-art minigames. You always feel like there’s a meaningful upgrade that you’re working towards, and watching your craft develop from a ramshackle structure into a fully-fledged mobile base as you progress through the story is immensely satisfying.

    That’s not to say that you need much encouragement to complete missions, however, as they’re a load of fun. There are three main types: quickfire dens that have you beating a few waves of foes in a short time limit, longer raids where you drop into large semi-open environments to secure nearby treasure chests, and dungeons that challenge you to get to a goal with a set loadout.

    Best bit

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    I love the character creator in Splatoon Raiders. It lets you choose between an Inkling or Octoling protagonist, with customizable facial features and a range of cute hairstyles that are perfect for expressing yourself in co-op. The generous selection of unlockable outfits is lovely too.

    It seems pretty basic at first, but there are an incredible number of unique twists that keep each new mission feeling fresh. A den, for example, might throw hundreds of the same area-denial enemies at you — coating the small arena with noxious slime that chips away at your health and forces you to stay on your feet — while a raid could surprise you with tricky platforming sections and a strict time limit.

    The dungeons, meanwhile, are more focused around puzzles and cleverly serve to tutorialize many of the weapons and abilities that you can unlock.

    In the tank

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Your character can carry one of three ink tanks (which basically determine your chosen ‘class’), designed for raw power, speed, or more careful ranged tactics. They all play completely differently, with their own roster of powerful gadgets to unlock and an overall power level that gradually ticks up with use.

    I mainly relied on the Power Tank, which, true to its name, is all about big, bombastic attacks that deal massive damage. My favorite gadgets include the inky hatchet with its huge slashing strike that is invaluable for taking out tankier foes and a charging rocket launcher that wonderfully shreds through groups of smaller ones.

    It might be tempting to rely on one favorite, but there are plenty of good reasons to try the others. Fully upgrading one tank requires you to spend time with the others, and some dungeons even have specific rewards depending on which you use to complete them. I initially thought that this might prove a frustrating barrier to progression, but soon came to appreciate being made to step out of my comfort zone because all three tanks are equally enjoyable to use with a huge variety of gadgets to discover.

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Every gadget is highly customizable as well, with a plethora of collectible parts that do everything from minor stat upgrades to fundamentally change how they work. You can only add a certain number of parts at a time, so you’ll need to think carefully in order to craft a new build to successfully overcome a particularly tricky challenge.

    There’s just as much depth to the wide selection of weapons. The 11 types on offer will all be familiar if you’ve played Splatoon 3, with a good mix of long-range shooters, nimble pistols, sloshing buckets, and so on, all with their own mechanics to master. Tackling more difficult missions rewards more powerful weapons at a strong pace, which, alongside the steady introduction of new rarities with their own unique qualities, further stops everything from becoming stale.

    The same is true of the many enemy types. It’s the same malevolent Salmonids from the Salmon Run side modes of Splatoon 2 and 3, but with a healthy number of new varieties to surprise even the most seasoned fish hunters.

    It all comes together for an experience that, even when some of the more difficult challenges force you to grind up your power level, remains fresh and exciting like a delicious piece of sashimi throughout.

    Should I play Splatoon Raiders?

    Play it if...

    You’ve always wanted a single-player Splatoon
    Splatoon Raiders finally delivers the single-player Splatoon experience that many have been waiting for, giving you a new way to discover the franchise without the pressure of PvP.

    You want something to play for the long haul
    With its wealth of meaty progression systems, Splatoon Raiders gives you loads of goals to work towards. Pick this up if you want a game that you can dip into over and over again.

    You’re after a meaty co-op experience
    Although primarily a single-player experience, Splatoon Raiders supports online co-op that lets you tackle the majority of its missions with up to three friends.

    Don't play it if...

    You’re not interested in Splatoon
    Splatoon Raiders is a superb game, but it’s not going to win you over if you already disliked the series’ third-person, ink-based combat.

    Accessibility features

    Like most modern Nintendo releases, Splatoon Raiders is lacking when it comes to accessibility features. It offers the ability to invert both thumbsticks, or use motion controls to aim.

    The color of ink is usually random, but you can lock it to either blue or purple in order to be easier to see. In addition to offering harder versions of most missions, the game features three overall difficulty modes which decreases or increases the power of enemies.

    How I reviewed Splatoon Raiders

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    I played nearly 20 hours of Splatoon Raiders on Nintendo Switch 2 using the Joy-Con 2 controllers in handheld mode. For audio, I used the system’s built-in speaker setup.

    I experienced the whole of the game’s story, hitting the credits having tackled all of the major missions on the standard difficulty mode, in addition to some online co-op play.

    First reviewed June 2026

    ]]>     https://www.techradar.com/gaming/splatoon-raiders-review 4B2HR2XuPEUWpzLeyN2nuh Tue, 21 Jul 2026 13:00:00 +0000 false false false

    If you’ve always loved the world of the Splatoon series but have been — understandably — put off by the prospect of its sweaty competitive multiplayer modes, then this latest Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive third-person shooter is for you.

    Review info

    Platform reviewed: Nintendo Switch 2
    Available on: Nintendo Switch 2
    Release date: July 23, 2026

    Splatoon Raiders offers an incredibly compelling, single-player take on the series’ trademark ink-spewing action. It’s all underpinned by the same excellent shooting mechanics that make online matches of Splatoon 3 such a blast, now smartly recontextualized in a wholly player versus environment (PvE) format and enhanced with a plethora of satisfying progression systems that allow you to experiment with countless impactful character builds.

    The sheer volume of content here is formidable: there are a vast number of highly replayable missions that can be tackled in multiple difficulty levels, more than a hundred weapons to wield, and even lend others a hand in online co-op for more unlockable rewards. This is comfortably one of the best Nintendo Switch 2 games and I know I’ll be coming back to it, even now I’ve seen the credits roll.

    Fishy business

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    While the main Splatoon games are known for their clean urban aesthetics, Splatoon Raiders sets itself apart with a much grimier, more salvaged look. Set on the distant Spirhalite Islands, it follows an unnamed mechanic working for the Deep Cut trio — the iconic TV show hosts from Splatoon 3 who apparently moonlight as treasure hunters. With the group stranded on a raft after their latest treasure hunting expedition goes awry, they’re forced to improvise gear and track down the resources necessary to escape.

    Fashioned from wooden crates and metal grates, the raft functions as your hub world in between missions and can be outfitted with a range of useful features like a customizable firing range and a range of upgrade stations, in addition to more whimsical options like an arcade cabinet that offers some cute pixel-art minigames. You always feel like there’s a meaningful upgrade that you’re working towards, and watching your craft develop from a ramshackle structure into a fully-fledged mobile base as you progress through the story is immensely satisfying.

    That’s not to say that you need much encouragement to complete missions, however, as they’re a load of fun. There are three main types: quickfire dens that have you beating a few waves of foes in a short time limit, longer raids where you drop into large semi-open environments to secure nearby treasure chests, and dungeons that challenge you to get to a goal with a set loadout.

    Best bit

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    I love the character creator in Splatoon Raiders. It lets you choose between an Inkling or Octoling protagonist, with customizable facial features and a range of cute hairstyles that are perfect for expressing yourself in co-op. The generous selection of unlockable outfits is lovely too.

    It seems pretty basic at first, but there are an incredible number of unique twists that keep each new mission feeling fresh. A den, for example, might throw hundreds of the same area-denial enemies at you — coating the small arena with noxious slime that chips away at your health and forces you to stay on your feet — while a raid could surprise you with tricky platforming sections and a strict time limit.

    The dungeons, meanwhile, are more focused around puzzles and cleverly serve to tutorialize many of the weapons and abilities that you can unlock.

    In the tank

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Your character can carry one of three ink tanks (which basically determine your chosen ‘class’), designed for raw power, speed, or more careful ranged tactics. They all play completely differently, with their own roster of powerful gadgets to unlock and an overall power level that gradually ticks up with use.

    I mainly relied on the Power Tank, which, true to its name, is all about big, bombastic attacks that deal massive damage. My favorite gadgets include the inky hatchet with its huge slashing strike that is invaluable for taking out tankier foes and a charging rocket launcher that wonderfully shreds through groups of smaller ones.

    It might be tempting to rely on one favorite, but there are plenty of good reasons to try the others. Fully upgrading one tank requires you to spend time with the others, and some dungeons even have specific rewards depending on which you use to complete them. I initially thought that this might prove a frustrating barrier to progression, but soon came to appreciate being made to step out of my comfort zone because all three tanks are equally enjoyable to use with a huge variety of gadgets to discover.

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    Every gadget is highly customizable as well, with a plethora of collectible parts that do everything from minor stat upgrades to fundamentally change how they work. You can only add a certain number of parts at a time, so you’ll need to think carefully in order to craft a new build to successfully overcome a particularly tricky challenge.

    There’s just as much depth to the wide selection of weapons. The 11 types on offer will all be familiar if you’ve played Splatoon 3, with a good mix of long-range shooters, nimble pistols, sloshing buckets, and so on, all with their own mechanics to master. Tackling more difficult missions rewards more powerful weapons at a strong pace, which, alongside the steady introduction of new rarities with their own unique qualities, further stops everything from becoming stale.

    The same is true of the many enemy types. It’s the same malevolent Salmonids from the Salmon Run side modes of Splatoon 2 and 3, but with a healthy number of new varieties to surprise even the most seasoned fish hunters.

    It all comes together for an experience that, even when some of the more difficult challenges force you to grind up your power level, remains fresh and exciting like a delicious piece of sashimi throughout.

    Should I play Splatoon Raiders?

    Play it if...

    You’ve always wanted a single-player Splatoon
    Splatoon Raiders finally delivers the single-player Splatoon experience that many have been waiting for, giving you a new way to discover the franchise without the pressure of PvP.

    You want something to play for the long haul
    With its wealth of meaty progression systems, Splatoon Raiders gives you loads of goals to work towards. Pick this up if you want a game that you can dip into over and over again.

    You’re after a meaty co-op experience
    Although primarily a single-player experience, Splatoon Raiders supports online co-op that lets you tackle the majority of its missions with up to three friends.

    Don't play it if...

    You’re not interested in Splatoon
    Splatoon Raiders is a superb game, but it’s not going to win you over if you already disliked the series’ third-person, ink-based combat.

    Accessibility features

    Like most modern Nintendo releases, Splatoon Raiders is lacking when it comes to accessibility features. It offers the ability to invert both thumbsticks, or use motion controls to aim.

    The color of ink is usually random, but you can lock it to either blue or purple in order to be easier to see. In addition to offering harder versions of most missions, the game features three overall difficulty modes which decreases or increases the power of enemies.

    How I reviewed Splatoon Raiders

    A Splatoon Raiders screenshot taken on Nintendo Switch 2 in handheld mode.

    (Image credit: Nintendo)

    I played nearly 20 hours of Splatoon Raiders on Nintendo Switch 2 using the Joy-Con 2 controllers in handheld mode. For audio, I used the system’s built-in speaker setup.

    I experienced the whole of the game’s story, hitting the credits having tackled all of the major missions on the standard difficulty mode, in addition to some online co-op play.

    First reviewed June 2026

    ]]>